Home

Océ Repro Desk - A/E Graphics, Inc.

Contents

1. Printer Document View Window Help a aa us CES ocd Fou Delle Ree Pini Lowes Pisily Config Manager SDS KOS Properties Help Status Document Name Drawer Width Length Printed at Media Print er Status i Roll Format Media Setting Status E Lu 36 Bond Printer Status ev On Line tr 30 Bond Scanner Status a Off Line sr 24 Bond Folder Status 5 OnLine ie ai pz ond Memory Free CA 0 CL wi pas Memory Used oo 70 m 36 Bond Diagnostic Mode EE Open ra 43 P Bond Total Sheets 8 0 Total Meters gt ao xl 138 Print Manager window Note Oc 9600 Print manager allocates 70 MB of memory for rasterizing images The status bar at the bottom of the screen displays how much memory is being used and how much memory is free Memory Free 46 MB Memory Used 24 MB 139 Status bar Memory allocation Print on an Oc 9600 257 Make settings in the print manager 258 The Printer menu of the Print Manager allows you to view and change a number of settings in the Oc Repro Desk Print Manager The Properties option allows you to view your current settings View the current status of the Oc Repro Desk Print Manager Select the Properties option from the Printer menu The following window will be displayed Properties x System Configuration Printer 9600 Scanner None Belts 1 Folder Yes Copy Delivery Tray No Customer Finishing Units No Punching P
2. aii Readytocopy M peee eee DE Machine Program Finishing Copy Image Special Blueprint original Dark 210mm 400 mm Copy Photo i Non standard material Normal Standard Automatic Copy Original Automatic Filesize Original E Original size type exposure optimization AT length 275 Defining the original size 2 Press Original width to select the required setting m Standard This option must be used to copy a standard size original Non standard This option can be used to copy a non standard original The scanned width will be larger than the original width to prevent information loss m Custom You can define the original width yourself using the higher lower buttons or the numeric buttons 3 If you have selected a standard width you can define the original length by pressing the appropriate button Standard The scanner will use a standard original length Automatic The original length will be measured by the scanner Or 4 If you have selected a non standard width the original length is automatically measured by the scanner You cannot change the original length setting yourself Or 5 If you have specified the original width yourself custom you can also define the original length by pressing the appropriate button m Automatic The original length will be measured by the scanner Custom You can define the original length yourself using the
3. D ACAD Nels a3 dwg x General Plot By Scale Advanced m AutoCAD Paths use to separate paths af A SHX Path c 413 com fonts amp Copy All Copy Down Ignore Ignore Set Cancel Apply Help 59 AutoCAD directories tab v Set font and external reference paths 1 Check that the path in the AutoCAD font location in the SHX Path is correct If necessary click the Browse button Oj and navigate to the location on your computer where your AutoCAD fonts are stored 2 Check that the path to the AutoCAD application location is correct in the XREF path field if necessary click the browse button and navigate to the location on your computer where your external references are stored Note You can have multiple SHX Paths and XREF Paths Repro Desk will check all of them 3 Check that the name of the Default font used in the drawing is correct Note You can use wild cards such as C auto to look in multiple directories Check and process drawings 121 Solving AutoCAD scale problems 122 You can check and change the drawing file information before you process the drawing to view or print it The drawing file information depends on the drawing file format When you receive an AutoCAD DWG you may need to set or change the scale of a drawing The correct scale must be set in order to have drawings correctly printed If the drawing will be too large for the selected paper si
4. M Enable Stamping Stamp Number F Stamp Grey Scale Black Dark Grey Grey Light Grey Stamp Position Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 155 Finishing Properties window Stamp 3 Select Enable Stamping and choose one of the available printer stamps by specifying its number 280 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 4 Ifrequired you can change the settings for the Gray Scale Font Size and Stamp Position 5 Click Apply Folder Oc 9700 9800 If the Oc 9700 9800 is equipped with a folder you can specify folder settings You can save the folder settings in a configuration file and recall them whenever needed It is possible to specify the Folding options already when creating the job see Folder on page 160 When creating the job you can see in the viewer what part of the drawing will be on top after folding see View fold on page 138 Folder options The folder of the Oc 9700 9800 can be equipped with a number of options Depending on the configuration of the folder you are using you can specify the following options Don t fold Output will not be folded Fold Output will be folded without any options a Fold amp Punch Output will be folded and punched if puncher installed Fold amp Reinforce Output will be folded and a reinforcement strip will be added if reinforcement unit is installed First fold Exit Output will only
5. Detchyate 311 Select Activate in the Phone Lines Quick menu 5 The Phone line x menu will appear showing all activities on the selected phone line FE Phone fine 4 Mil x a gt 15 23 44 Starting comm using US Robotics Courier Dual on COML gt 15 23 44 Modem is off 312 The Phone line x window Note As long as phone line x is activated its Phone line x window is also active You can minimize such a window without any problem but if you would close it you would also deactivate its phone line a warning is displayed Oc Repro Desk User Manual Get information about a specific phone line The status of each phone line is shown by the colour of 8 pairs of LED indicators at the left side of the main window BE BE RE BE WE BE 313 Phone line LED indicators Each pair of LEDs represents a phone line The LED on the left displays the current state of the line The LED on the right shows the activity on the line Left LED color Meaning Dark Gray Not Configured Gray Deactivated Red Error Yellow Waiting for calls Cyan User logging in Green User has logged in successfully Blue User is transferring files White User is asking a question 314 Explanation of the LEFT LED color Right LED color Meaning Gray No activity in the past 1 2 second Green Activity has occurred in the past 1 2 second 315 Explanation of the RIGHT LED color ApHost Se
6. Directories In the Directories tab you can check and change General Communications Job Default Settings Directories PostScript AutoCAD PaperSizes Default Path for Job Files D Oce oacerd amp Default Path for VIC Files D oce ocerd wic Default Path for Pen Files D Oceocerd amp Default Path for Label Files SA JD Oce ocerd amp Default Path for Drawings Ih D Plats amp am Default Path for Scans C TEMPSCAN amp IV Remember last path for drawings 39 Specify directories Default path for Job Files The default path and directory where Job files will be stored Default path for VIC Files The default path and directory where VIC files will be stored Vector image compressed format Default path for Pen Files The default path and directory where Pen Files will be stored Default path for Label Files The default path and directory where label files will be stored Configuration 71 Default Path for Drawings The default path and directory where Drawings to be added to a job should be searched for Default path for Scans The default path and directory where Scans to be added to a job should be searched for Remember last Path for drawings Retains the last directory used in Add Files PostScript tab This tab has settings for using PostScript files if you are using a supported third party application which converts PostScript to TIFF Confi
7. Enable Disable printing at unattended Repro Desk Server To enable printing from the main Repro Desk Server you must open a broadcasted print queue on each unattended Repro Desk Server After opening this queue the name of the unattended server PC name followed by the name of the queue will appear in the print menu of the main Repro Desk Server To keep printing enabled the queue must remain opened you can minimize the queue window When the queue is closed the option in the print menu of the main Repro Desk Server will be grayed out and can no longer be selected Note If the connected printer of the broadcasted print queue is an Oc 9600 9700 9800 make sure the corresponding print manager is up and running see Start up the Oc 9600 print manager on page 256 v Enable printing by opening a broadcasted print queue 1 Click the Queue button in the Tool bar ay Queue 225 Queue button Multiple machine support 351 2 The following window will appear View Print Queue C2 Lx wm CE Files of type Queue File Q bs Cancel 226 View Print Queue window 3 Open the directory that contains the broadcasted print queue for example INCOMING Q9600 View Print Queue BE Lookin ao d A Eal 227 Directory that contains a queue 4 Select the Q file Q9600 Q and click open The Queue window will appear A C UNCONVNNG QI600Q9600 Q Oce 9600 Priority 5 ISO OFF Banne
8. Disk this icon tells that the customer has requested this job to be archived Add a comment about the job Right click on the icon of the job inside the queue window Choose Comment Field from the pop up menu Type in your comment in the comment box that appears on the screen Click OK Your comment is displayed in the comment field Oc Repro Desk User Manual Use queues Queues can be a powerful tool to organize your daily work To take full advantage of all the possibilities the usage of queues is described below Open a queue v Opening a queue From the Queue menu choose Open queue The View existing print queue window opens Select the required directory path and filename Click the OK button Save queue Queues should be saved at the location where your communications software receives files or where your network users would expect to find the queue Oc Repro Desk systems have a default incoming queue called INCOMING Q stored in D INCOMING Saving a new queue From the File menu choose Save or Save As The Save As dialogue box opens Select the drive and directory where you want to save the queue and click OK The queue is saved Receive new jobs in a queue Jobs are automatically numbered as they arrive so that you can see the order in which they came in An incoming queue scans for new jobs arriving by modem disk or network every 30 seconds by default If you know a job has arrived on y
9. Queue Creation Wizard Step 4 of 4 m After Receiving a New Job Automatically G F ES Rep Tl Send the Job A T Flash the Queue I Print Report to Windows Printer a FN Scan for New Jobs r gt T Archive Job after Printing or Sending lt Back Cancel Help 177 Queue Creation Wizard Step 4 of 4 10 Select the options Print the Job and Automatically Scan for New Jobs 11 If required select Archive Job after Printing or Sending 12 Deselect all the other options Note More information about the queue options can be found in Queue options on page 207 13 Click Finish 310 Oc Repro Desk User Manual The Configure Queue window appears Configure Queue eRe ga Oce 9400 Oce 9600 HP Out PostScript Out 9800 3700 x 178 Configure Queue window To reach this window from elsewhere in Repro Desk Click on the Queue icon Select the required directory and filename For example Incoming Incoming q Go to the Configure menu Select Queue Unattended printing 311 To create a polling queue To use Native printing an automatic print queue must be opened on Repro Desk Server containing one or more polling queues The users can copy native drawings directly into one of the polling queues All incoming drawings will be printed automatically on the connected printer using the print settings that are sp
10. Raster files Vector files Raster files Raster files such as TIFF or CALS Group III or Group IV are not converted processed before being printed Vector files 112 Most common vector files are stored as AutoCAD DWG and or DXF HP GL HP GL 2 or CalComp 906 907 Oc Repro Desk does not print vector files to a plotter in their native format Instead the vector files are converted to an intermediate high speed plotting format called vector image compressed VIC This processing of the files increases the performance of the output device Fonts and external reference files Xrefs are applied automatically Thus digital printing can be accomplished without the need to use AutoCAD Checking a vector file includes processing plus making sure the image will not be clipped on paper and that a pen width has been set for all pens Unprocessed drawing files are represented in a job with icons for their file formats The icons represent the program which generated the file Processed drawings are represented in a job with a tick mark For devices attached to an Oc PCI Controller Oc Repro Desk processes files into a proprietary format called Vector Image Compressed VIC For parallel SCSI and other devices Oc converts files to compressed raster data All vector files must be processed into one of these formats before printing through Oc Repro Desk Oc Repro Desk User Manual Supported vector formats O
11. Ymodem Zmodem2 In general Zmodem will usually provide optimum performance for a wide variety of configurations If you find that you are having problems with transfer errors you can choose Ymodem which is slightly slower or conversely if you are having no transfer problems you can choose Zmodem2 which may offer a slight performance gain ApModem Remote Client 455 Log to file When enabled this option logs session connection information to a plain text file appmodem txt in your ApModem installation directory ApModem will append messages from all future sessions to the end of this file ApModem log files can be useful for troubleshooting communications problems Show extra status When enabled this option prints additional connection information to the ApModem console The additional information will also be saved to the ApModem logfile if logging is enabled Redial on error If this box is checked ApModem will automatically attempt to redial the server if the server fails to answer or if the line is busy Monitor modem carrier signal If this box is checked ApModem will drop the connection if the CD carrier detect signal is temporarily lost Some modems require this option to be disabled Kept connection when done This option is only applicable when transferring jobs using the Send button in Repro Desk If this option is enabled ApModem will display a dialog indicating that the transfer was successful before droppi
12. m Please select US or Metric Units CUS r Select a location for shortcuts Personal Folder Group All Users Folder Group m Please Select 9800 Server Driver to Install Oce 9800 DRI Parallel T Display folding column in the job window M Create a shortcut on the desktop 15 Other Configurations 18 Select one radio button in each of the three sections 19 If necessary select either or both of the check boxes 20 Click the Next gt button The Select Program Folder dialog box appears InstallShield Wizard x Select Program Folder Select the location where setup is to create new shortcuts Setup will add program shortcuts to the Program Folder listed below You may type a new folder name or select one from the Existing Folders list Click Next to continue Program Folder mm Existing Folders Administrative Tools Common Startup Windows NT 4 0 Option Pack Installshield lt Back Cancel 16 Select Program Folder Installation 43 44 21 22 23 24 Accept the defaults or choose another location Click the Next gt button The file copy process begins Near the end of the copy process you are prompted for the location of the custom files Enter the path and press OK If you have no custom files press Cancel When the copy process completes you will be prompted to configure ApModem Click the Yes butt
13. Chapter 2 Installation a Introduction to installation on page 26 a Install Oc Repro Desk Server on page 28 a Install Repro Desk Remote at a Client Site ApModem on page 36 a Install Repro Desk Remote at a Client Site ApF tp on page 48 a Uninstallation of Oc Repro Desk on page 59 25 Introduction to installation At the reprographic shop The server PC software includes m Repro Desk Server ApHost communications software Installation procedure at the reprographic shop Install Repro Desk Server During the installation you have the opportunity to install ApHost as well If you wish ApHost can be installed later Prior to installing at a client site a user ID is created on the Repro Desk Server PC in ApHost for each remote site After you install Repro Desk you must customize the work order for your Remote Client users At the client site The remote PC software includes m Repro Desk Remote m ApModem communications software Installation procedure at the client site The Diskette Customizer is run to setup a script file and cutomize a ini file to make it possible for the remote PC to dial in to the server PC Repro Desk Remote is then installed During the installation you have the opportunity to install ApModem as well If you wish ApModem can be installed later 26 Oc Repro Desk User Manual After ApModem is installed you are prom
14. Convert user list from Hyperaccess to ApHost Create a new folder called Temp in the installation directory of ApHost Copy the file APPASS EXE from the installation directory to the Temp directory Search for the Hyperaccess password file called HAHOST PWD in the HAWIN directory and copy this file to the new Temp directory you just created Launch a DOS command prompt and go to the new Temp directory containing APPASS EXE and HAHOST PWD Type appass hahost pwd and press Enter Appass should respond What is the default directory for users Enter the directory path where remote customers submit files for example D INCOMING and press Enter Note Do not enter the numbered directory for example 00012345 ApHost will create the numbered directories for you Appass should respond All records will be created with base user rights locked to the directory lt directory path you just specified gt Appass will list the name of each user that is processed and create an ApHost password file called PASSWD DAT If ApHost is running exit ApHost Copy PASSWD DAT to the ApHost installation directory Start ApHost To confirm a correct installation use ApModem with a user name and password converted with Appass ApHost Server 421 Start ApHost 422 You can start ApHost in several ways just like any other windows program Follow the procedure below Start ApHost Double click on the Aphost
15. If all areas of the System Configuration dialog allow a correct installation press Continue Oc Repro Desk User Manual The following dialog box appears InstallShield Wizard Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Repro Desk 4 30 The InstallShield Wizard will install Repro Desk 4 30 on your computer To continue click Next 5 Click the Next gt button to continue The Software License Agreement dialog box appears 6 Click the Yes button to continue The User Information dialog box appears 7 Enter the appropriate user name and company information 8 Click the Next gt button to continue Installation 29 The Major Products dialog box appears Major Product e E 4 Select major products 9 Select the desired Server 10 Enter the appropriate Install Key in the Install Key text box 11 Click the Next gt button to continue 30 Oc Repro Desk User Manual The Minor Products dialog box appears Minor Products Beem ee ee 5 Select minor products 12 Select the desired products 13 Enter the Install Key in the appropriate Install Key text boxes 14 Click the Next gt button to continue Installation 31 32 The Folder Locations dialog box appears Folder Locations Please Enter all folder locations for the install Main Installation Folder C ocerd
16. Oc Repro Desk User Manual The figure below shows the ApFTP main window File Communications Help 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 08 14 08 09 14 08 09 14 08 09 14 08 09 14 08 09 14 08 10 14 08 10 14 08 12 Auto process of command line C TEMP ZIP LOG Connecting to FTP Server Please wait Starting FTP Server connect to peZ tdb oce nl for Wieger Resolving name pcez tdb oce nl Resolved 134 188 160 83 Connecting Connected Sending Request Request Sent Sending Request Request Sent Got latest num file from server Creating Directory 00000016 on server Changing to Directory 00000016 on server Sending C OCERD4 ZBETA STANDARD PEN to Server as STANDARD PEN Elapsed Time 00 00 00 Sending P PLOTS LONG VW_CHINA TIF to Server as VW CHINA TIF Elapsed Time 00 00 01 ERROR Command canceled Terminating FTP Server Connection 341 ApFTP main window Note To open the ApFTP window go to Start menu Programs Repro Desk ApFTP ApFTP Remote Client 471 Menu selections You can make the following menu selections File Send one This selection is available only when connected to a server and allows for the transmission of a single file Send many When you choose this command after connecting to a server you are presented with a dialog that will let you choose a file of files This file of files
17. Save Job As 3 Define a new name for the job file The job is saved with the new name 100 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Organize drawings within a job Drawings can be organised within a job Drawings can be skipped moved and copied within a job Skip drawings within a job You can skip drawings which you do not want to print but want to keep in the job If you use Oc Repro Desk to send the Job over a network or modem skipped files will not be transferred with the Job The boxes marked with the indicator are drawings that will be printed In the illustration below the left hand column shows the first and third files have been selected for sending or printing amp Jobi RE ES Drea Ste PE Peper Sze ES 254x25 mm standard pen sm 00136 ra m G ICO AN AA v 1169 nr O07 ras 74 mm 100 0 ISO A4 210 x29 standard pen Skip a drawing in a job a To skip a drawing deselect the button to the left of the file A red line appears through the job information Move drawings within a job a BR ND You can reposition drawings within a job in order to change the printing order Move a drawing within a job Open the job Select the drawing you want to move Click and hold the left mouse button Drag the drawing to the desired position Release the mouse button The drawing is moved Handling jobs 101 Copy drawings within a job You can make copies of a drawing inside a job Y Copy a drawing
18. Status Document Name Roll Width Length Printed at Copies Priority Vo Printed e tmp vic AO VIC Roll 4 16 6 in 23 4 in 025916PM 0 1 v Printed e tmp wic 001 36 VIC Roll 4 16 6 in 23 4 in 02 59 16PM 0 1 v Printed c tmp wic 00136 VIC Roll 4 16 6 in 23 4 in 0301 17PM 0 1 Roll Media Paper Size Has Paper Ready Sheets Linear Feet Roll1 Plain paper 83 Yes Yes 0 0 0 Roll 2 Plain paper Ag Yes Yes 0 0 0 Roll 3 Plain paper Al Yes Yes 0 0 0 Roll 4 Plain paper A2 Yes Yes 0 0 0 Idle Jobs 0 Set Mem 0 Memory Free 46 MB Memory Used 24 MB pe 2 Print Manager controls are available in the Printer and Document menus and the standard windows menus View Window and Help Note Oc 9700 9800 Print manager allocates 70 MB of memory for rasterising images The status bar at the bottom of the screen displays how much memory is being used and how much memory is free Memory Free 46 MB Memory Used 24 MB 149 Status bar Memory allocation Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 275 Printing on the Oc 9700 9800 printer v 1 1 2 3 276 After starting up the print manager you can print on the Oc 9700 9800 printer as described in this section Printing on the Oc 9700 9800 printer DRI Open a job window containing the job you want to print 4 Jobt Job L O eslre S r ae en Pa ese roe Pensat o ES LS 80 p2 U woane CT A0 841 1188mm Bond No standard pen Center 340 841 x1183mm Bond No standard pen Center 4 Jo
19. button in the toolbar E 326 Broadcast button 2 The following window will appear Broadcast xi Message to Send l pe 327 Broadcast window 3 Type in your message 4 Click OK to send your message to all users that are logged on Read messages from remote users Remote users can send messages to ApHost If a new message arrives the Mailbox button in the toolbar will be coloured and contains a larger envelope v Read messages from remote users 1 Click the Mailbox button in the toolbar Pe 328 Mailbox button 444 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 2 The following window will appear B aphost msg Notepad OI x File Edit Search Help 66 15 69 15 Message from XYX client Call if you have any questions 329 Example of Mailbox window displaying a message in Notepad ApHost Server 445 446 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 25 ApModem Remote Client This chapter describes 16 bit and 32 bit versions of ApModem the communications program used to transfer files from Repro Desk Remote or Repro Desk Remote Plus to Repro Desk Server 447 Introduction This chapter describes ApModem which is a modem transfer program designed to transfer files created using Repro Desk Remote to a computer running Oc Repro Desk Server There are two versions of ApModem one for 16 bit Windows environments Windows 3 x and one for 32 bit Wind
20. on page 190 Send jobs 191 Send a job to be stored on disk You can save your job onto a hard drive or floppy disks to take to your job printer v Send a job to be stored on disk 1 Click the Send Job button Send Job The Send Job To dialog box appears Send Job To ide E ProjectFolders Folders and Projects FA 7 Select C Queue a gt Path Tic Gueve mC Modem Lommunications Method Un ae C Drive Drive Letter ale con 2 Select the Drive radio button 3 Select the drive letter from the drop down list 4 Click OK The job is automatically compressed using an internal compression tool and is stored on the target disk The Send Job window displays the work order 5 Fill in the required fields in the work order See Fill out a work order on page 195 6 Click Submit The file is saved at the root of the selected disk as job zip Note This will overwrite any previous job which has been saved to the same disk 192 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Send a job by e mail v 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 v 10 11 You can e mail a job to your reprographer if the reprographer accepts jobs submitted in that manner and if you have MAPI compliant e mail installed There are two methods with or without a work order Send a job by e mail without a work order In the job window right click any drawing within the
21. v Create a print queue 1 Start up Repro Desk 2 Select Create New Queue in the Queue quick menu 3 Pint sadio z ie o oa pen Queue kep Selecting Create New Queue in the Queue quick menu 3 The following window appears Queue Creation Wizard Step 1 of 4 Select the drive where this Queue will re Cancel Help 174 Queue Creation Wizard Step 1 of 4 Unattended printing 307 4 Select the drive where the new queue will reside and click Next The following window appears Queue Creation Wizard Step 2 of 4 Enter the name of the path where this Queue will reside Path for Queue C4 JINCOMING 99600 lt Back Cancel Help 175 Queue Creation Wizard Step 2 of 4 5 Delete any text in the text box 6 Specify the complete path and name of the new queue directory for example INCOMING Q9600 and click Next 308 Oc Repro Desk User Manual The following window appears Queue Creation Wizard Step 3 of 4 Enter the name for this Queue Queue Name C AINCOMINGSGS6005 as600 lt Back Cancel Heb 176 Queue Creation Wizard Step 3 of 4 7 Delete any text in the text box 8 Specify only the name of the queue for example Q9600 Note It is recommended to use the same name as you specified in the previous screen 9 Click Next Unattended printing 309 The following window appears
22. Program Folder Desk Existing Folders Administrative Tools Common Adobe Acrobat 4 0 Startup Windows NT 4 0 Option Pack Installshield 8 Select Program Folder Accept the defaults or choose another location Click the Next gt button The file copy process begins Based on the minor products and communications software installed additional message boxes appear asking if you wish to install these items Respond as appropriate to these message boxes Near the end of the copy process you are prompted for the location of the custom files Enter the path and press OK If you have no custom files press Cancel Oc Repro Desk User Manual 24 When the copy process completes the Setup Complete dialog box appears InstallShield Wizard Complete Setup has finished installing Repro Desk 4 30 on your computer No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup lt Back Cancel 9 Select Restart 25 Select the desired option 26 Click the Finish button At this point you may be prompted to configure your communications software Note Please remember that you must restart the computer prior to using the software Installation 35 Install Repro Desk Remote at a Client Site ApModem Prior to installation be sure that the following items are available Install key for Remote a User
23. Repro Desk Remote requires 64 MB a Repro Desk Server requires 128 MB Repro Desk 9600 Server with Scanning requires 256 MB z 25 Partial System configuration window This screen informs you about your system configuration hardware and software It also informs you about the Repro Desk requiremens to ensure a correct installation before you continue to install 3 Read this dialog box carefully Note If some areas are incorrect make a screen capture of the dialog For example press ALT and PRINT SCREEN key then save the file Thiswill help correct the system requirements 4 If all areas of the System Configuration dialog allow a correct installation press Continue 5 Select a language 52 Oc Repro Desk User Manual The following dialog box appears 6 Click the Next gt button to continue The Software License Agreement dialog box appears 7 Click the Yes button to continue The User Information dialog box appears 8 Enter the appropriate user name and company information Installation 53 9 Click the Next gt button to continue The Major Products dialog box appears Major Product e 26 Select major products 10 Select the desired Remote products 11 Enter the install key in the appropriate Install Key text box 54 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 12 Click the Next gt button to continue The Minor Products dialog box appe
24. Repro Desk looks for the information for each of the categories and if information is found it is displayed in the appropriate field D ACAD Nels a3 dwg x General Plot By Scale Directories Missing Fonts Missing XREFs El Layer Information ha Model Extents Paper Extents Model Limits Paper Limits zi m All Copy Down Ignore Ignore Set Cancel Apply Help 58 AutoCAD advanced tab Missing Fonts Displays the font names used a selected drawing that could not be located for the drawing being viewed Missing XREFs Displays any external references used in a selected drawing that could not be located for the drawing being viewed Layer information Oc Repro Desk displays the list of layers contained in the drawing file and indicates whether they are on or off Model Extents Displays the size in AutoCAD units Model Limits Displays the size in AutoCAD units Paper Extents Displays the size in AutoCAD units Paper Limits Displays the size in AutoCAD units Oc Repro Desk User Manual Directories tab Oc Repro Desk will not be able to process and print your drawing correctly if it does not know which fonts were used and where to look for font files and external references If Oc Repro Desk cannot find this information it will display an error message Check that all paths are correctly referenced on the Directories tab XREF Path C AUTOCAD Default Font SIMPLEX SHX
25. Similar to SEND but the string is not displayed in the main window or recorded to the log file STATUS Format STATUS lt message gt Displays a custom message in the status dialog TIMEOUT Format TIMEOUT lt number gt Specifies how long to wait between RETRY attempts The lt number gt specifies the number of system clock ticks The system clock ticks 18 times a second so a value of 18 would cause a delay of 1 second WAITFOR Format WAITFOR lt string gt Waits for the specified string to be received from the server Oc Repro Desk User Manual Create script files The Diskette Customizer utility is included with Repro Desk Server which can be used by a reprographer to generate an ApModem script file and write the script file to a client s Repro Desk Remote diskette To create a custom ApModem diskette 1 Double click the Diskette Customizer icon in the Repro Desk program group or folder The following dialog is displayed a Disk Customiser x V Customise for ApModem T Customise for ApFtp 22 lt a Your Company Name Your FTP Server Oce Technologies B V Your Server Phone Number FTP User ID 077 3592222 User First Name for Login FTP Password isc User Last Name for Login Work Order Customiser client Password for Login D f 2345 F Encrypt Script c PageMasters 1997 98 23 339 Diskette Customizer 2 Verify that Customize for ApModem is checked
26. The work order Required fields are in boldface type If they are not filled out the job will not be sent e Send Job Company PageMasters Contact CS E Mail Address Phone Number 800 782 0753 Phone Number 2 En Fax Number Account Number 7534 Delivery Address 1550 N Central ave Suite 1500 Phoenix AZ Split Address Billing Address 1550 N Central ave Suite 1500 Phoenix az 80 work order 1 of 3 Company Type the name of your company Contact Type the name of the person whom the job printer should contact for further information about the Job being sent E mail Address Type an e mail address where the contact person can be reached Phone Number Enter a phone number where the contact person can be reached Send jobs 195 196 Phone Number 2 Type any additional phone number for the contact person Fax Number Type the company or department fax number Account Number Type your account number with the job printer Delivery Address Type the address to which bills concerning this job should be sent Split Address If the delivery is to be made to more than one site type the other address here Billing Address Type the address to which bills concerning this job should be sent Contact information Type any additional information about the contact person Contact Information Project Sample P O Number 7934 Delivery Method xl Reimbursable Job Due Date November 17 1999 z
27. AcctTemp1 txt A Decrypt e D File name l Files of type fal Files 7 Cancel T Open as read only 3 Select the files you wish to add to the job and press OK The job window pops up It lists the drawings you wish to print Ap a0 kunz hp2 cro nea D 24x36in m pen a xO 0in cals byers cal x 17 5 100 0 ArchB 12 18in standard pen 0 0 x0 0in 2 100 0 ArchD 24 x 36in fstandard pen EDI 100 0 237x27 2in standard pen 0 0 x 0 0in arr digimoca tif 6 5 100 0 ArchB 12 18in standard pen 0 0 0 0in 4 Select Save Job from the File menu 5 Fill in the file name of the new job using the default extension and file type JOB Oc Repro Desk User Manual View check and print files 1 Double click any of the files to view it carson VIC ONFHSIOOLNY yo seqano Aujue1q NOMVASTA JNO JUS BAN puewey AE 3 e A f a e a a a e el 2 e You are now able to fine tune the selected files for printing but this kind of editing is beyond the scope of this quick tour A Quick Tour through Oc Repro Desk 91 92 2 Alternatively you may want to have Oc Repro Desk check the files for you To do so select Check All Drawings from the Process menu Gq Er Process Properties View Process All Drawings Fl Check All Drawings Ey Unprocess All Drawings a Unprocess Drawing Oc Repro Desk will issue a warning whenever it sees a drawing that
28. C TIFF PackBits p Viewing TIFF Uncompressed MV Realtime complex images VG ale T Allow tiled TIFF nae Status Next File C INCOMING Queue1 O0000008 FILEO000 TIF File Template FILE staat gt 0 Change Path File Compression 0 of Uncompressed Size Scan Width Scan Length Scan Size File Size m Scanned Image Information lt not read gt lt not read gt lt not read gt lt empty gt Original Width Auto Lenath Zoom Info Trailing Edge lt notread gt lt notread gt knotread knotread 245 Scan dialogue window Oc Repro Desk User Manual Preparation Before you can actually start scanning your originals you must Set up a work order so the scanned files will be included in the accounting database m Set the File format See File type on page 392 Set the File resolution parameters See Scan resolution on page 391 Set up the file template to automatically name files as required v Name scanned files 1 Type in the base name of the file in the File template field The default setting is FILE HHP m FILE can be replaced by another name of your choice m is the counter which starts at 0000 and can be replaced by a numeric counter such as 1 2 Scanned files are saved by default in DITEMPSCAN If you want to save your scanned files in another location click Change Path and go to the directo
29. Change paper size In the pull down menu you can select a pre defined standard paper size Note In the configure menu you can specify out of which paper sizes you can choose in this window see Paper sizes on page 74 User Paper Size In the User Paper Size entry box you can enter custom sizes by typing in sizes Note When the selected paper size is not available a warning will appear and you will be given option to print on an available larger format Make Paper Size same as Drawing Size When you select this option the paper size is scaled to fit to the drawing size Imaging properties 153 Drawing size 154 BR ND You can use the Drawing Size tab to clip a specific area from the original drawing The outside region will not be printed For example defining an 841 x 1189 mm area to print Select the file Select View and the Imaging Properties Select the Drawing size tab Set the drawing size to 841 x 1189 mm Border Removal Margins Zoom Orientation Folder Paper Size Drawing Size Alignment m Clipping Size Width 1189 mm Height th 841 mm rm Clipping Units Inches Milimetres Cancel Apply Help ael 70 Imaging Properties Drawing Size In the Drawing Size tab you can define the following options Standard drawing size In the pull down menu you can select a predefined standard drawing size Clipping Size In this entry box you can e
30. INCOMING H el alk seel xe 20 Contents of C INCOMING File Folder 743498 4 46 PM File Folder 7 2 98 3 54 PM File Folder 6 24 98 4 57 PM File Folder 741498 2 01 PM Disk free space 264MB 187 Queue directory C INCOMING 2 Open the directory that contains the automatic print queue for example INCOMING Q9600 tale x e Contents of C INCOMING Q9600 POLLaQ_paper File Folder 13 Apr 99 15 19 E POLLa1_paper File Folder 13 Apr 99 15 19 File Folder 13 Apr 99 15 19 File Folder 13 Apr 99 15 19 File Folder 13 Apr 99 15 20 a Latest num 1KB NUM File 13 Apr 99 13 27 E Per_q ini 2KB Configuration Settings 16 Apr 99 09 46 B Q9600 g 4KB Documento Queue 16 Apr 99 11 56 M 188 Directory that contains an automatic print queue and a number of polling queues 318 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 3 Open the polling queue directory that contains the required print settings for example POLLa0_ paper A9600 POLLa0_ paper EL l sl 48e xcs Contents of C NCOMING G9600 POLLAa0_paper 13 Apr 99 15 19 Sample ini 1KB Configuration Settings 189 Polling Queue directory AO_paper Copy the native drawing for example 00136 hp2 into the polling queue directory 9600 POLLa0_paper el ael ele 9 xel Contents of C INCOMINGSQS600 POLLa0_paper 2 Name TSize Type Mol 53 Sample ini 1KB Configuration Sett
31. Oc Norge A S Postboks 53 Grefsen 0409 Oslo 4 Norway Oc Poland Ltd ul opusza ska 53 02 232 Warszawa Poland Oc Lima Mayer S A Av Jos Gomes Ferreira 11 Ed Atlas II Miraflores 1495 Alg s Portugal Oc Far East Pte Ltd Oc Singapore Pte Ltd 03 00 Wisma Gulab 190 MacPherson Road Singapore 348548 Oc Espa a SA Business Park MAS BLAU C Osona 2 2 3a Planta 08820 El Prat del Llobregat Barcelona Spain Oc Svenska AB P O box 1231 S 164 28 Kista Sweden Oc Schweiz AG S gereistrasse 29 CH8152 Glattbrugg Switzerland 506 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Taiwan Ltd No 99 24 Nan Kang Road Sec 2 Taipeh Taiwan Taiwan RO Oc Thailand Ltd 16th Floor B B Building 54 Asoke Road Sukhumvit 21 Bangkok 10110 Thailand Oc U K Ltd Langston Road Loughton Essex IG10 3SL United Kingdom Oc USA Inc 5450 North Cumberland Av Chicago Ill 60656 U S A Index A About this manual 24 Access on line help 23 Accessing Configuration Manager 62 Account number 196 Accounting 357 Delete query 371 Export information 362 Export query 370 Generate query 366 Import query 370 Login 364 logs 373 Modify query 369 ODBC Sheet and Set 361 Preparation 359 Process 358 Query information 365 Report information 372 Specify information 360 View report 372 Acrobat reader installation 31 41 55 Active patterns 171 Add a comment about the job 208 Add an overla
32. Open the job Select the drawing you wish to copy Click and hold the right mouse button Move the drawing to the desired position Release the right mouse button a fF N The drawing is copied 102 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Job settings When you add a drawing to a job the default settings for drawing size paper size copies zoom and so on are applied and displayed in the Job window Change settings for one drawing To change a setting in one drawing you have to click the desired field with the right mouse button and a drop down menu appears containing several popular settings The following three options are available Properties The Imaging Properties window will open allowing you to change most the settings of the selected drawing Copy All The setting of the selected drawing will be copied to all drawings in the job Copy Down The setting of the selected drawing will be copied to all drawings below the selected drawing 100 0 150 A0 1189 x 841 e Na 100 0 1S0 A0 1189 x 841 n Bc gd Properties Alt Enter 100 0 1S0 A0 1189x 841 r Bc z FE Cop Al At Up 444 Copy Down Alt Down C Bond C Vellum GA Film Transparent C Bond 1109 LS Trans 110g Film 4 5mil ES Bond EA Bond 1109 6 MAT 00138 hp2 El Opera dwg 50 Job settings Right mouse click Handling jobs 103 Right clicking the File field for a selected drawing produces a menu with opti
33. RO Autozoom AS Autorotate AR Legend correction LC Note LC maps to 180 degrees rotation Enhanced scale ES Shift up SU Note Cannot be used with image alignment Shift down SD Shift left SL Shift right SR Supported RCF commands 481 Appldata 020 Stamp Stamp selection SS String number SN Position PO Font size FS Gray scale GS Note Changes will take effect for entire job set Appldata 021 Media selection 482 Paper format PF Note Per drawing Media ME Note Per drawing Auto format AF Note Only affects processing of non raster data Bypass by Roll number RN Roll selection RS Note Some changes will take effect for entire job set m Media is per sheet m Paper size is per sheet Everything else is per job Oc Repro Desk User Manual Appldata 022 Finishing Fold options FO Fold method FM Note Folding settings are per drawing Length LE Width WI Binding edge BE Appldata 023 Delivery Deposit DE Output device OU Bin number BN Jogging JO Note Depositing and High Capacity Stacker delivery is per drawing Appldata 025 Framing Framing mode FM Area X AX Area Y AY Area width AW Area height AH Note Maps to Crop inside amp Crop outside Supported RCF commands 483 Appldata 029 Image alignment Left right alignment LR Top bottom alignment TB Note No suppo
34. Repro Desk User Manual If you select this option the number of copies as defined in the job window will be used 4 If you want the Oc 9600 to switch automatically to another roll or sheet feeder when the current one is out of paper select the option Auto drop down Repro Desk will search for a roll or sheet feeder of the specified size and media type If a roll was used Repro Desk will only look for another roll If a sheet feeder was used Repro Desk will only look for another sheet feeder 5 Click Apply Collation Oc 9600 You can specify the order in which the copies of a job are printed Specifying collation 1 Click the Collation tab at the top of the window The following window will appear Rolls and Sets Collation Delivery Banner Page Select Collation pi 145 Finishing Properties window Collation 2 If required you can select the following options a Digital Collation If you select this option the prints will be sorted by set Print on an Oc 9600 267 m Reverse Collation If you select this option the first file of the job will be printed last As result the first file of the job will be on top after printing Note The drawings in the window will show the PRINT order of the drawings depending on options that are selected The result after printing will show a reversed order 3 Click Apply Folder Oc 9600 268 If the Oc 9600 is equipped with a folder you
35. Select Add Overlay The Add overlay to drawing window appears Fill in the file name of the overlay you want to add Click the Open button In the job window the stamp name is indented and added to the base drawing Oc Repro Desk User Manual View and position a drawing You can use the viewer to see the result of adding stamps and overlays to a drawing It is also possible to change the position of a stamp or overlay and directly see the result in the View window v View a drawing with added stamp or overlay _ In the Job window double click on the added stamp or overlay Note If you have added more than one stamp or overlay to a drawing double click on the last stamp or overlay to view the final result 2 The View window will open to show you how the added stamp or overlay is added to the drawing Example Consider the following job window PR a RS Eee RE 1 v WHE 36 HP2 ISO 40 841 x 1189 mm 4 METRIC DWG Ur 100 0 841 x 594 mm db Label LBL A 36 in 100 0 db Overlay TIF 54 100 0 Nr R007 RAS 4 mm 100 0 ISO 44 210 x 297 mm 5X AO CAL Unprocessec 100 0 841 x 594 mm ooocco To view the final result of drawing together with Labell and Overlay you have to select Overlay1 and click the View button in the toolbar a If you select Label and click the View button only drawing 1 and Label1 will be viewed a If you select drawing1 and click the View button only drawing1 will be
36. T Us Dr nt 7 1 C Roll 3 40 Empty Po See T Use Set Memory 4 Roll 4 80 Empty lo C Bypass Manual 17 Auto Roll Cancel Apply Fer 153 Finishing Properties window Rolls and Sets Select one of the rolls bypass or auto roll if you select auto roll the Oc 9700 9800 will select the roll that ensures a best fit for the printed drawing First Repro Desk searches for a roll of the specified media type If such a roll is found Repro Desk will search for the exact size If the exact size is not found a larger size will be selected Specify the number of copies of the whole job sets you want to print in one of the following ways You can fill in a number or m Select Use copies field instead If you select this option the number of copies as defined in the job window will be used Oc Repro Desk User Manual 5 If your printer supports set processing you can select Use set memory In that case the job will be sent to the printer once and the printer will use its set memory to generate the copies Using the set memory of the printer provides a better performance Only if the printer has not enough set memory you must de select this option Note If the printer does not support set processing this option can not be selected 6 Click Apply Collation Oc 9700 9800 You can specify the order in which the copies of a job are printed v Specifying collation 1 Click
37. The leading edge position is adapted automatically based on the specified value Note f an invalid value is entered the following message is displayed Value x is out of bounds Range is from a to b Default is c where x is the specified value a the minimum value b the maximum value and c the default value Modify the roll drawer width positions 260 If you want to modify the width positions of the upper rolls 1 or 2 middle rolls 3 or 4 or lower rolls 5 or 6 drawers and you know which value you want to choose you simply enter this value in tenths of millimeters into the Enter value field and click on the appropriate button After confirmation the appropriate width position is set to the specified value If you do not know which value you want to enter you can take the following procedure Modify the roll drawer width positions Make a basic test print from Roll 1 or 2 for the upper drawer Roll 3 or 4 for the middle drawer or Roll 5 or 6 for the lower drawer by clicking on the Test Print Basic button on the Other tab Take a ruler and measure the distance between the edge of the paper and the F marker on the test print Enter the resulting value in tenths of millimeters in the Enter value field and click on the appropriate Edge and marker F Roll x button where x can be 1 upper drawer 3 middle drawer or 5 lower drawer The appropriate width position is adapted automatically based on the spe
38. Will all remote users use the same login If not you ll have to create multiple user accounts Finally you must configure a destination FTP directory and create a Repro Desk queue that points to that directory Note For specific information on configuring FTP services please refer to the Microsoft documentation appropriate to your server software You may also have to contact your ISP or network system administrator for more specific TCP IP configuration information Oc Repro Desk User Manual Create customized diskettes The Diskette Customizer utility is included with Repro Desk Server The Diskette Customizer can be used by a reprographer to generate an ApFTP configuration and can write that configuration information to a client s Repro Desk Remote diskette To use the Diskette Customizer to generate a set of Remote disks double click the Diskette Customizer icon in the Repro Desk program group or folder The following dialog is displayed Disk Customiser Eg M Customise for ApFtp Z Your FTP Server fp reprographer com Your Server Phone Number FTP User ID IBC User First Name for Login FTP Password aS Oa User Last Name for Login fien aaa Work Order Customiser Password for Login D M Encrypt seipi a B c PageMasters 1997 98 343 Disk Customizer window v To create a custom ApFTP diskette 1 Verify that Customize for ApFTP is checked and fi
39. er TRZ gt Add Files Riess Fipperics Vey Pen Set Stamp Print Send Job Log Queue Siskel SSS l ENTIER a 8 45 Main Window The main window can be divided in eight parts the title bar the menu bar the button bar the information bar the window the logo the view toolbar the status bar The software interface 79 Menu bar The menus available on the menu bar depend on the mode you are using job mode queue mode or view mode This illustrations is an example of the menu bar in job mode File Edit View Options Configure Window Help 46 The menu bar in job mode The menu bar in job mode contains six menus File Edit View Options Window and Help When you click with the left mouse button on one of these options a pull down menu appears The menus and the options in the pull down menu depend on the mode you are in Button bar and Quick menus 80 C Z Pen Set a Scan y Queue SA Print SendJob Log Stamp CIEL Process Properties View CA LDF dd Fies 47 The Button bar The Button bar exists of two parts Buttons with an icon When you click on an Icon button the option of the button is activated The Icon buttons contain the most used option of the menu m Quick menus When you click on the arrow a pull down menu will appear with menu options Note You may not always be able
40. f an invalid value is entered the following message is displayed Value x is out of bounds Range is from a to b Default is c where x is the specified value a the minimum value b the maximum value and c the default value Modify the sheet feeder width positions If you want to modify the width positions of the upper middle or lower sheet feeders and you know which value you want to choose you simply enter this value in tenths of millimeters into the Enter value field and click on the appropriate button After confirmation the appropriate width position is set to the specified value If you do not know which value you want to enter you can take the following procedure v Modify the sheet feeder width positions 1 Make a basic test print from sheet feeder 1 for the upper drawer sheet feeder 2 for the middle drawer or sheet feeder 3 for the lower drawer by clicking on the Test Print Basic button on the Other tab 2 Take a ruler and measure the distance between the edge of the paper and the E marker on the test print 3 Enter the resulting value in tenths of millimeters in the Enter value field and click on the appropriate Edge and marker E x Sheet Feeder button where x can be Upper Middle or Lower Print on an Oc 9600 261 The appropriate width position is adapted automatically based on the specified value Note If an invalid value is entered the following message is displayed Value x
41. is a text file listing the fully qualified paths to the actual files you want to transmit For example if you specify a file which contains the following 5 lines the 5 files specified will get transmitted This file of files gets generated when Send Job is performed Typically Send Many is used for debugging purposes and the file specified would be the zip log file created when sending a job C PM STANDARD PEN C VIC 5002 A1 VIC P SAMPLES 5002 A1 VIC C VIC 5002 A2 VIC C TEMP JOB1 JOB Display log Displays the current log file If you have not activated logging before an error is displayed indicating that the log file could not be found Exit Exits ApFTP Disconnects from the server if required Communications Retry request If ApFTP was started with a command line option as is the case when it is invoked by the Send Job button in Repro Desk and the request fails this option is enabled By selecting Retry Request the failed request can be retried 472 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Connect This command command causes ApFTP to connect to the server If ApFTP is configured to use RAS the modem will be dialed and a connection established Disconnect Once connected to the server this option will disconnect from that server If ApFTP is configured to use RAS the modem will disconnect Send one This selection is available only when you are not connected to a server It will connect to a serve
42. is supported up till version 1 1 You will find a list of all OJT commands supported by Oc Repro Desk 4 25 below Supported commands Remarks Account Maps to Job Info gt Account Number ASCII No support for bottom and right margin Collate Maps to Digital Collation Comment Copies per Job Maps to Set Count and JobInfo gt Add l Count Copies per Drawing Maps to number of copies per drawing CutMethod Always cuts to drawing size Synchro Cut Distribution Maps to JobInfo gt Additional Instructions Fold JobCollate JobName Maps to Job Info gt Project MediaType MediaFeed Always maps to next larger size Supports manual feed Mirror Notes Maps to Special Instructions OutputSize Pens Punch Rotate Only 0 90 180 270 degrees Shift Stamp Only supports three positions UserName Maps to Job Info gt Contact Oc Repro Desk User Manual Autorotate and autopaper detect settings If either autorotate or autopapersize is turned on for a job ticket the settings will NOT remain permanently on The settings take hold temporarily and override the job defaults This applies to queuing only Manually printing job tickets can override the job ticket settings but it will not change the job defaults Supported OJT commands 489 490 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 29 Key Operator Settings Introduction The Configuration Manager offers a graphical interface to let the printer
43. m Select How To Process AutoCAD file s C Use the AutoCAD R14 Batch Plotting Utility AutoCAD A14 Batch Plotting Executable C 4ACADR14 SUPPORTSEBATCHPSEBATCHP m Oversized Undersized Margins internal interpreter Prompt if drawing is oversized by this percentage 10 Prompt if drawing is undersized by this percentage Fo Cancel Help 60 AutoCAD settings Select either one of the following methods AutoCAD interpreter This uses the internal interpreter included in Oc Repro Desk and supports AutoCAD R2 5 to R2000 files and is normally used for all AutoCAD drawings Use the AutoCAD R14 batch plotting utility This uses the AutoCAD R14 Batch Plotting Utility for processing files and supports files from AutoCAD R2 5 R14 In the event that you select the latter method you can specify the path and name of the batch plotting utility in the field named AutoCAD R14 Batch Plotting executable AutoCAD R14 batch plotting executable Select the executable file to use if you selected the Batch Plotting Utility in the previous section Check and process drawings 123 Oversized Undersized Margins If you have selected the internal interpreter you can specify how much a drawing can be oversized undersized without receiving a warning When the drawing is larger or smaller than specified a warning will be prompted during processing Configure AutoCAD interpreter 1 Select
44. raster 5 modem 6 windows print 7 queue 8 email Information from job ticket Identification of the user number Number of Sheets printed Number of Sets printed Contact Name Account Number Company Name Billing Address Delivery Address Split Delivery Address Project Name Purchase Order Number Special Instructions Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Total amount printed Source Automatically generated Set with Ac counting Login dialog Print queue Automatically generated Set with Ac counting Login dialog Set with Ac counting Login dialog Print queue Print queue Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Print queue Print queue Print queue Print queue Print queue Print queue Print queue Print queue Print queue Print queue Print queue Print queue 375 376 ODBC Sheet Accounting Field Key DateTime Jobld Accountld Userld Machineld SortType TotalOriginals TotalFolded TotalPunched TotalStamped TotalEdited TotalEnlarged TotalReduced PaperPrints PaperClicks PolyesterPrints PolyesterClicks TransparentPrints TransparentClicks ScanResolution ScanFile Format ScanWidth ScanHeight Descrip
45. z Job Due Time First Set Media First Set Edging Additional Set Media Additional Set Edging Additional Set Count Archive Job C yes No Job Instructions Elactranic Madia Format Mna Ms 81 work order 2 of 3 Project Type the name of the project P O Number Type your Purchase Order number Delivery Method From the list select the way you would like to have your prints delivered Reimbursable From the list select whether the cost will be reimbursed by whom and for what purpose Oc Repro Desk User Manual Job Due Date From the lists select the month day and year you would like the job to be delivered Job Due Time From the drop down lists select the hour you would like the job to be delivered First Set Media From the list box select the type of media on which the first set should be printed First Set Edging From the list box select the type of edging with which the first set should be bound Additional Set Media From the list box select the type of media on which additional sets should printed Additional Set Edging From the list box select the type of edging with which additional sets should be bound Additional Set count Type the number of additional sets you require Archive Job Indicate whether the job printer should archive the job you are sending Job Instructions Type in any further instructions for the job printer here Electronic Media Format pc C Macintosh I D
46. 119 different pen patterns These patterns fall into three broad categories m Grayscale patterns Patterns used for achieving a percentage of black which are commonly used in filled areas of a drawing Active patterns Patterns that change direction depending on the curve of a line m Miscellaneous patterns such as boxes tiles slants diamonds etc Pen 0 x Pattems width Shape Effect Al Pens Edit Pattem Controls m Hall tone 4 i X RBBGECCE 2 HAAF You can define the shade of grey with the slider bar and by clicking on a pattern Selecting the grey shade Open the desired property according to the procedure described in Setting up a pen set on page 165 Click the Patterns tab Click and hold the slider in the halftone slider Drag the slider to the desired grey shade Click Apply Oc Repro Desk User Manual v Selecting the pattern 1 Open the desired property according to the procedure described in Setting up a pen set on page 165 2 Click the Patterns tab Select the pattern by clicking the desired pattern with the left mouse button 4 Click Apply Note To view all patterns use the scroll bar which is to ther right of the select o pattern option Pen width You can set pen widths from 0 to 40 pixels Oc Repro Desk uses pixels millimeters mils 1 1000 inch and centimeters for pen weights Because pens are measured by pixels dots measurem
47. 2 The following window appears Configure Queue xi Configure Printer Queue Administration Banner Page Select default Printer for Auto Print Mode 5 amp Bo Oce Oce 9400 Oce 9600 HP Out PostScript Out 9800 9700 x None Configure 193 Configure Queue window Configure Printer Note To reach this window from elsewhere in Repro Desk see To reach this window from elsewhere in Repro Desk on page 311 3 Select the printer you want to connect to the queue by clicking it once Unattended printing 321 4 Click Configure The Finishing Properties window of the selected printer appears Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Collation Folder Delivery Banner Page m Roll Selection r Set Count M4 C Roll 1 80 Empty Number of Sets j 2 z Md C Rol 2 43 Bond si I Use Copies Field Instead 7 C Roll A1 Bond F 22 IV Auto Drop Down G A A Lx i 71 Sheet 1 44 Bond 4 C Sheet 2 43 Bond 2 2 C Sheet 3 43 Bond C Bypass Manual 2 C Auto Rol m Optional Delivery Preference os Horizontal Receiving trey ox Cancer Apply Help 194 Example Print window of Oc 9600 5 If required specify the default print settings The following are recommended a Enable Autoroll a Enable Use Copies Field Instead a Disable all items on the Collation tab Folding set to No folding This makes sure that
48. 313 The following window appears Configure Polling Queue k L feom resora z A ere o oa e le c ocerd98 standard pen 181 Configuring Polling Queue Job Default Settings window 6 Specify the printer independent settings for this queue 7 Ifyou want this queue to print AutoCAD DWG drawings click on the Plot by Scale tab 314 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 8 Specify the DWG settings Configure Polling Queue x Queue Name Job Default Settings Plot By Scale Fractional Scale 1 Scale Cru C1 Cm Caa C so C140 C 34 Cae C Displ ie C ax Caso C2 Cag Cyw i Yiew Cio C veo C12 3 32 C Limits C Layout C 1720 C 1400 C 378 C 146 L t to Plot a Other Ef S Fito Paper bi V Use Saved Extents I Use Metric Scaling mm Emish Cancel 182 Configuring Polling Queue Plot By Scale window 9 Click Finish All the settings are added to the polling queue Enable Disable printing at Repro Desk Server To enable direct printing To enable automatic printing for users of Repro Desk Remote you must open an broadcasted queue on Repro Desk Server After opening this queue the name of the server PC followed by the name of the queue appears in the print menu of all Repro Desk Remote stations that are connected to the same ICP IP network To keep automatic printing enabled the queue must remain opened you can minim
49. 4 Enter the name for this Queue Queue Name C AINCOMING Q9600 09600 lt Back Cancel Help 218 Queue Creation Wizard Step 3 of 4 342 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 6 Delete whatever is filled in and specify only the name of the queue for example Q9600 Note t is recommended to use the same name as you specified in the previous screen 7 Click Next The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 4 of 4 After Receiving a New Job Automatically Si rep I Send the Job A T Flash the Queue B I Print Report to Windows Printer IV Scan for New Jobs ry I Archive Job after Printing or Sending lt Back Cancel Help 219 Queue Creation Wizard Step 4 of 4 8 Select the options Print the Job and Scan for New Jobs If required select Archive Job after Printing or Sending Deselect all the other options Note More information about the queue options can be found in Queue options on page 207 Multiple machine support 343 9 Click Finish The Configure Queue window will appear Configure Queue x Configure Printer Queue Administration Banner Page Select default Printer for Auto Print Mode E R M a Oce 9400 Oce 9600 HP Out PostScript Out 9800 5700 x None Configure Cancel Apply Help 220 Configure Queue window 10 Specify the require
50. 494 System setup Controller GUI Scanner Printer Controller Purpose Set this to indicate whether a control ler Graphical User Interface and key board is present Set this to indicate what type of scan ner is present Set this to indicate what type of printer is present Set this to indicate what type of con troller is present 345 System Setup settings Optional informa Purpose tion Folder Reinforcement present Horizontal re ceiving tray High capacity stacker Long print es cape Punching present Number of belts Customer fin ishing unit Scan to file Original deliv ery tray Set this to indicate whether a folding unit is present Set this to indicate whether a rein forcement unit is present Set to indicate whether a horizontal re ceiving tray is present Set this to indicate whether a high ca pacity stacking unit HCS is present Set this to indicate whether a long print escape is present Set this to indicate whether a punching unit is present Set this to indicate the configured number of available deposit belts Set this to indicate whether a customer finishing unit is present Set this to indicate whether the scan to file option is present Set this to indicate whether an original delivery tray is present 346 Optional Info settings Oc Repro Desk User Manual Notes Always set this to Yes for the TDS800 Notes Always set this to Yes for
51. 70 In the Job Default Settings tab you can check and change the following settings Directories PostScript AutoCAD Paper Sizes General Communications Job Default Settings Copies fi ik Zoom en A Alignment 100 gt A None x Paper Size Rotation D cr x 594 mm x ay None x 4 Media E Border Removal f a Bond z None z Pen Set JD oce ocerd standard pen M Make Paper Size same as Drawing Size co tow ne 38 Specify job default settings Copies The default number of copies that will be applied for each file added to the job Zoom The default zoom ratio when printing a job Choose between 25 and 400 You can also select Fit Page Paper size The paper size that will be applied by default to a drawing each time it is added to a Job Media The default media to be used Choose between Bond paper Transparent or Film polyester Pen set The name and path of the default pen set that must be applied each time a drawing is added to a Job Make paper size same as drawing size This means that the printer will print to the appropriate size roll whenever possible Alignment The alignment to be used by default Oc Repro Desk User Manual Rotation The required rotation in degrees and whether you want the drawing to be mirrored Border Removal The required default border removal choose None or a 0 05 1 3 mm a 0 10 2 5 mm a 0 25 6 3 mm a 0 50 12 7 mm
52. 9600 Print Manager window Name and save scanned files BR ND Repro Desk offers the following possibilities for scanning Scan to a queue Scan into a new job Scan into an existing not saved job Scan into a saved job Scan to a queue Open a queue see Opening a queue on page 209 or activate an already opened queue Click the Scan button in the toolbar 246 Scan button The following dialog box appears Repro Desk mw x A fy You have an active queue open The directory has been defaulted to this queue Each new scan job will be placed into this queue 247 Scan to queue dialog box Click OK A subdirectory of the queue is created corresponding to latest num The following dialog box appears in which that subdirectory is the default Scan 383 384 You can not change the job name the subdirectory name or the scan destination in this dialog box Scan into Job C INCOMING 00000001 Scan job Job Name ic an C INCOMING OO Destination File Template FILE HHHH X I Next File C AINCOMING 90000001 FILE 0000 77 Change Path 248 Scan into job dialog box If required define the file template Click OK The scan job is saved The Scan button in the toolbar changes to a Stop Scan button 249 Stop Scan button An empty job window appears Scan the original on the Oc 9600 scanner The scanned original appears as a file in the job
53. 9700 9800 on page 281 Stacker Oc 9700 9800 on page 283 Delivery Oc 9700 9800 on page 285 Banner page Oc 9700 9800 on page 286 273 Oc 9700 9800 printer The Oc 9700 9800 printer is connected to the server using the Direct Raster Interface DRI To establish communications with the Oc 9700 9800 printer you must start up the Print Manager first Starting up the Oc 9700 9800 print manager Print manager must be started up before you can print on the Oc 9700 9800 printer During printing it displays a list of the drawings in the print job It displays the name the current status whether the drawing is being sent is being rasterized or has been printed It shows which roll the drawing has been printed on the width and length of the drawing the number of copies that have been printed and the time at which a drawing was printed After printing it displays how many sheets have been printed of each of the loaded rolls and the length that has been used on the roll This enables you to monitor the roll status directly from the Oc Repro Desk application 274 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Starting up the Oc 9700 9800 Print Manager 1 Start the Print Manager in the Program folder you specified during installation The following window will appear DRI Print Manager 9800 Printer Document View Window Help ioj x a Sule Sole B12 148 Print Manager window
54. Attention When the drawing is rotated title block alignment may not work Imaging properties 155 Border removal When you activate the Border Removal tab the margins of the drawing are erased electronically You can use this option to eliminate trim marks added by the author of a drawing Imaging Properties LOK cancel tery He 72 Imaging Properties Border Removal In the Border Removal tab you can select m to remove the border the amount of border removal the unit to measure the border removal Inches Millimeters Centimeters or Pixels 156 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Margins In the Margins tab you can define to add a margin to the left hand side of the drawing default is Off Imaging Properties 73 Imaging Properties Margins In Margin tab you can select a to add a left margin a the size of left margin the unit to measure the left margin Inches Millimeters Centimeters or Pixels Imaging properties 157 Zoom In the Zoom tab you can define the custom enlargements and reductions Imaging Properties ans 2 h coe 74 Imaging Properties Zoom In the Zoom tab you can select Zoom by size In the Zoom by Size entry box you can define the width or the height of the drawing once selected a dimension the other dimension will proportionally be adapted Zoom by Percent In the Zoom by Percent entry box you can define a scaling percentage How
55. Autocad Font Folder C Program Files 4utoCAD 2000 fonts Browse VIC File Location C ocerd WIC Browse FER FT EE Repro Desk Common Path C Program Files Common Files Repro Desk lt Back Next gt Cancel 6 Folder Locations 15 If you wish to change the location click the Browse button and select a different location 16 Click the Next button Oc Repro Desk User Manual The Other Configurations dialog box appears Other Configurations Please specify other settings for your installation Please select US or Metric Units ss Select a location for shortcuts Personal Folder Group All Users Folder Group Please Select 9800 Server Driver to Install Oce 9800 DRI Parallel T Display folding column in the job window I Create a shortcut on the desktop lt Back Next gt Cancel 7 Other Configurations 17 Select one radio button in each of the three sections 18 If necessary select either or both of the check boxes 19 Click the Next gt button to continue Installation 33 34 20 21 22 23 The Select Program Folder dialog box appears InstallShield Wizard Select Program Folder Select the location where setup is to create new shortcuts Ltd Setup will add program shortcuts to the Program Folder listed below You may type a new folder name or select one from the Existing Folders list Click Next to continue
56. Character rotation field Rotates the letters and the baseline to change text orientation Use the up arrow to rotate the text counter clockwise and use the down arrow to rotate the text clockwise Baseline rotation field Rotates the baseline only Use the up arrow to rotate the baseline counter clockwise and use the down arrow to rotate the baseline clockwise Define Stamps and Overlays 179 180 Character spacing field Use the up arrow to increase the space between two characters and use the down arrow to decrease the space between two characters Line spacing field Use the up arrow to increase the space between two lines and use the down arrow to decrease the space between two lines in lines of text Pattern field You can choose a pattern to fill the characters Transparent If you select this option underlaying information on the drawing will stay visible depending on the used pattern grayscale or color Filled text If you select this option characters are filled Default solid black will be used to fill the characters but you can also choose a pattern see above If this option is not selected outline characters will be used OK button Applies the changes you have made The Stamp Properties window will disappear and the stamp will automatically be added to the current job if any Save button Saves the text with all its settings you have created as a label file on your computer Cancel button Closes the Electronic Stamp
57. Fill F Use Metric Scaling mm Copy All Copy Down Ignore Ignore Set Cancel Epp Help 56 AutoCAD Scaling ratio a Enter a non standard scale factor using the Other field a Select Fit To Paper to force Oc Repro Desk to calculate the scale that fits the drawing to the current paper size Plot by Oc Repro Desk allows you to modify the area of the drawing to be printed Extents prints all the objects in the drawing m Limits prints the current drawing limits a Display prints the view as displayed in AutoCAD m View prints named view of the drawing chosen from the View name list If you have selected Plot by View then you must choose one of the named views defined by the author of the drawing from the drop down list box If no views are defined in the drawing this command will appear grayed out m Layout prints based on layouts predetermined in AutoCAD 2000 If the drawing is not displaying correctly in the Viewer check that the correct option is set in Plot By Layout to Plot This list box displays the AutoCAD layouts available for plotting Use Saved Extents This option applies only to drawings in Model Space Select this box to use the extents that are saved in the drawing file for plotting by extents This allows drawings to be processed much faster because the extents do not need to be calculated In cases where the extents are saved Oc Repro Desk User Manual incorrectly in the
58. Manual feed You can select one of the following options a Roll 1 m Roll 2 m Manual Feed a Auto Roll If you select Auto Roll the Oc 9400 will select the roll that ensures a best fit for the printed drawing Specifying options for the Oc 9400 printer 1 Click the Options tab at the top of the window The following window will appear Group4 Out x Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page I Send RCF Headers T Poster Mode T Enable Long Plot C Roli Roll2 C Manual amp AutoRall r File Format Output CALS Group IY TIFF Group IY TIFF Group Ill TIFF PackBits TIFF Uncompressed complex images T Allow tiled TIFF Cancel Apply Help 136 Oc 9400 print window Group4 Out Options Oc Repro Desk User Manual 2 Select Send RCF Header and specify the Oc 9400 options Select CALS Group 4 as output format 4 Click Apply o v Specifying options to save the file on disk CALS TIFF Click the Options tab at the top of the window Make sure that Send RCF Headers is not selected Select the CALS TIFF format of your choice Click Apply BR ND Banner page Oc 9400 You can print a banner page for the current job or for each set in the current job You can use any ASCII file or stamp LBL as banner page If you use a stamp file you can include variables such as job name or date amp tim
59. OK 6 Select Print Windows in the Print Quick menu 116 Selecting Print Window s in the Print Quick menu 230 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 7 The following window will appear JOB x Q Print 1 copy of the currently selected item 117 Selecting Yes to print only the work order of the selected job 8 Click Yes The work order of the selected job will be printed on the Windows printer Printing a work order of ALL jobs in the queue 1 Open a Queue window see Print from a queue on page 218 O1 C ncoming Queuel Queuet Q Auto Print OFF Job Name Created Date Due Last Printed Sets Sheets Commel J083 J0B 03 30 98 01 51 Never 1 3 J0B2 J0B 03 30 98 01 50 Never 1 J0B1 J0B 07711797 11 52 07711797 12 06PM 1 118 Queue window 2 Select Print Windows in the Print Quick menu Print SendJob Log Queue sf sT b i 7 EC 2 Print c 9600 CA Print Preview fH Print Oc 9400 or Archive Print Setup e Print HPGL2 ATL Export WMF File m carl Tile Drawings Stacked g Print Windows Ctrl 119 Selecting Print Window s in the Print Quick menu 3 The following window will appear JOB x Q Print 1 copy of the currently selected item No Cancel 120 Selecting No to print the work orders of all jobs in the queue Printing 231 4 Click No to print the work orders of
60. Pattem Controls Allow Drawing To Manipulate Pe F Pen Colours T Fill Screens amp Patterns TI Pen Screens amp Patterns I Pen Effect Transparency F Map Pen Colours to a Shaded Half tone I Use Altemate Fill instead of Winding Fill for Polygons M HP ATL Raster Options TF Do NOT Scale RTL Raster Data F Use Error Diffusion for Grey or Colour RTL images a If you use HP GL 2 format drawing files pen attributes such as width color and so on are built into the drawing file Note The pen controls settings affect all pens not just the current pen This tab allows you to use the pen attributes set in the HP GL 2 drawing file and not the Oc Repro Desk pen settings Users of HP GL 2 files should normally check all the following options Pen widths check this option to use the pen width sizes which have been defined in the HP GL 2 drawing file Pen colors check this option to use the pen colors which have been defined in the HP GL 2 drawing file Fill screens and patterns check this option to use the area fill halftone screens and fill patterns which have been defined in the HP GL 2 drawing file Pen screens and patterns check this option to use the pen halftone screens and pen patterns which have been defined in the HP GL 2 drawing file Pen effect transparency check this option to use the transparency settings defined in the HP GL 2 drawing file Oc Repro Desk User Manual The
61. Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 9 Imaging properties This chapter describes the set of tools in the Imaging Properties which you can use to define the appearance of the drawing on the paper 151 Imaging properties 152 To define the appearance of each drawing in a job on the paper you can use the set of tools in the Imaging Properties dialogue box Opening the Imaging Properties dialogue box Click the quick menu bar under Properties The Properties pull down menu appears Select Imaging Properties The Imaging Properties dialogue box opens The values shown belong to the selected file in the job Press the little arrow buttons in the lower right corner to browse through the output properties of all drawings in the job window The Imaging Properties dialogue box contains 8 settings each represented by a tab m Paper size m Drawing size Alignment Border removal m Margins Zoom a Orientation Folder Oc Repro Desk User Manual Paper size You can select the paper size in the Imaging Properties Increasing or decreasing paper size will not affect the size of the drawing unless so specified Border Removal Margins Zoom Orientation Folder Paper Size Drawing Size Alignment il 50 A0 1189 x841 mm H User Paper Size Width gt fi 189 mm 4 Height Ih jes mm Ch 69 Imaging Properties Paper Size In the Paper Size tab you can define following options
62. Repro Desk User Manual Using multiple machine support 351 Enable Disable printing at unattended Repro Desk Server 351 Print from the main Repro Desk Server 353 Chapter 21 Accounting What is accounting 358 Accounting information 358 The accounting process 358 To prepare Repro Desk for accounting 359 Standard accounting 359 ODBC accounting 359 ODBC set accounting 359 ODBC sheet accounting 359 ODBC Set and Sheet Accounting 361 Export accounting information 362 To use Accounting login 364 Query accounting information 365 Report accounting information 372 Understanding logs 373 Chapter 22 Scan Scanning 380 Preparation 381 Scan 382 Scan with the Oc 9600 383 Name and save scanned files 383 Scanner settings on the Oc 9600 388 Brightness 388 Scan to file mode 390 File size optimization 390 Scan resolution 391 File type 392 Zoom settings 393 Scanner settings on the Oc 9700 394 Modifying the exposure 394 File size optimization 396 Scanning non standard size originals 397 Using the zoom settings 398 Scanning originals with filing strip 399 Scanner settings on the Oc 9800 402 11 Modifying the exposure 402 File size optimization 404 Scanning non standard size originals 405 Using the zoom settings 406 Scanning originals with filing strip 407 Chapter 23 Work order customizer Introduction 412 To use the work order customizer 413 Order receipt header 413 Work order fields 415 Work order colors and fonts
63. Restoring default 418 Send to customer 418 Work Order Customizer Launching 417 Work order customizer 411 Work order viewing 228 X Xfer Protocol 453 455 Z Zoom 70 106 158 393 zoom by percent 158 by size 158 In 137 out 137 select 137 status 147 515 tools 136 516 Oc Repro Desk User Manual
64. Server and Repro Desk Remote applications 64 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Locate specific settings Since there are so many settings that can be modified a find feature is incorporated into the Configuration Manager By entering a text string into the Enter Settings to Search for text box it is possible to locate all settings containing that string v Locate specific settings 1 Enter a text string resembling the desired setting as closely as possible 2 Click the Find Next button ea 3 The first setting containing the text string appears Configuration Manager File Processing F Font Name lt Times New Roman gt Au Font Size lt 36 gt Character Spacing points lt 10 gt Line Spacing points lt 10 gt AF Character Rotation 0 1 degrees lt 0 gt BD Effect Text Filled lt No gt ABE AutoCAD 33 An example of Find next 4 Click the Find Next button again to locate the next setting Configuration 65 Reuse a previous search The text strings used to locate settings are saved in a list attached to the text box where you entered the text string originally v Access the search list 1 Click the arrow at the right end of the text box Enter Setting to Search For Find Next rotation print 34 Search drop down list 2 Select the desired text string from the drop down list 3 Click the Find Next button 66 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Configur
65. Strings button The following window will appear Edit Modem Strings Initialization Strings 291 Edit Modem Strings window Note Consult your modem manufacturer s user manual for initialisation Strings Clear the strings that are currently shown and specify the initialisation strings of your modem consult your modem manufacturer s user manual 8 Specify the speed of the modem and the communication port of your PC to which it is connected 9 You can use the Comment field to specify a specific name for the modem ApHost Server 427 428 10 Click OK to save your settings If you added a new phone line the following window will appear FA Phone fine 4 L 01 x gt 15 23 44 Starting comm using US Robotics Courier Dual on COML a gt 15 23 44 Modem is off 292 Phone line x window Note As long as phone line x is activated its Phone line x window is also active You can minimize such a window without any problem but if you would close it you would also deactivate its phone line a warning is displayed Delete a phone line Usually there is no need to delete a phone line You can change the properties of an existing phone line see Add a new phone line or change properties of existing phone line on page 426 or temporarily de activate a phone line see De activate a phone line on page 437 If you want to delete a phone line follow the next procedure Delete a phon
66. The Options pull down menu appears 2 Select the required setting The selected setting is on when it is marked You can access the following options m Automatically print jobs Default Off Oc Repro Desk will automatically print jobs on the selected printer as they appear in the queue without user intervention They will not be displayed in the queue then m Automatically modem jobs Default Off Oc Repro Desk will automatically transmit any received jobs in the active queue by modem m Automatically print report As soon as new jobs arrive in the queue and you have this option turned on Oc Repro Desk will print a report on your local Windows printer m Automatically archive after printing Default Off When a job is printed or sent out via modem or FTP the job is copied into the Archive queue The Archive queue is located in a subdirectory ARCHIVE for example C INCOMING ARCHIVE m Automatically scan for new jobs Default On The queue will automatically search for new files default every 30 seconds You can manually scan for new jobs by pressing the F5 button on the keyboard Flash queue when new jobs arrive Default On The queue window will flash black and white to alert the operator when new jobs arrive in the queue Do not use this option in combination with Automatically print jobs or Automatically modem jobs m Show queue when new jobs arrive If you have a minimized queue window and a new
67. Yes to open the new text file in Notebook and type your welcome message Then save the text file and exit Notebook Answer number of rings The number of rings before the modem answers Default 1 Login attempts The number of times a user is allowed to log in Default 3 Inactivity timeout The number of minutes after which the connection will be closed automatically if no activity takes place Default 5 minutes Initialization timeout The number of seconds after which the connection will be closed if the initialization procedure is not succeeded Days to keep events Number of days after which events will be deleted from the events view Events Save to file You can specify to save all events in a file Oc Repro Desk User Manual Events Detailed information If you select Detailed information additional communication information will be added to each event Change preferences 1 Click the Preferences button in the tool bar os k 284 Preferences button 2 The following window will appear Preferences 285 Preferences window 3 Specify your settings 4 Click OK to save new settings ApHost Server 425 Phone lines 426 Aphost can support up to 8 phone lines for communication purposes If you run ApHost for the first time one phone line is already specified as an example Use the following procedure to change the settings of this phone line Add a new phone line or cha
68. Zoom You can specify the zoom factor as follows Make an enlargement or reduction Open the job with the desired drawings Click with the right mouse button on the Zoom field of the drawing you want to change The Zoom drop down menu appears Select the desired zoom setting m One of the predefined zoom factors a Fit Page Zoom factor will be changed automatically to fit the specified Paper Size a 50 Reduction or 200 Enlargement The Paper Size will automatically change to fit the drawing m Select The Imaging Properties window appears to specify a custom zoom factor Click outside the drop down menu to remove it Click OK when the Imaging Properties window is activated Note If you select either 50 reduction or 200 enlargement the media size will automatically change with the size of the drawing For other zoom settings you must also change the paper size If you wish to set a custom percentage of zoom choose Select from the menu Paper size 106 You can select from a variety of standard paper sizes to print on or define custom paper sizes Change the paper size Open the job that contains the desired drawings Click with the right mouse button on the Paper Size field of the drawing you want to change The paper size drop down menu appears Oc Repro Desk User Manual 3 Select the desired paper size with the mouse pointer m One of the predefined paper sizes a User size The Imaging Properties
69. a long time Scaling v 1 2 3 4 220 Normally Repro Desk automatically scales the drawing to the selected size in the Windows printer If you want to print a drawing without automatic scaling you can select 100 scaling Change scaling Open a job window containing the job you want to print see Print from a queue on page 218 100 0 ISOA0 841 1189mm Bond T 100 0 IS0A0 841x1189mm Bond No 97 Job Window Click Options and hold the pointer of the mouse in place If the option Windows Printer Scale 100 is selected it will be marked as follows Configure Window Help A Ignore Prompting Mode ei Preprocessing Mode Ignore RCF Headers Ae Windows Printer Uses Colors PS Only v Windows Printer Scale 100 98 Example Options menu Windows Printer Scale 100 is selected To change the current setting click Windows Printer Scale 100 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Color inkjet printers If you want to print a drawing on a color inkjet printer you must select the option Windows Printer Uses Colors Note Make sure this option is NOT selected if you want to print on another printer type without color Otherwise the lines may appear distorted v Change colors setting 1 Open a job window containing the job you want to print see Print from a queue on page 218 100 0 ISO 40 841x1183mm Bond TN 100 0 IS0A0 841x1189mm Bond No 99 Job Window 2 Click Opt
70. all jobs in the queue The following window will be opened Print Setup faune x 121 Example of a Windows Print window 5 Select the Windows printer you want to use define the required print settings and click OK 232 Oc Repro Desk User Manual HP GL 2 HP RTL output The HP GL printer for example Oc 5200 can be installed in two ways a As local printer connected to one of the parallel ports for example LPT1 of the Server PC As remote printer connected to a network Note f the HP GL printer is installed as remote printer you must install a driver on the Oc Repro Desk PC You can use any Windows driver for this purpose since it is only used to make the connection to the HP GL printer Oc Repro Desk will provide the actual driver functionality It is also possible to save the output as HP GL 2 HP RTL file in a specified directory or to send the output to a queue v Print on HP GL printer or save as HP GL 2 HP RTL file 1 Open a job window containing the job you want to print see Print from a queue on page 218 TE ISO 40 841 x11893mm Bond 100 0 ISOAO0 841 1189mm Bond No 122 Job Window 2 If required you can change the file settings in the Job window see chapter 9 Imaging properties on page 151 3 Select Print HP GL 2 HP RTL in the Print Quick menu 6 Print SendJob Log Queue i 4 hzi T EC g Pin Oc 9600 e Print Pr
71. and fill in the the following fields a Your Company Name Enter the name of the company that ApModem will dial When dialing ApModem will display this name as the system being called The default value for this field will be the company name entered when Repro Desk was installed Your Server Phone Number Enter the phone number of the remote system User First Name Enter the remote customer s first name This is the first name that will be used to login to the server User Last Name Enter the remote customer s last name This is the last name that will be used to login to the server ApModem Remote Client 461 462 m Password Enter the customer s password a Optionally check Encrypt Script This will prevent an ApModem user from later changing the script Click the Continue button Diskette Customizer will ask you for the location of apmodem scr Select apmodem scr from the installation CD or disk one of your installation floppies Click OK The script will be saved to the disk Oc Repro Desk User Manual JOBCOMM INI file keys The jobcomm ini file located in the main Windows directory contains the settings used by ApModem While most of the settings are modified by the ApModem configuration dialog there is one setting that is user editable Lock Specifies whether or not the Script command is available in the Communications menu The Script command brings up a dial
72. and rotation buttons Click the required rotation button The drawing is rotated To undo the rotation click the button again Negative paper With the Negative Paper button you can reverse the background of the paper from white to black You can use this option to imitate DOS based CAD systems Changes made with this feature will only effect the view mode the actual drawing is not effected ol v Using the Negative paper button Click the Negative paper button To undo the Negative paper function click the button again View drawings 143 Rasterization With the Rasterization mode you can convert the image from a vector line image to the raster image that will be printed on the paper with all applied pen characteristics This enables you to see what a drawing will look like before it is put on paper Attention Changes made with this feature will only effect the view mode the actual drawing is not effected IH Using the Rasterization button Click the Rasterization button To undo the Rasterization function click the button again Color patterns 144 With the Color Pattern button you can apply patterns to color lines This will result in a significant trade off in time for viewing and printing Attention Changes made with this feature will only effect the view mode the actual drawing is not effected El Using the Color pattern button Click the Color pattern button To undo the color patterns
73. and specify the number of sets you want to print Specifying rolls and sets 1 Ifnot already selected click the Rolls and Sets tab at the top of the Finishing Properties window The following window will appear Finishing Properties Eg Rolls and Sets Collation Folder Delivery Banner Page m Roll Selection r Set Count 2 1 Poll 1 40 Empty C Use Set Info 7 gt Number of Sets Li C Roll2 A3 Bond m Yi C Roll 3 41 Bond nf M Use Set Memory Use Copies Field Instead 4 C Sheet 1 44 Bond 2 IV Auto Drop Down A 7 Sheet Z A3 Bond Optional Delivery Preference 7 1 C Sheet 3 43 Bond F Honeontallfecetving tray Bypass Manual 7 C Auto Rol Cancel Apply Help 144 Finishing Properties window Rolls and Sets Select one of the rolls sheet feeders bypass or auto roll if you select auto roll the Oc 9600 will select the roll that ensures a best fit for the printed drawing First Repro Desk searches for a roll of the specified media type If such a roll is found Repro Desk will search for the exact size If the exact size is not found a larger size will be selected Specify the number of copies of the whole job sets you want to print You can choose to use the specify the number of sets here or print the number of sets as specified in the actual job file m You can fill in a number or m Select Use copies field instead Oc
74. as banner page If you use a stamp file you can include variables like job name or date amp time see Electronic stamps on page 178 Specifying Banner Page 1 Click the Banner Page tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear PostScript Out Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page ca POSTSCRIPT m Banner Properties Paper Size Same as first drawing 7 Trailing Edge amp Omm File to use as Banner LBL TXT oo o 2 coe to ne 168 PostScript Out window Banner Page 3 Select when you want to print a banner page at the start end of the job or at the start end of a set 4 Select the paper size for the banner page 5 You can select one of the available standard sizes or Same as first drawing the same size as the first drawing of the job or set 6 If required you can specify a trailing edge for the banner page 7 Use the I button to select the file you want to use as banner page You can select any ASCII ASC file or electronic stamp LBL file 8 Click Apply Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 19 Unattended printing Introduction on page 300 About print settings on page 301 To prepare direct automatic and native printing on page 307 Using direct printing on page 333 To create a polling queue on page 312 Send
75. click again Oc Repro Desk User Manual Outline polygons With the Outline Polygons button you can remove fills in polygons and polylines This can be helpful in determining whether a drawing was correctly prepared ED Attention Changes made with this feature will only effect the view mode the actual drawing is not effected bc v Using the Outline Polygons button Click the Outline Polygon button To undo the Outline Polygon function click again View drawings 145 Status bar The status bar is located at the bottom of the Repro Desk window It allows you to move through the drawings in a job list to set the ruler type and to change paper and drawing attributes in mm 0115387 Q19 1189841 41190640 EX Previous Next drawing You can use the Left and Right arrow buttons of the status bar at the bottom of the Repro Desk window to scroll through the drawings in the job This function only works if all drawings are already opened in a viewer window 1 Ruler The Ruler button shows you the selected Viewer rulers type You can set the rulers to measure in pixels centimeters or millimeters or inches cn mm v Setting a type of ruler 1 Click the Ruler button The Ruler menu appears 2 Select the required unit m Inches m Millimeters m Centimeters m Pixels 146 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Drawing size The Drawing Size or Clipping button shows you the size of the current drawing
76. consists of a combination of characters line art and picture images m Select Grays amp lines when the original contains many gray scales and lines a If you select Photo or Grays amp lines the Background compensation will be switched off automatically Select Blue print when you want to copy an original with an image in negative image in white on dark background The copy will be positive image in black on white background Select Dark original when the original has an extremely dark background that is low contrast Make other settings as required Feed the original Scan 389 Scan to file mode v Set file mode 1 Go to the File section 2 Open the Destination card Ready to copy Original Organization On with checkplot On Re File mode Destination File type Tiff subformat 257 File mode settings 3 Using the function buttons choose m On The document will be scanned to file a On with checkplot The document will be scanned to file and a copy will be printed m Off The document is not scanned to file File size optimization This option will decrease the amount of data that is used to store the scanned file In this way you can store more images on your disk Y Selecting file size optimization 1 Goto the File section 2 Open the Image card Ready to copy 200 dpi 300 dpi 400 dpi 5can quality hs 258 Selecting Filesize op
77. drawing file you may need to turn the option off so that the accurate extents can be recalculated Use Metric Scaling Check this option if you want to use millimeters instead of inches AutoCAD R14 batch plot utility The Plot by Scale tab will appear differently if the AutoCAD R14 batch plot utility is used to process DWG files The options that are different are described below D 50 Demo Files samples ACAD Nels al dwg x General 3 Advanced Directories m Plot By C Fractional Scale C 1 Scale Ei Dat so sng o C Limits Cso C140 Caa Cane Display Cx Cs C a3 C1 Cyew z can Ca Caur ear AutoCAD R14 Parameters C wa Canoa Ca Cane mi I Text Fil Othe ET f Fit To Paper T Hide Lines T Adjust Area Fil Use Metric Scaling mm ii Copy I Copy Down Ignore Ignore Set 57 AutoCAD R14 tab Text Fills Displays text using the TextFill property in AutoCAD which fills text to be solid rather than just an outline Hide Lines Displays objects in drawings using the HideFill property in AutoCAD which hides background lines that normally appear in a 3D object Adjust Area Fill Displays objects in the Drawing using the AdjustAreaFill property in AutoCAD which pulls in the boundaries of the filled area one half the pen width Check and process drawings 119 Advanced tab 120 The information on this tab is read by Oc Repro Desk from the selected AutoCAD drawing file Oc
78. fill in your name the name of your company and your registration number CD Key Then you must specify the installation directory You can change the default directory by using the Browse option The next step is to specify the name of the Program folder In this folder you will find the icon to start up the ApHost application The software will be installed Note You can select the Uninstall ApHost icon in the specified folder to uninstall the ApHost application Migration from Hyperaccess 420 If you have used Hyperaccess for remote communication with the previous release R4 0 of Repro Desk you can convert your list of Hyperaccess user names and passwords to a list that can be read by ApHost For this purpose a special tool called Appass is included Appass does NOT preserve user rights defined in Hyperaccess Privileges for all users are set to User status This means that the users may send but not receive files and only in a specified directory for example INCOMING 00012345 but not INCOMING 00012344 or any other Oc Repro Desk User Manual directory Changing user s rights must be done manually within ApHost see Users on page 433 Note Appass creates a new password file If you have already created users and passwords in ApHost you must either add the old users and passwords manually to the new list or use Apass as described below and add the new users and passwords manually
79. higher lower buttons or the numeric buttons 406 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Using the zoom settings You can use the zoom settings on the Oc 9800 operator panel of the scanner to enlarge the scanned image Note The use of reduction in combination with scan to file functionality will not result is a reduced image However the print copy is reduced v Enlarging when scanning a standard size original 1 Press one of the zoom step buttons on the operator panel just below the zoom display to change the zoom factor for your original by standard steps A4 to A3 A3 to A2 etc This will result in a standard size scanned image Note If you want to change your zoom factor by non standard steps you have to use the custom width and custom length settings Scanning originals with filing strip You can adjust the original guide of the scanner to remove or add a filing strip along the left hand side in the feed direction face up The left hand side can be extended up to 20 mm or shortened up to 60 mm 0 78 to 2 36 inch Left hand side Left hand side 40 mm 20 mm 276 Example of adjusting the left hand side of an original v Scanning with removed or added filing strip along the left hand side 1 If you want to remove a filing strip move the original guide to the left Scan 407 2 If you want to add a strip move the original guide to the right 277 Adjusti
80. icon in the Program folder you specified during installation Note If you run ApHost for the first time an error message may appear Unable to create directory Click OK and follow the procedure as described in Preferences on page 424 If no phone lines are specified the following window will appear Note G There are no phone lines available ApHost cannot continue without at least one phone line Do you want to add a phone line now 280 Pop up window if no phone lines are specified a If you want to specify phone lines now click Yes see Add a new phone line or change properties of existing phone line on page 426 If you want to do this another time click No and follow the procedures in Preparations on page 424 If no users are specified the following window will appear Note N There are no users would you like to add some 281 Pop up window if no users are specified a If you want to specify users now click Yes see Add a new user or change properties of an existing user on page 434 It is however recommended to set your Preferences first In that case click No and follow the procedures as described in Preparations on page 424 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 4 The ApHost main window will appear containing four sub windows as shown in the next figure Phone Line Edit View Options Window Help od amp a EJ LS a Tool Bar HangUp Ph
81. if the option Send monochrome raster is set see Options Oc 3165 on page 296 Specifying the output resolution for the Oc 3165 1 Click the Resolution tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear PostScript Out xi Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page Output Resolution DPI mm 200 ses C 300 POSTSCRIPT Co HH Cancel Apply Heip 165 PostScript Out window Resolution Select 600 dpi Click Apply Specifying the output resolution to save the file on disk Click the Resolution tab at the top of the window see figure 165 on page 294 If you want to use the file as input for a software application specify the maximum resolution Oc Repro Desk User Manual If you want to use the file for printing at another time specify the resolution of the printer 3 Click Apply Collation Oc 3165 You can specify the order in which the copies of a job are printed v Specifying collation for the Oc 3165 1 Click the Collation tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page r Select Collation POSTSCRIPT Cancel Apply Help 166 PostScript Out window Collation 3 Ifrequired you can select the following options a Digital Collation If you select this option the prints will be sorted by set Reverse Collation If you selec
82. information in the text boxes To get the fields to show up as blank each time the customer accesses the work order select the Always Blank check box To get the fields to retain the last value the customer used deselect the Always Blank check box and leave the Default Value text box blank Click Submit at the bottom of the form A preview of the information appears Click Submit at the bottom of the Diskette Customizer dialog box A preview of the Work Order information appears Click Back to make more changes in the Diskette Customizer dialog Click Save Changes to continue Installation 51 Install Oc Repro Desk Remote Before you install the software be sure to have the Install Key available as well Sas the Activation Key that enables the print capability Read and follow the instructions on the Welcome screen m Carefully read the Software Licence Agreement screen v Install Oc Repro Desk Remote 1 Place the CD in the CD ROM drive A message appears Setup will now determine your system configuration 2 Click OK Setup displays a System configuration System Configuration x Setup has determined your system configuration Operating System Windows NT Service Pack 5 Repro Desk Remote requires Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT Service a Pack 5 or Windows 2000 Repro Desk Server requires Windows NT Service Pack 5 z Total System RAM 128 MB
83. is out of bounds Range is from a to b Default is c where x is the specified value a the minimum value b the maximum value and c the default value From the Transport and Folding tab you can adapt the leading edge position of the image related to the leading edge of the paper fed through the manual feed this is the same as for the sheet feeders modify the width position of the image on the paper from the manual feed correct the deviation of the sensor used to measure the length of a sheet specify the extra overlap you want in the first fold of the folder and determine the number of copies that can be placed on the output belt of the folder Note The leading edge and width positions are determined the same way as with the sheet feeders The only difference is that in this case the test print has to be made from the manual feed Modify the static deviation 262 If you want to modify the deviation of the sensor used to measure the length of a sheet you can either enter the required value in the Enter Value field and click on the Static Deviation button or you can take the following procedure Modify the static deviation Click on the Static Deviation Measured Length button to start the test A blank sheet is now produced Take a ruler and measure the length of the sheet Enter the result in the Key Operator Settings Test window in tenths of millimeters when the system prompts you to do this and click on OK The
84. it must be up dated and passed on to the controller Choose a number between 200 to 200 0 1mm units Choose Standard Lines of text Poster Original No bit map 1 to 1 plot or Test plot Notes Choose a number between 1 and 120 minutes Choose a number between 0 and 600 seconds 497 Contact informa Purpose tion Telephone num Type the telephone number ber that should be called in case of a severe error 354 Contact information settings Scanner KOS Settings 498 Zoom steps Purpose Enlarge step 1 Set the Zoom steps for greater than 100 for console setting The values must be in increas ing order Define non used values as the maximum value Enlarge step Same as above 2 3 4 Reduce step 1 Set the Zoom step for less than 100 for the console set ting 355 Zoom steps settings Notes Type up to 30 characters Notes The scanner will add the max imum zoom to the reduction step if the largest last value is smaller than the maximum Same as above Same as above a el Zoom correction Purpose Notes Horizontal Set this to 0 in most cases zoom correc A negative value means that the image will be tion reduced A positive value means that the image will be enlarged in the specified direction It can be used for shrink compensation Vertical zoom Set this to 0 in most cases correction 356 Zoom correction settings Oc Repro Desk User Manual Zoom
85. job A menu appears In the menu click Send Entire Job To A submenu appears Click E mail recipient The e mail message dialog box appears with the job attached as a zip file If necessary change the name of the zip file Add print order instructions in the body of the e mail Type a recipient name Click Send Send a job by e mail with a work order Click the Send Job button The Send Job To dialog box appears Select the Drive radio button Select the drive letter from the drop down list Click OK The job is automatically compressed using an internal compression tool and is stored on the target disk The Send Job window displays the work order Fill in the required fields in the work order See Fill out a work order on page 195 Click Submit The file is saved at the root of the selected disk as job zip Note This will overwrite any previous job which has been saved to the same disk Go to Windows Explorer Navigate to the job on the drive Right click the job A menu appears Select Send to Select Mail recipient The e mail message dialog box appears with the job attached as a zip file Send jobs 193 12 If necessary change the name of the zip file 13 Add print order instructions in the body of the e mail 14 Type a recipient name 15 Click Send Send files to a ProjectPoint sites 194 You can proce
86. large fonts will be used for easier reading Allow Folding Column in Job Allows you to select a folding method from the Jobs window Banded Memory Size This is the amount of banded memory that will be used when printing a file to a Windows printer If you increase the amount of memory performance will improve Global Units The default units of measurement Accounting You can select a Standard Accounting information will be written and read from binary files a ODBC Set Uses Set accounting table a ODBC Sheet Uses Accounting information table See Accounting on page 357 for more information Note You need to start a new job for certain options to take effect Oc Repro Desk User Manual Communications Usually the communication methods are already filled in during installation of the software You can use this window to make changes or add new communication methods See also Configure communications on page 46 In the Communications tab you can specify the following communication settings Configuration 37 Specify Communication settings Add To add communications methods Configure To configure the selected communication method Delete To configure the selected communication method Note For communication details see also ApModem Remote Client on page 447 ApHost Server on page 419 and ApFTP Remote Client on page 469 Configuration 69 Job default settings
87. m Locked Caller can not change directory above the base directory m Change dir Caller may change directories m Make dir Caller may create a directory Directory caller may see the contents of a directory ApHost Server 433 434 Add a new user or change properties of an existing user Click the Users button in the tool bar Users 302 Users button The following window will appear l A io FirstName LastName Password Base Directoy Send Receive Locked Scrip i David Br client DB d incoming Yes No Yes Yes 303 The Users window If you want to add a new user select Add in the Users quick menu in the toolbar Delete N 304 Selecting Add in the Users quick menu Or if you want to change the properties of an existing user select this user by clicking its icon in the first column Then click the Properties button in the tool bar rap Properties 305 Properties button Oc Repro Desk User Manual 5 The following window will appear First Name A Last Name fo mmm Password ee Base Directory encom m Rights Po F C Administrator fX C Disabled fC Custom IV Send Soript Ja Ghengevin B Directory J Receive M Locked To Make Dir Corcel 306 Add User window Note If you are changing the properties of an existing user the window title will be User Properties 6 Select the First Name field and
88. make the connection to the Oc 3165 Oc Repro Desk will provide the actual driver functionality You can select the following Oc 3165 options see Options Oc 3165 on page 296 m Staple Print on both sides Duplex printing m Paper Source It is also possible to save the output as PostScript file in a specified directory or to send the output to a queue Printing on the Oc 3165 or saving as a PostScript file Open a job window containing the job you want to print ee lease Ten deese uate rs ea 100 0 ISO 40 841x1183mm Bond 100 0 ISOAQ 841 1189mm Bond No 161 Job Window Oc Repro Desk User Manual 2 Ifrequired you can change the file settings in the Job window see chapter 9 Imaging properties on page 151 3 Select Print PostScript in the Print Quick menu REGIS Print SendJob Log Queue a 4 se x EC 2 Pint Oc 9600 lek Print Preview e Print Oc 9400 or Archive Print Setup hp Print HPGL2 RTL rint PostScript ETES Bir Posie a LE Print Single Tile Drawings Stacked amp Print windows Ctrl Tile Drawings Side by Side I 162 Selecting Print PostScript in the Print Quick menu 4 The following window will appear PostScript Out Ea Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page m File To SZ Windows Printer POSTSCRIPT a A B r e M Write Eob File tn Director
89. matches the resolution of the printer and the application A wrong step size will affect the scale of the drawing Use checksum The Checksum character determines if the data message has been correctly transmitted A wrong setting will affect the result of the plot End of message The End of Message character indicates the end of the data sequence A wrong setting will affect the result of the plot Oc Repro Desk User Manual Check the CalComp drawing properties Click once on the unprocessed drawing file Click once on the Properties button The Drawing File Information dialogue box opens To change Sync byte choose Single or Double sync and choose a value from the list box To change Step size click on the radio button to choose a preset value or enter a value in the Other files Set the Use Checksum option to On or Off To change the End of Message use the arrows to enter a new value in the End of Message field Note Only change a CalComp setting if you really are sure that the ones checked and suggested by Oc Repro Desk are incorrect Check and process drawings 127 Process and unprocess drawing files For fast printing you can convert native DWG DXF HP GL and CalComp drawing files into Oc Repro Desk VIC files You can unprocess VIC files into their native format if the original drawings are on the system v Process one drawing file Double click the file name in the Job list The processed drawing will be
90. name 171 Pen set 70 108 Pens 164 Phone number 195 512 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Photo 389 Plot by scale tab 117 Polling queue native printing 306 PostScript in installation 31 41 55 PostScript out installation 31 41 55 PostScript printer 289 290 PostScript tab 72 PostScript to TIFF conversion 72 Preferences for jobs 85 Preparing for accounting 359 Pre process mode 129 Pre processing mode 85 Preview window 179 Preview work order changes 417 Previous drawing 146 Print From the viewer 149 Jobs automatically 207 Report automatically 207 Print accounting information 362 Print area for accounting 358 Print from a queue 218 Print manager 256 274 Settings 258 Print on the Oc 9600 printer 264 Printer dependent settings Direct printing 302 Multiple machine support 338 Printer independent settings 301 Printer stamp tab 280 Printing From a queue 218 Multiple Machine Support 337 on a HP GL2 printer 233 on a windows printer 220 on the Oc 9600 printer 256 on the Oc 9700 9800 printer 274 Printing on the Oc 3165 printer 289 290 Printing on the Oc 9400 printer 246 Priority of RCF 485 Process All drawing files in job 128 Drawing files 105 128 One drawing file 128 Project identification 358 ProjectPoint Add drawings 95 Adding jobs from 210 PROMPTFOR Command 459 Prompting mode 85 PROMPTPW Command 460 Q Query accounting 365 Queue Add job 210 Change priority 212 Insert job 210 Opt
91. name of the job The job name is highlighted Press the space bar on your keyboard once Type in the new name over the existing one Move jobs between queues Open the destination queue Select the job that you want to drag to another queue Oc Repro Desk User Manual Hold down the left mouse button and drag and drop the job to the desired queue Note Dragging a job into a queue that is set to automatically print jobs will NOT print the job Remove jobs from the queue Select the job you want to remove The job name is highlighted Press the Delete key The selected job is removed from the queue Restore a removed job Select the required queue where you want to restore the job The queue is highlighted From the File menu choose Close The active queue closes Open the same queue The removed drawing will reappear Permanently delete a job from the queue Attention job can also be permanently deleted from the queue Extra caution should be used because once a job has been deleted it cannot be restored Select the job you want to delete The selected job is highlighted From the Edit menu choose Remove directory The job dialogue box asks if you are sure you want to delete the job and the directory from the queue If you are sure click the yes box The job and directory are permanently deleted Queues 213 214 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 14 Printi
92. of 3 Display selections If you wish you can choose to not display and print some sections of the order receipt In the above display deselect select any combination of the following check boxes Contact m Job Finishing a Other Finishing m Drawings List The selected sections display Click Close to close the order receipt without printing or Click Print to print the order receipt of the job that was most recently submitted to the repro center Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 13 Queues This chapter describes how to handle queues 201 About queues 202 The main purpose of a queue on Repro Desk Server is to receive jobs that are sent by remote clients You can create a different queue for each client Incoming queue An incoming queue is used to collect jobs from remote clients Repro Desk automatically scans the queue for incoming jobs When a new job arrives you can configure the queue in such a way that it will open automatically when it is minimized and starts flashing It is also possible to print the work order of each incoming job automatically on a Windows printer A job contains several items the drawing files stamps and overlays pen sets and a work order A queue keeps track of all of these for each job Note Repro Desk will only search for new jobs when the queue is opened For most applications a queue should remain open at all tim
93. of each drawing in the print job The Copies column in the job window will be ignored 292 Oc Repro Desk User Manual A a Use Copies Field Instead The number of copies as defined for each drawing in the Copies column of the job window will be used Click Apply Specifying output settings to save the file on disk If not already selected click the Output tab at the top of the PostScript Out window see figure 164 on page 292 Select Directory and specify the appropriate directory you can use the Browse button at the right side If you want to save the Job file in the specified directory as well select the option Write Job File in Directory Make sure the option Directory is a Queue is not selected Click Apply Specifying Output settings to send the file to a queue If not already selected click the Output tab at the top of the PostScript Out window see figure 164 on page 292 Select Directory and specify the appropriate queue by you can use the Browse button at the right side to select the Q file in the Queue folder Make sure the option Write Job File in Directory is not selected Select the option Directory is a Queue Click Apply Print on Oc 3165 293 Resolution Oc 3165 294 You can specify the resolution of the output in dots per inch DPI Note This option will only have effect when the original file contains raster data or
94. pmprotocol dll copies it to the ocerd directory and renames it logobitmap gif If the customer adds a jpeg it will be renamed to gif and will still operate correctly Restore the default work order v To restore the default work order 1 Open the Work Order Customizer 2 Click the New button or choose the New command from the File menu A new pristine work order appears in the work order customizer window 3 Click the Save button or choose the Save command from the File menu 4 Save the new work order in your windows directory as wocust ini The work order is now restored to its original state 418 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 24 ApHost Server ApHost is a software application that can be used in combination with Repro Desk Server to receive digital files by modem and ISDN connections 419 Introduction ApHost is a separate software application that can be used to receive digital files by modem and ISDN connections acting as normal modem Files can be sent from a remote location using ApModem Incoming files will be saved in a queue and can be accessed by Repro Desk as any other queue ApHost supports up to 8 phone lines Installation ApHost is usually installed on the same PC as Repro Desk Server Install ApHost software Run setup exe from the installation disk Follow the instructions on the screen You will be asked to
95. scanner and optional units communicate with each other and to control which dialog boxes tabs and controls display in Repro Desk for end users Configuration Manager 5 Printer KOS Settings Paper Size Length Units lt Metric gt Weight Units lt Grams gt Paper Series lt DIN gt Folder Information Special Print Options Printer Timeouts Info 344 Configuration manager Key operator settings Repro Desk does not autodetect most settings They must be entered or verified Note The Key Operator password is required 492 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Key operator settings in the Configuration Manager The key operator settings are grouped into the following sections in the Configuration Manager System configuration Contains the system configuration that is sent to the scanner and or printer at system power up Includes System setup Optional information and Counting subsections Printer KOS settings This interface is sent after power up and after committing changes of KOS settings on the controller Includes Languages Paper size Folder information Special print options Printer timeouts and Contact information subsections Scanner KOS settings This interface is sent after the power up and after committing changes of KOS settings on the controller Includes Zoom steps Zoom correction Zooming methods and Scanner timeouts subsections Key Operator Settings 493 System Configuration
96. settings You can use the Zoom selection function button on the Oc 9700 operator panel to enlarge the scanned image Note The use of reduction in combination with scan to file functionality will not result is a reduced image However the print copy is reduced v Enlarging when scanning a standard size original 1 Use the Zoom selection function button to select the zoom function 2 Use the higher button at the right of the display to increase the zoom factor Note If you hold down the higher button the zoom factor will scroll up or down fast with a pause when a fixed zoom step is reached These fixed zoom steps can be specified by the key operator Note If you want to change your zoom factor by non standard steps you have to use the custom width and custom length settings Scanning originals with filing strip You can adjust the original guide of the scanner to remove a filing strip along the left hand side right hand side in the feed direction face down This side can be shortened up to 60 mm 2 36 inch see figure 267 G Face up Face down Left hand side right hand side 40 mm in feed direction 267 Example of adjusting the left hand side of an original Scan 399 v Scanning with removed filing strip along the left hand side right hand side in the feed direction face down 1 Press the catch underneath the original guide and move it to the right
97. specify print settings for each job You can specify passwords to protect the usage by other Repro Desk stations Broadcasted Queue Passwords For a broadcasted print queue you can specify three different passwords When you specify a password in this window the user of another Repro Desk Station will be asked for this password when using the broadcasted print queue for the first time in a session m Administer Configure Modify This password allows the user of another Repro Desk station to manipulate the jobs in the queue for example change the print order of the jobs The queue settings can only be changed on the Repro Desk station where the queue resides The Administer password automatically includes the other queue privileges viewing and sending jobs m View Jobs in the Queue This password allows the user of another Repro Desk station to view the jobs in the queue The View password automatically includes the privilege of sending jobs to the queue Send Jobs to the Queue This password allows the user of another Repro Desk station to send a print job to the queue by selecting the broadcasted print queue in the Print menu Polling Frequency This is the frequency at which the queue searches the incoming directory to see if any new Jobs have arrived Queue Priority If two queues want to print on the same printer at the same time you can specify which queue will come first ISO 9000 Stamping You can specify a stamp to be printed on
98. specify the name of the user Se also Set up ApHost for the New User on page 36 7 Select the Last Name field and specify client Note f you are receiving files with ApModem the Last Name must be client 8 Select the Password field and specify the password of the specified user 9 Select the Base directory field and specify the path and name of the queue in which the incoming files are received for example D INCOMING QUEUE Note Default the base directory that is specified in the Preferences menu for example D INCOMING is already filled in see Preferences on page 424 Note The specified queue must already exist see Create queues on page 429 10 Specify the Rights User is recommended for most purposes 11 Click OK to save your settings ApHost Server 435 436 Delete a user Click the Users button in the tool bar Users 307 Users button The Users window will appear see figure 303 on page 434 Select the user you want to delete by clicking the icon in the first column Select Delete in the Users quick menu in the toolbar The selected user will be deleted after confirmation Oc Repro Desk User Manual Use ApHost After starting up ApHost all specified phone lines are activated automatically For each phone line a Phone line x window will be created that may not be closed as long as the phone line is active You can however min
99. supplied on the setup diskette is not compressed and can be edited before sending the diskette to a customer to install The following example script file can be used to dial the XYZ Company BBS Note When creating a script either from the CD ROM or via the Dcustom program an option is provided to encrypt the script If the script is encrypted it cannot be edited this is a sample script file It can be edited to match your environment You will need to set the phone number the first name last name and password Set Timeouts etc TIMEOUT 50 RETRY 10 dial the phone DIAL your server phone number goes here show user a status message STATUS Logging on to XYZ Company BBS wait for the first name prompt from the server WAITFOR ame SEND first name of user login goes here wait for the last name prompt from the server WAITFOR ame SEND last name of user login goes here wait for the password prompt from the server WAITFOR sword SENDPW Password goes here Oc Repro Desk User Manual This script performs the following functions Sets the timeout and retry values m Dials the phone Display a message in the user status box m Waits for the first name prompt m Sends xyz as the first name m Waits for the last name prompt a Sends client as the last name m waits for the password prompt sends iamhere Script commands ApModem supports the following script commands Lines st
100. support anytownrepro com Logo Bitmap You can make changes in the fields and view the output in the header Work order customizer 413 vy To make changes to text 1 Type new information in the text boxes v To change the logo 1 Click the Browse button The Choose File dialog box appears My Computer C ReproDocs docs itircl dl Network Neighborhood fo 4 21FAQ EH manualspdf ReproDocs y Clientele GH ReproDesk gm R doglogo bmp Reprodesk My Briefcase E GetLatestBuild bat g reprodesk e ReproDesk DocUpdate 3 gm INI a File name doalogo bmp Files of type fal Files Fe Cancel 2 Navigate to the image you wish to use Note The recommended format is GIF 3 Click Open The path to the bitmap appears in the Logo Bitmap text field Logo Bitmap DWINNT Profile s gailm Desktop doglogo br F Recommended Size is 85x70 DAWININT Profile s gailm Desktop doglogo br Work Order Customizer E Any Town Reprographics 1234 W Fifth Street 678 eg Nine Palms Ca 10111 2131 602 744 1300 If you have any problems with this order form please contact support anytownrepro com Company Name Any Town Reprographics Address Line 1 1234 W Fifth Street 678 Address Line 2 Nine Palms Ca 10111 2131 Phone Number s 602 744 1300 E Mail Address support anytownrepro com Logo Bitmap avant Prafies qnilmiDeckianidagieaa br dei Logo Bitmap ice is 85x70
101. tab at the top of the Finishing Properties window The following window will appear Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Collation Delivery Banner Page MIY Enable Banner Pages 2 Start of Job C Start of Set g C End of Job iy C End of Set m Banner Properties Paper Size Trailing Edge N Eile to use as Banner LBL TXT O By 147 Finishing Properties window Banner Page Print on an Oc 9600 271 272 Select when you want to print a banner page at the start end of the job or at the start end of a set Select the paper size for the banner page You can select one of the available standard sizes or Same as first drawing the same size as the first drawing of the job or set If required you can specify a trailing edge for the banner page Note The Trailing Edge option allows you to specify an additional length of paper to be added to the banner page so that the sets and or jobs can be easily separated Use the browse button to select the file you want to use as banner page You can select any ASCII ASC file or electronic stamp LBL file Click Apply Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 17 Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 Starting up the Oc 9700 9800 print manager on page 274 Printing on the Oc 9700 9800 printer on page 276 Printer stamp Oc 9700 9800 on page 280 Folder Oc
102. the Collation tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Stamp Folder Stacker Delivery Banner Page r Select Collation NM Digital Collation 1 154 Finishing Properties window Collation 3 Ifrequired you can select the following options Digital collation If you select this option the prints will be sorted by set Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 279 Reverse collation If you select this option the first file of the job will be printed last As result the first file of the job will be on top after printing Note The drawings in the window will show the PRINT order of the drawings depending on options that are selected The result after printing will show a reversed order 4 Click Apply Printer stamp Oc 9700 9800 If the Oc 9700 9800 supports printer stamps you can specify such a stamp to be used for the whole job A printer stamp must already be specified on the printer using the Oc 9700 9800 operating panel You can choose one of the three fixed positions for the stamp as defined during installation of the Oc 9700 9800 v Specifying printer stamp 1 Click the Stamp tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear Finishing Properties xi f Folder Stacker Delivery Banner Page Rolls and Sets Collation Stamp Selection Font Size Small Large
103. the Oc 5200 PostScript files can be sent to a PostScript printer 10 Such as the Oc 3165 or a laser printer a oAN OU BR 214 Multiple machine support 340 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Prepare multiple machine support Make sure that all Repro Desk Servers are connected to the same TCP IP network To prepare Multiple Machine Support you must create a broadcasted print queue on each unattended Repro Desk Server v Create a broadcasted print queue 1 Start up Repro Desk 2 Select Create New Queue in the Queue Quick menu 3 Pint sm Job a ra oaoa Open Queue ae Selecting Create New Queue in the Queue Quick menu 3 The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 1 of 4 Select the drive where this Queue will re Et Cancel Help 216 Queue Creation Wizard Step 1 of 4 Multiple machine support 341 4 Select the drive where the new queue will reside and click Next The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 2 of 4 x Enter the name of the path where this Queue will feside Path for Queue CA JINCOMINGQ9600 cot we 217 Queue Creation Wizard Step 2 of 4 5 Delete whatever is already filled in specify the complete path and name of the new queue directory for example INCOMING Q9600 and click Next The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 3 of
104. the TDS800 Always set this to 0 or 1 for the Oc 9600 For the TDS800 it can be 0 or 1 or 2 Counting Purpose Counting meth od ing method 347 Counting settings Printer KOS settings a Languages Purpose First language Set this to indicate the primary language used Second lan Set this to indicate the guage second language 348 Language settings Paper size Purpose Length units Set this to indicate the printer s count Set this to indicate whether length Notes Choose Linear Meters Square Meters Linear Feet or Square Feet Notes Choose 1 Dutch 2 UK English 3 German 4 French 5 US English 6 Spanish 7 Danish 8 Italian 9 Swedish 10 Norwegian 11 Finn ish 12 Portuguese 13 Polish 14 Hungarian or 15 Czech If this is different than the first lan guage the scanner panel will display it as an option Press the button to switch to this language Notes Choose mm or inch Weight units Paper series measures must be expressed in milli meters or inches This applies to the user interface only Set this to indicate whether weights must be expressed in grams or pounds This applies to the material weights displayed on the user interface only Set this to indicate the used paper se ries range 349 Paper size settings Key Operator Settings es Choose grams or pounds Choose DIN DIN Carto 8 5 8 5 or 9 inch or JISB 495 496
105. the Windows printer PY men NE eT ee TS are ee NextPage Prey Page TwoPage Zoomin Zoom Wut T RES A ae a at stoi dav tattle a Tin cicero DS a 103 Print Preview window of x 4 You can view the other drawings of the job by clicking the Next Page button Printing 223 5 If you want to displays two drawings of the job at the same time you can click the Two Page button Repro Desk 4 2 Jol x New Page Prey Page Zoom In ZT Close ny PRET TIA LICU HONE INAJ B Pages 1 2 Fiei ora eae 104 Print Preview window after selecting Two Page 6 If you want to print the job at a later time click the Close button to leave the Preview window 224 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 7 10 If you want to print the current job click the Print button The following window will appear Print Setup A4 2104297 mm M automate x 105 Example of a Windows Print window Select the Windows printer you want to use Define the required print settings Note Make sure to load the printer with the correct paper size and to select the same size in the print settings Click OK The job wi
106. the drop down menu to remove it Border removal Electronically removes elements such as trim marks and borders from the drawing You can choose one of the present values or define a custom setting Remove the border Open the job that contains the desired drawings Click with the right mouse button on the Border Removal field of the drawing you want to change The Border removal drop down menu appears Select the desired setting m One of the predefined border removal settings Select The Imaging Properties window appears to specify a custom border removal Click outside the drop down menu to remove it Click OK when the Imaging Properties window is activated Color The color column indicates whether the file should be printed on a color printer via PSOut or HPGLOut The choice could affect job printing costs The default is no Note Repro desk does not automatically detect whether a file is color Handling jobs 109 110 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 7 Check and process drawings a To process files on page 112 a To control drawing properties on page 115 a AutoCAD DWG properties on page 116 a HP GL HP GL 2 and HP RTL on page 125 a CalComp 906 907 PCT on page 126 a Process and unprocess drawing files on page 128 a Process raster files on page 130 111 To process files Drawing files can be divided in two main types
107. the information sent to a queue will be printed as it is defined in the actual job which prevents some queue settings overruling settings of the sent job resulting in unexpected output Note In case of a broadcasted print queue these default settings will be overruled by the settings that have been specified by the user after selecting the broadcasted print queue in the print menu 6 Click OK The print window closes 322 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Queue administration for broadcasted print queue You can specify if the queue must be a broadcasted queue That is if users of other Repro Desk stations are allowed to select this queue in their print menu For a broadcasted print queue you can specify m passwords the polling frequency for this queue the queue priority for printing ISO 9000 stamping a E mail notification Unattended printing 323 324 Enable broadcasting Allow remotes to see queue The queue appears in the print menu of other Repro Desk stations connected to the network Selecting this queue in the print menu opens the print window of the connected printer enabling the user to specify print settings for each job You can specify passwords to protect the usage by other Repro Desk stations Broadcasted queue passwords For a broadcasted print queue you can specify three different passwords When you specify a password in this window the user of another Repro Desk Station will be asked for this passwor
108. through a polling queue so it is tied for second 4 Queue settings Supported RCF commands 485 486 There are exceptions to this general structure though If an RCF file is added to a job and the file is processed to a VIC the RCF information will populate the job settings and finishing properties such as the folding settings for that file If those settings are edited after the RCF file has been converted to a VIC the new settings will take precedence over the RCF settings If an RCF file is sent to a queue or a polling queue the RCF information will take precedence over the queue or polling queue information For example when an RCF file that contains folding instructions is sent to a queue or placed in a polling queue that is set to Don t Fold the file will still be folded according to the RCF instructions Now when a file with RCF folding on is printed directly and the folding tab is activated in the finishing properties then the settings in the finishing properties will take precedence either to fold or not fold Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 28 Supported OJT commands This chapter contains all Oc Job Ticket commands supported by Oc Repro Desk Introduction Some clients may already be using Oc applications that produce OJT commands Therefore Oc Repro Desk includes support for job tickets Oc Job Ticket commands 488 The Oc Job Ticket OJT
109. to ApModem configuration and manual functions The figure below shows the ApModem main window ApModem32 File Communications Help 13 52 47 Auto process of command line xC ocerd4 Zbeta apmodem scr C TEMP ZIP LO 13 52 47 Starting comm using TAPI modem line ZyXEL ISDN Omni TA1Z8 13 52 47 Script will dial the phone 13 52 47 Executing script C ocerd4 Zbeta apmodem scr 13 52 47 Dialing 077 3200804 Attemped dial 0 times 13 52 47 Pre translated Phone Number 31 077 3200804 13 52 47 Displayable Phone Number 3200804 13 52 47 Dialable Phone Number 13200804 13 52 50 ERROR Unable to establish connection 13 52 50 Login script complete 13 52 50 Terminating comm 331 ApModem main window ApModem Remote Client 449 Menu selections You can make the following menu selections File Send one This selection is available only when connected to a server and allows for the transmission of a single file Send Many When you choose this command after connecting to a server you are presented with a dialog that will let you choose a file of files This file of files is a text file listing the fully qualified paths to the actual files you want to transmit For example if you specify a file which contains the following 5 lines the 5 files specified will get transmitted This file of files gets generated when Send Job is performed Typically Send Many is used for debuggi
110. to specify the paper size for a certain drawing in a Job window you can only choose from the ISO A sizes Configuration x General Communications Job Default Settings Directories PostScript AutoCAD Paper Sizes Standard Sizes 1189x 841 mm F 1504 841 x 594 mm 150 A2 594 x 420 mm F 1508 ISO 43 420 x 297 mm IS0 A4 297 x 210mm M Ansi 150 B1 1000 x 707 mm J qu m Custom Sizes Name Width Height _ Units New Size 0 100 100 mm 42 Specify what paper sizes will appear in menus Standard Sizes You can select one or more ranges of standard sizes ISO A ISO B ANSI and Architecture 74 Oc Repro Desk User Manual oa Custom Sizes You can specify your own paper sizes and add them to the list of available sizes Add a new custom size to the list Click the Add button A new size will be added to the list Specify the name of the new custom size If needed double click on the specified unit for the new drawing size to switch from inches to mm and visa versa m Custom Sizes Name Width Height_ Units New Size 2 500 600 mm New Size 1 610 610 mm New Size 0 100 100 mm mm Add Delete 43 Custom paper size Units Note If you change the unit afterwards the specified width and height will change automatically to correspond to the new unit Double click on a value to specify the width of the new drawing size Double click on a value to specify the hei
111. value in the Enter Value field and click on the Sleepmode Time out button After confirmation the time out value is set automatically v Adapt the image length 1 Make a basic test print by clicking on the Test Print Basic button 2 Measure the distance between the A and B markers on the test print 3 Enter this value in tenths of millimeters in the Enter Value field and click on the Length Marker A and B button The 1 1 image length is now automatically adapted Note To print the system settings basic test print or demo test print you just have to click on the appropriate buttons The prints will be made automatically Key operator settings From the Key Operator sub menu you can also change your key operator password which you need to gain access to the key operator settings See also chapter 29 Key Operator Settings on page 491 Print on an Oc 9600 263 Print on the Oc 9600 printer After starting up the print manager you can print on the Oc 9600 printer as described in this section v Print on the Oc 9600 printer 1 Open a job window containing the job you want to print EE EEE EE EE TE 100 0 ISOAQ 841 1189mm Bond No d 100 0 IS0A0 841x1189mm Bond No 141 Job Window 2 If required you can change the file settings in the Job window see chapter 9 Imaging properties on page 151 3 Select Print Oc 9600 in the Print Quick menu Seog Print SendJob L
112. window appears to specify a custom paper size 4 Click outside the drop down menu to remove it Click OK when the Imaging Properties window is activated Media type You can print digital drawings on different media types bond vellum or film Change the media type Open the job with the desired drawings Click with the right mouse button on the Media field of the drawing you want to change The media type drop down menu appears Select the desired media type Click outside the drop down menu to remove it Fold You can select from a variety of standard folding methods or define a custom folding method Select the folding method Open the job that contains the desired drawings Click with the right mouse button on the Fold field of the drawing you want to change The Fold drop down menu appears Select the desired folding method m One of the predefined folding methods Select The Imaging Properties window appears to specify a custom folding method Click outside the drop down menu to remove it Click OK when the Imaging Properties window is activated Note Folding can only be performed if the printer is equipped with a folding unit Handling jobs 107 Pen set For more information on Pen Sets see Set pen parameters on page 163 Change the pen set Open the job that contains the desired drawings Double click on the Pen Set field of the drawing you want to change The Pen Set drop d
113. wish to add patterns to your set save the set using the same name Note Make sure you do not overwrite existing patterns I through 200 because remote users will be using the DEFAULT SET as well If they request a default pattern that you have changed and which they do not have their drawings will be incorrect If you are creating a special set of patterns save the set under a different name Load new set Used to load a complete set of patterns Save pen pattern Saves an individual pattern This is useful for remote customers who create a few individual patterns This will save only an individual pattern If a person has a special pattern they should save it This pattern can be added to a JOB and sent by modem network or diskette The author of the drawing will have to tell you to which pen s the new pattern applies Load pen pattern Used to load an individual pattern If the pattern is to be re used it can be added as a pen pattern to the DEFAULT pen set If you decide to add a single pattern to this set be sure to save it above pattern 200 Active patterns Oc Repro Desk active patterns are numbers 80 87 and 88 95 The slope of the line changes for each group For example pattern 80 corresponds to pattern 88 pattern 81 corresponds to pattern 89 and so on Set pen parameters 171 HP GL 2 pen controls 172 This tab is only applicable to HP GL 2 files Pen 0 x Pattems Width Shape Effect All Pens Edit
114. yourself Oc Repro Desk User Manual Binding edge If desired you can select a binding edge and specify the size of that edge Specify Folder settings 1 Click the Folder tab at the top of the window The following window appears Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Collation Folder Delivery Banner Page r Select a Pre Saved Folder Configuration n ME rm Folder Options Don t Fold C Fold Fold Punch Foldi amp Remforce C First Fold Exit m Method Standard Ericsson Alnor gt Orientation C Auto Portrait r Folding Size Width B 32 in Height 11 00 in Create Binding Edge Binding Edge fi 60 in Cancel Apply Help 2 If you want to use previously saved folder settings select one of the available Configuration files 3 Ifrequired change one or more folder settings 4 If you want to save your new folder settings click Save Config Click Apply Print on an Oc 9600 269 Delivery Oc 9600 You can specify delivery options as follows vy Specifying delivery settings 1 Click the Delivery tab at the top of the window The following window will appear Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Collation Delivery Banner Page Folded Output f Stacker C Beti C BeltZ Either Bett Cancel Apply Help 1
115. 0 The Oc 9800 allows you to adjust the exposure according to the type of image on the original There are four original types available Select a suitable mode according to the original see figure 273 p Ready to copy Image Cut amp paste Special Blueprint original Dark Copy Photo material Normal Copy CEM Automatic size type exposure i 210mm Non standard i Standard Filesize Original optimization Width 273 Selecting the original type Scan 403 Adjusting the exposure according the type of image 1 Open the Special original card in the Copy section As default Normal and Automatic exposure are active When the original contains characters and line works this is the most suitable setting m Press the function button Original type to select Photo when the original consists of a combination of characters line art and picture images Note If you select Photo the Automatic exposure will default be switched off automatically m Press the function button Original type to select Dark when the original has an extremely dark background That is low contrast Press the function button Original type to select Blueprint when you want to copy an original with an image in negative image in white on dark background The copy will be positive image in black on white backgroun
116. 021 Media selection 482 Appldata 022 Finishing 483 Appldata 023 Delivery 483 Appldata 025 Framing 483 Appldata 029 Image alignment 484 13 Appldata 056 ASCII parameters 484 Special remarks 485 Auto rotate and auto paper detect settings 485 Optional RCF override 485 Priority of RCF versus other settings 485 Chapter 28 Supported OJT commands Introduction 488 Oc Job Ticket commands 488 Autorotate and autopaper detect settings 489 Chapter 29 Key Operator Settings Introduction 492 Key operator settings in the Configuration Manager 493 System Configuration 494 Printer KOS settings 495 Scanner KOS Settings 498 Configuration Manager settings 500 Appendix A Miscellaneous How to read this manual 502 User survey 503 Addresses of local Oc organizations 505 Index 507 14 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction What is Oc Repro Desk on page 16 The concept Remote version on page 18 The concept LAN version on page 19 The concept Facilities Management on page 20 Resum of the Oc Repro Desk products on page 21 Some definitions on page 22 Getting help on page 23 About this manual on page 24 What is Oc Repro Desk Oc Repro Desk is a software application that is used for high speed digital printing The complete Oc Repro Desk system consists of two major software applications Oc Repro Desk Server and Oc Re
117. 1 2131 602 744 1300 Contact Company PageMasters Contact Account Number 1234 E Mail Address Phone 1 800 782 0753 Phone 2 Billing Address 1850 N Central Ave Phoenix AZ Other Contact Info Job Delivery Address 1850 N Central Ave Phoenix AZ Split Address Project 1234 P 0 Number 1234 83 Order receipt 1 of 3 Send Job Ei Print Delivery Address 1850 N Central Ave Phoenix AZ Split Address Project 1234 P O Number 1234 Delivery Method Reimbursable Job Du 7 November 1999 Archive Job No Other Job Info Finishin Originals 4 Sheet Size Media Arch D 36 0 x 24 0 in Bond Output Percentage 100 0 Additional Sets Media Media Edging Edging Additional Sets 0 Other Finishing Info Other Finishin Media Type PC Laminate No Both Sides No Specifications x 84 Order receipt 2 of 3 Send jobs 199 200 Send Job Ei Print Originals 4 Sheet Size Media Arch D 36 0 x 24 0 in Bond Output Percentage 100 0 First ot Additional Sets Media Media Edging Edging Additional Sets 0 Other Finishing Info Media Type Laminate Both Sides Specifications DryMount Specifications Trim Edging Drawings List Nels a1 TIF Nels a5 TIF Nels 34 TIF Nels 33 TIF If you have any problems with this order form please contact support anytownreprographics com 85 Order receipt 3
118. 20 Multiple machine support on page 337 Direct printing The users of Repro Desk Remote can print on a printer that is connected to Repro Desk Server without user intervention at the server side Not applicable to Oc 9400 The users of Repro Desk Remote can define all print settings for each job Automatic printing The users of Repro Desk Remote can print on a printer that is connected to Repro Desk Server without user intervention at the server side The default printer dependent settings of the selected print queue will be used for all print jobs Oc Repro Desk User Manual Native printing Native drawings can be printed without the need for Repro Desk Remote and without specifying any print settings Using a LAN connection the drawing can simply be copied into a Polling Queue on Repro Desk Server The drawing will automatically be printed using the print settings of the selected Polling Queue Printing 217 Print from a queue To print a job you need to open a job window that contains the job If you want to print from a queue you need to follow the next procedure h Print from a queue 1 Click the Queue button in the Tool bar EU y 92 Queue button 2 The following window will appear File name Files of type Queue File Q x Cancel 93 View Print Queue window 3 Open the directory that contains the queue you want to open for example INCOMING QUEUE View Print Queu
119. 213 Save 97 Settings 103 Skip drawing 101 Job Default Settings tab 70 Job parameters 480 Job settings 103 Job Ticket commands 488 JOBCOMM INI 463 K Keep connection when done 454 456 Key operator settings 263 L Last printed 208 Layer information 120 Leading edge position of roll drawers 259 Leading edge position of sheet feeders 261 Line spacing 180 Lines text 389 Load New set 171 Pen pattern 171 local printer 246 Locating settings configuration 65 Locator 148 Log file viewing 362 Log to file 456 474 Log to file ApModem 453 Logo 79 83 Work order customizer 414 Logs Information contained in 373 Long short originals 9700 Scanner 397 9800 scanner 405 Main window 79 Manual exposure setting 388 Map pen colours to a shaded halftone 173 Margin tab 157 Media 70 Media selection 482 Media type 107 Menu bar 79 80 84 Merging a job 98 Mirror 108 142 Model Extents 120 Model Limits 120 Modem Jobs automatically 207 Modify an accounting query 369 Modify the static deviation sheet length 262 Monitor Modem Carrier Signal 456 Monitor modem carrier signal 454 Move Drawing 138 Drawings within a job 101 Move jobs between queues 212 Multiple Machine Support 337 N Naming scanned files 381 Native printing 306 Enable 316 Negative paper 143 Index Next drawing 146 NIFF 131 Non standard sized originals 9700 scanner 397 9800 scanner 405 Number of copies 70 105 Number of pens 170 Num
120. 3 Print on Oc 3165 on page 289 Click OK The job will be sent to the connected printer Multiple machine support 355 356 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 21 Accounting a To prepare Repro Desk for accounting on page 359 ODBC accounting on page 359 a Query accounting information on page 365 a Report accounting information on page 372 a To use Accounting login on page 364 a Export accounting information on page 362 a Understanding logs on page 373 357 What is accounting This chapter explains how you can use standard Repro Desk functionality to keep track of your print jobs It briefly explains how you can further process this information for example by means of a spreadsheet program Accounting information Oc Repro Desk keeps track of the printing of jobs This information includes amongst others the following items Project identification a Company identification Date of printing Date due Number of sets printed Number of sheets printed Print area of printed sets m Type of media Any comments from the queue You can extract this information and in some cases import it into a text file for use within other applications such as invoicing billing budget planning etc You can use it directly with databases that support the ODBC standard for example Microsoft Access The accounting
121. 399 9800 scanner 407 Fill All black 171 All white 171 Screens and patterns 172 Fill out a work order 195 Find settings configuration 65 Finishing 483 Finishing Properties window 265 Flash queue for new jobs 207 Flip drawing 143 Flow control 453 FM Remote 17 Folder tab 281 Folding method 68 107 Preview 138 Font for Windows report printing 68 Fonttype 179 Framing 483 FTP 190 509 Send job 190 Server setup 476 To queue 474 G General tab Configuration 68 Generate new accounting query 366 Ghostscript convertor 73 Global pen widths 170 Grays amp lines 389 H Handling jobs 93 Hardware flow control modem 453 465 Help 23 457 Hide overlays 105 Host Name 473 HP GL output installation 31 41 55 HPGL pass through 242 HP GL 2 pen controls 172 HP GL2 printer 233 Hyperaccess 420 ee l Image alignment 484 Image length adjustment 263 Imaging properties 152 Import a query 370 Information bar 79 81 Installation 25 Installation key 28 Internet Login 475 Internet Password 475 Invert 171 Invert paper image 85 Invoicing 358 J Jaws convertor 73 510 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Job Add files 95 Add list of files 97 Add to queue 210 Close 98 Copy drawing 102 Create new 94 Default settings tab 70 74 Delete permanently 213 File field 105 Insert drawing 96 Insert in queue 210 Merge 98 Modem automatically 207 Name 208 Open existing 98 Print automatically 207 Remove drawing 99 Restore
122. 40 841x1183mm Bond No standard pen Center 130 Job Window If required you can change the file settings in the Job window see chapter 9 Imaging properties on page 151 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 3 Select Print 9400 or Archive in the Print Quick menu LA EN at BAG Print SendJob Log Queue Scan Ur gt 5 sam e Print Oc 9700 9800 Print Preview Print Oc 9400 or Archive Pe Print Setup hp Print HPGL2 ATL 131 Selecting Print 9400 or Archive in the Print Quick menu 4 The following window will appear Group4 Out x Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page File To a i a Windows Printer gt Port LPT fi a 13 Directory EJ aie JCB Fle m Directory a Directors a Gueue use LATEST NIM r Set Count JF Number of Sets Cancel pp ep 132 9400 print window Group4 Out 5 Specify the required settings in the Oc 9400 print window Group 4 Out For more information see sections below 6 Click OK Print on an Oc 9400 247 Output Oc 9400 248 You can select the printer you want to send the output to or you can specify a directory or queue to save the output as CALS TIFF file Specifying Output settings for the Oc 9400 printer 1 If not already selected click the Output tab at the top of the Oc 9400 print window Group4 Out 2 The following window will
123. 417 Preview the work order changes 417 Send the work order form to the customer 418 Restore the default work order 418 Chapter 24 ApHost Server Introduction 420 Installation 420 Migration from Hyperaccess 420 Start ApHost 422 To stop ApHost 423 Preparations 424 Preferences 424 Phone lines 426 Create queues 429 Users 433 Use ApHost 437 De activate a phone line 437 Get information about a specific phone line 439 Get information about all phone lines 440 To hang upa phone line 442 Broadcast a message to remote users 444 Read messages from remote users 444 Chapter 25 ApModem Remote Client Introduction 448 Overview 448 12 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Menu selections 450 File 450 Communications 450 Windows 3 x configuration 451 Windows 95 NT configuration 454 Script 456 Help 457 Script file 458 Script commands 459 Create script files 461 JOBCOMM INI file keys 463 Command line options 464 Troubleshooting FAQ 465 Tips 465 General information 466 My modem won t connect 466 Ican t log in 467 I get errors when transferring 468 Chapter 26 ApFTP Remote Client Introduction 470 Menu selections 472 File 472 Communications 472 Server setup 476 Create customized diskettes 477 Command line options 478 Chapter 27 Supported RCF commands Introduction 480 RCF commands 480 Appldata 001 Pen attributes 480 Appldata 002 Job parameters 480 Appldata 003 Transformations 481 Appldata 020 Stamp 482 Appldata
124. 42 43 44 45 Source Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated 377 Paper Format ID number ARCH E2 38 00 x 26 00 inch 46 ARCH E3 39 00 x 27 00 inch 47 Custom Sizes 100 244 Media ID numbers used in Paper Format in the previous table 378 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 22 Scan a Scan with the Oc 9600 on page 383 a Scanner settings on the Oc 9600 on page 388 a Scanner settings on the Oc 9700 on page 394 a Scanner settings on the Oc 9800 on page 402 379 Scanning 380 If you have an Oc 9600 9700 or 9800 scanner attached and you have the optional Scan to File software installed on the server you can scan drawings and save them as bitmap files These files can then be printed on the Oc printer to produce a copy of the original drawing Scanning is controlled through the Scan Documents dialogue box Opening the Scan document dialogue box Click the Scan button on the button bar to open the Scan dialogue box The Scan button is only available on the Oc Repro Desk Server software Scan into Queue C INCOMING Queuel Queue1 Q x File Format Start Scan Set r File Resolution 200 dpi 400 dpi TIFF Group Ill
125. 46 Finishing Properties window Delivery 2 Ifthe Oc 9600 is equipped with a folder you can select one of the following options for the folded output Stacker The folded output will be delivered in the standard delivery tray of the folder Belt 1 or Belt 2 If installed you can select one of the delivery belts to collect the folded output a Either Belt If two belts are installed you can select this option in order to use both belts If one belt is full the folder will switch automatically to the other belt 3 You can select one of the following options for the unfolded output m Upper Stacker The unfolded output will be delivered to the copy delivery tray or the optional High Capacity Stacker 270 Oc Repro Desk User Manual m Lower Long Tray The unfolded output will be delivered through the lower output into a container if it is configured Auto Normally the upper output is used The lower output is only used if the copy is too long to be collected in the copy delivery tray or High Capacity Stacker longer than 1230 mm or 48 5 4 Click Apply Banner page Oc 9600 You can specify to print a banner page for the current job or for each set in the current job You can use any ASCII file or stamp LBL as banner page If you use a stamp file you can include variables like job name or date amp time see Electronic stamps on page 178 v Specify banner page 1 Click the Banner Page
126. 48 Starting comm using US Robotics Courier Dual on 0 Information 09 25 15 09 42 Starting comm using US Robotics Courier Dual on D Information 09 25 15 57 53 Terminating comm 0 Information 09 25 15 23 28 Terminating comm Information 09 25 15 23 11 Terminating comm 09 25 15 22 36 Terminating comm 09 25 15 10 25 Terminating comm 09 25 15 06 31 Terminating comm Information 0 Information tO Information 2 1 1 4 3 2 1 1 4 3 2 1 1 1 318 Events window 3 The events window shows all events on all phone lines You can change the order in which the events are displayed by clicking on one of the column headings Event Phone Line COMM Date time or Comment Default the order in which the events are displayed is determined by the date time Note The number of days that events are kept in this window can be specified in the Preferences window see Preferences on page 424 To make sure that the events window shows the latest events you can generate a refresh Refresh events 1 Click the Events button in the tool bar Events 319 Events button 2 The Events window will appear see figure 318 ApHost Server 441 Select Refresh Events in the Events Quick menu a Events Properti Fe View Events Clear Events 320 Select Refresh Events in the Events Quick menu The Event window will be updated with the latest events You can clear all events from the Eve
127. 5 Quick Tour through Oc Repro Desk This quick tour gives you an impression of what you can do with Oc Repro Desk It leads you along the most important features of Oc Repro Desk in no longer than 5 minutes 87 Purpose of this quick tour 88 This quick tour is meant to introduce you to the very basics of Oc Repro Desk in a more or less active way Once you have achieved this exercise you can go to the other sections in this manual for more details This Quick Tour consists of the following parts m Start Oc Repro Desk and add files to a job on page 89 a View check and print files on page 91 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Start Oc Repro Desk and add files to a job 1 Start Oc Repro Desk by double clicking on the Oc Repro Desk icon ie sk The main screen appears with the first job description ready to fill in Provided by PageMasters inc File Edit View Options Configure Window Help as res Jane Yen JZ Sd T Pint 12 i DE amp Job1 olx RislSlat SSIS 1S SSN ele 2 Click the Add files button ae Add Files A Quick Tour through Oc Repro Desk 89 Two windows are displayed the second one is shown below Add or Insert Drawing s 121 x Lookin i ove ci 9600 bmp a apmodem account html E border bry a accounting_lic Ipk iy buzzlogo c 2 AccountingGrid tet Lei columns xr accttemp html company F
128. Cals Tiff If you choose Tiff you must choose other options in the Tiff sub format Tiff sub format Organization Raw or Tile Compression None Group 3 1D Group 4 or Pack Bits Oc Repro Desk User Manual Zoom settings You can use the File zoom function button on the Oc 9600 operator panel to enlarge the scanned image Note The use of reduction in combination with scan to file functionality will not result in a reduced image However the print copy is reduced h Set the zoom factor 1 Go to the File section 2 Open the Image card Ready to copy Original 200 dpi 300 dpi 400 dpi Scan quality ee a 261 Select Filesize optimization File size 3 Use the function buttons to choose m 1 1 to scan at actual size m Use the arrow buttons or numeric buttons to set a zoom percentage Scan 393 Scanner settings on the Oc 9700 If you are using an Oc 9700 scanner a number of scanner options will influence the result of the scanned image It is recommended not to use the settings in the Image card of the Copy menu These settings will only influence the printed copy if with copy is selected not the scanned image This would result in a difference between printed copy and scanned image Modifying the exposure The automatic exposure control will provide a good quality copy from a large variety of originals The automatic exposure settin
129. Center Drawing Align Le Title Block Description Fit zoom so that the entire page is visible Zoom in Left mouse Zoom out Right mouse Zoom in select Left mouse amp Drag Shows the part of the drawing that is on top after folding Move the view window over the drawing Change the offset of the drawing on the page Remove outside border of drawing Erase outside selected area Enlarge selected area to fit paper Change current pen set Move the drawing to the centre of the paper Align the drawing to the following edg es of the paper Top Bottom Right 67 Viewing tools and editing tools View drawings Affect Print Result No No No 135 Mirror Generates a mirrored image Yes le Rotate Rotates the drawing and paper Yes Al Right 90 degrees clockwise Rotate Left Rotates the drawing and paper Yes IP 90 degrees counter clockwise Rotate 180 Rotate the drawing and paper Yes Gi 180 degrees Negative Reverse the background of the paper No La Paper from white to black Raster Switch from colored pens to black and No l iz ation white with pen patterns and other pen characteristics Toggle Shows pen patterns of colored lines No IE Color pat terns Outline Removes fills in polygons and polylines No EA Polygons 67 Viewing tools and editing tools Pan View View Fold The View Fold button appears only if the Repro Desk application is installed with Folding support You must act
130. D WINNT Profiles gailm Desktop daglogo br D Display Width fas H Default Original Wicth Display Height 70 Saas Default Original Height Work order fields 4 If necessary use the plus and minus to increase or decrease the height and width of the logo 414 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Work order fields Work order fields let you control how fields appear to clients m Required Required fields must be visible to the client so that Repro Desk s accounting functions can process them Clients must fill in the required fields before they send jobs a Visible You can make non required fields visible to the client Visible fields appears on a work order but not are not mandatory m Always Blank When a field is not visible the Always Blank check box will be selected automatically a Default Value Visible fields can have default values so that clients don t need to enter information that will be the same for each job submitted Print Close every time the work order is brought up End sample F Required Company T Always Blank Default Value M Required Contact T Always Blank Default Value I Required E Mail Address F Visible I Always Blank Default Value F Required Phone Number F visible F always Blank Default Value I Required Phone Number 2 F visible F always Blank Default Value I I Required Fax Number F visible F always Blank Default Value Work order
131. Defaults in the Configure menu Widow Heb SC Ei EE RE EoinaGuene 61 Select Defaults in the Configure window 2 Select the AutoCAD tab in the Configuration window Configuration x General Communications Job Default Settings Directories PostScript AutoCAD Paper Sizes a m Select How To Process AutoCAD file s C Use AutoCAD 2000 Outside m AutoCAD A14 Batch Plotting Executable C ACADR14 SUPPORT EBATCHP EBATCHP r Oversized Undersized Margins internal interpreter Prompt if drawing is oversized by this percentage 10 Prompt if drawing is undersized by this percentage soll Cancel Apply Help 62 Specify AutoCAD settings 3 Select which interpreter you want to use to process AutoCAD drawings m the Internal Interpreter a the Batch Plotting Utility 4 If you selected the Batch Plotting Utility you must also specify the location of the AutoCAD software 5 If required specify limits in the Oversized Undersized Margins internal interpreter section 6 Click OK The Drawing Properties window appears Oc Repro Desk User Manual HP GL HP GL 2 and HP RTL Oc Repro Desk detects the drawing resolution and a number of other HP GL specific options It displays this information in the Drawing File Information box v Check the HP GL HP GL 2 and HP RTL drawing properties 1 Select the unprocessed HP GL drawing file by clicking it 2 Click the Properties butt
132. F Communications Method C Modem Select the Queue radio button Select the desired path from the drop down list or click Browse to navigate to a different location Click OK The Send Job window displays the work order Fill in the required fields in the work order Oc Repro Desk User Manual 6 Click Submit Send a job by modem If you have a modem and you have installed and configured ApModem software you can send your drawings to the job printer via a modem connection v Send a job via the modem 1 Click the Send Job button ED Send Job The Send Job To window displays Send Job To oe Pr alder ProjectFolders Folders and Projects E a Select C Queue ts Rath Tio Gueve Modem Communications Method D Tito C Drive Drive Letter f ie y coc 2 Select the Modem radio button 3 Select ApModem in the Communications Method drop down list Note If the item you need is not listed go to Add a communication method on page 191 4 Click OK The Send Job window displays the work order 5 Fill in the required fields in the work order See Fill out a work order on page 195 6 Click Submit Send jobs 189 Send a job via FTP 190 Sending a job via FTP is very similar to sending by modem Send a job via FTP Click the Sen
133. Folder Packet informa Purpose tion Packet width Packet length Binding value Binding selected Set this to indicate the width of the folded packet Set this to indicate the length of the folded pack et Set this to indicate the width of the binding strip Set this to indicate whether a binding edge is selected when a print is folded 350 Folder information Packet information settings Special fold options Punching selected Reinforcement selected Legend edge Fold delivery informa tion Folding method Purpose Set this to indicate wheth er a folded print will be punched Set this to indicate wheth er reinforcement is select ed Set this to define the posi tion of the legend This in formation is used to select the appropriate folding program Set this to indicate the de livery destination when the folder is selected Set this to indicate the folding method 351 Folder information Special fold options Oc Repro Desk User Manual Notes Choose a number between 1860 and 2300 0 1 mm units The default value depends on the paper se ries selected Choose a number between 2760 and 3100 pixels The default value depends on the paper series selected Choose a number between 150 and 300 0 1 mm units Notes Choose Leading edge or Trailing edge Choose First Fold Exit Stack Belt 1 Belt 2 or Either Belt Choose DIN Afnor or Ericsson Special prin
134. Import a query 1 From the Query window click Import The Import Query dialog box appears Look in a ocerd gt al ci Shared Font styles HtmlS pool woe Lib wopics Queries Resource Fie nome BRET Files of type Ouery Files pqr 7 Cancel T Open as read only 2 Navigate to the desired query 3 Click Open The query appears in the Existing Queries list in the Query window v Export a query 1 From the Query window select the query to be exported 2 Click Export The Export Query dialog box appears co E amp l de Shared Font styles HtmlS pool wor Lib E wopics Queries Resource Fiename DIR Save as type Que Files pqr x Cancel 3 Navigate to the desired location 4 Click Save The query appears in the location you selected 370 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Delete a query From the Query window select the query to be deleted Click Delete A message box appears asking if you re sure you want to delete the selected query Click OK The query is removed from the Existing Queries list Accounting 371 Report accounting information 372 Oc Repro Desk has three predefined reports that allow you to quickly recap data in various ways Weekly Plot Report Displays all accounting information for the jobs printed in the last 7 days Plots by Company Displays accounting information for printing services provided to each company Plots by Project Displa
135. Instead 27 IV Auto Drop Down bs i Optional Delivery Preference 4 Sheet 1 A4 Bond F Horeontalleceving tray 4d Sheet 2 43 Bond 7 7 C Sheet 3 43 Bond Bypass Manual 27 C Auto Rol 222 Example Print window of Oc 9600 5 If required specify the default print settings The following are recommended m Enable Autoroll a Enable Use Copies Field Instead Disable all items on the Collation tab Folding set to No folding Note n case of a broadcasted print queue these default settings will be overruled by the settings that have been specified by the user after selecting the broadcasted print queue in the print menu 6 Click OK The print window will disappear Queue administration for broadcasted print queue 346 You can specify if the queue must be a broadcasted queue That is if users of other Repro Desk stations are allowed to select this queue in their print menu For a broadcasted print queue you can specify passwords You can specify the Oc Repro Desk User Manual Polling Frequency for this queue and the queue priority for printing Furthermore you can specify ISO 9000 Stamping Enable Broadcasting Allow Remotes to see Queue The queue will appear in the print menu of other Repro Desk stations connected to the network Selecting this queue in the print menu will open the print window of the connected printer enabling the user to
136. K Set pen parameters 175 176 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 11 Define Stamps and Overlays This chapter describes how to make stamps and use overlays Electronic stamps An Electronic Stamp is text that is to be overlaid on drawings or on empty pages to create banners v Creating or changing an electronic stamp 1 Click the Stamp button L Stamp The Electronic Stamp window opens Stamp Eile ee Stamp Position Stamping Options ry Character Rotation Preview C Company Name 0 File Name ODate Short A Baseline Rotation onfi d enti al ODate Long T 0 Project Name Time Short Character Spacing Time Long A B Page Number 1 0 Za Set Number r f Job Name ae Line Spacing User Name xl AB F0 a Font Properties se Pattern Enter Text Name Times New Roman 7 Confidential Size 36 A T Transparent Choose Font A M FiledText Save Cancel 77 Stamp Properties window Stamp 2 If you want to change an existing stamp use the button so select this stamp 3 Edit the stamp outlook Edit options are described in the next paragraph 4 When you have made the required settings click the Save button For a new stamp you can specify a name and directory 178 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 5 If you want to add the new stamp to the current job click OK The Stamp Properties window will disappear and the stamp w
137. NCOMING QUEUE1 lt Back Cancel Help 297 Queue Creation Wizard Step 2 of 4 5 Delete whatever is already filled in specify the complete path and name of the new queue directory for example INCOMING QUEUE 1 and click Next 430 Oc Repro Desk User Manual The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 3 of 4 Enter the name for this Queue Queue Name CAINCOMING QUEUETS QUEUE1 lt Back Cancel Help 298 Queue Creation Wizard Step 3 of 4 6 Delete whatever is filled in and specify only the name of the queue for example QUEUE Note t is recommended to use the same name as you specified in the previous screen ApHost Server 431 432 7 Click Next The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 4 of 4 r After Receiving a New Job Automatically sgt I Print the Job rep I Send the Job A IV Flash the Queue BG ar Scan for New Jobs ry I Archive Job after Printing or Sending lt Back Cancel Hep 299 Queue Creation Wizard Step 4 of 4 8 Select the following options a Flash the queue The queue window will flash when a new job arrives clicking on the job will stop flashing a Print report to windows printer the work order of each new job will automatically be printed to a Windows printer to configure the Windows printer select Print Setup from the Print Quick menu a Aut
138. Note RAS Remote access service configuration should be verified by another product for example Netscape or Internet Explorer ApFTP itself can not verify that RAS is properly installed Oc Repro Desk User Manual Connection Name This is the specific Dial Up Networking connection ApFTP will use to connect to a server The RAS connection must have been defined using the Windows RAS configuration utilities This option is only available if the Use Dialup Networking box is checked Internet login This is the login name used with RAS to connect to your ISP It is not the same as the logon used for the FTP server This item is available only if the Use Dialup Networking box is checked Internet password This is the password used with RAS to connect to your ISP It is not the same as the password used for the FTP server This item is available only if the Use Dialup Networking box is checked Disconnect when done When Done Check this box if you want ApFTP to automatically drop the RAS connection when a transfer is complete This item is available only if the Use Dialup Networking box is checked Use proxy server Check this box if you connect to FTP resources using a proxy server When Use proxy server is enabled the three options below are available Note For help with configuring proxy server settings please consult your network system administrator Proxy host Enter the name of your proxy server The
139. Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Technologies B V This manual contains a description of the Oc Repro Desk software version 4 30 5 Ss Trademarks Products in this manual are referred to by their trade names In most if not all cases these designations are claimed as trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies Copyright 2002 Oc Technologies B V Venlo The Netherlands All rights reserved No part of this work may be reproduced copied adapted or transmitted in any form or by any means without written permission from Oc Oc Technologies B V makes no representation or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose Further Oc Technologies B V reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Edition 2002 09 Cs Table of Contents Table of Contents 3 Chapter 1 Introduction What is Oc Repro Desk 16 Oc Repro Desk Server 16 Oc Repro Desk Remote Client 16 The concept Remote version 18 The concept LAN version 19 The concept Facilities Management 20 Resum of the Oc Repro Desk products 21 Some definitions 22 Getting help 23 On line help 23 Tooltips 23 About this manual 24 Chapter 2 Installation Introduction to installat
140. P RTL on page 239 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Specifying the output resolution for the HPGL printer 1 Click the Resolution tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear HPGL 2 RTL Out 126 HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window Resolution 3 Specify the resolution of the printer 4 Click Apply Specifying the output resolution to save the file on disk 1 Click the Resolution tab at the top of the window see figure 126 2 If you want to use the file as input for a software application specify the maximum resolution If you want to use the file for printing at another time specify the resolution of the printer 3 Click Apply Printing 237 Collation HP GL 2 HP RTL You can specify the order in which the copies of a job are printed v Specifying collation for the HP GL printer 1 Click the Collation tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear HPGL 2 RTL Out 127 HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window Collation 3 If required you can select the following options m Digital collation If you select this option the prints will be sorted by set m Reverse collation If you select this option the first file of the job will be printed last Note The drawings in the window will show the PRINT order of the drawings depending on options that are selected 4 Click Apply 238 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Options HP GL 2 HP RTL You can specify the fo
141. Proxy Host name can be specified as an Internet Protocol IP address a simple host name or a fully resolved host name including domain This item is available only if the Use Proxy Server box is checked Proxy port Enter the port number of the proxy server providing FTP services This item is available only if the Use Proxy Server box is checked ApFTP Remote Client 475 Server setup 476 a BR N If you plan on using a computer running Windows NT 4 0 as your FTP server recommended you should use either the Microsoft Peer Web Server provided with NT Workstation or the Microsoft Internet Server provided with NT Server as your FTP server software rather than the FTP service included with the Microsoft Simple TCP IP Services The Simple TCP IP Services FTP software provides little or no security and is actually harder to configure The general steps for configuring a Windows NT based FTP server are outlined below Configure a computer for FTP access Make sure the computer is connected to network and that TCP IP services are correctly configured Install the appropriate FTP server software Microsoft Peer Web Server if you are using NT Workstation Microsoft Internet Server if you are using NT Server Configure your FTP server software You need to consider the following points Will you be using anonymous FTP If not you ll need to create a user account for FTP transfers
142. Repro Desk FM Remote Facilities Management which enables you to create a print job process preview and submit drawings via LAN communication only without the facility to create queues Oc Repro Desk Remote Client enables you the customer to take responsibility for the actual output and not the reprographer or print room operator As you are the best person to verify and approve the proposed output Repro Desk Remote Client provides all the tools needed to do so Thus Repro Desk Remote Client permits you to define job settings pre process and view the proposed output on a WYSIWYG basis Additionally Repro Desk Remote Client provides the you with intuitive meaningful feedback and pre emptive warnings before a print job is actually sent to the server Some users may already be using Oc applications that produce RCF commands For this purpose Repro Desk includes support for RCF output see Supported RCF commands on page 479 Introduction 17 The concept Remote version 18 The complete concept of the Oc Repro Desk Remote Client version can be summarized in the following illustration Oc Server amp ApHost Oc Printer Via LAN Diskette own FTP site modem ISDN Windows printer 1 Concept Repro Desk You prepare your job at your local Repro Desk Remote Client Repro Desk processes the files into vector image compressed format VIC f
143. Size Cam Cgg Undo C 16x16 aa Invert Name eux Black p 4 gt Prev Next Fill All White Save Entire Set Load New Set Save Pen Pattern Load Pen Pattern Cancel Apply Help You can modify following options to create your custom pattern Pattern viewer Use the mouse to click pixels in the viewer on or off The left mouse button turns a pixel black the right mouse button turns a pixel white This viewer measures 32 pixels by 32 pixels Pattern size A grid divides the viewer into sections Changes made in one section of the grid are copied to corresponding sections This ensures uniformity in new custom patterns Undo Redo Frases or redraws changes made in the pattern viewer Oc Repro Desk User Manual Invert Reverses the image in the pattern viewer so that white pixels become black and black pixels become white Name Give the pattern a name This name will be displayed when the pen set is open Pattern number box Allows you to select one of the 255 patterns to edit If you are creating a new pattern Oc recommends that you use a pattern number above 200 Arrows Are used to adjust the position of the pattern within a grid Fill all white Fills the selected pattern grid with white pixels Fill all black Fills the selected pattern grid with black pixels Save entire set Saves the set of patterns Oc Repro Desk installs a default set of patterns called DEFAULT SET If you
144. User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 15 Print on an Oc 9400 Output Oc 9400 on page 248 Resolution Oc 9400 on page 250 Collation Oc 9400 on page 251 Options Oc 9400 on page 251 Banner page Oc 9400 on page 253 245 Oc 9400 printer CALS TIFF file 246 The Oc 9400 printer can be installed in two ways a As local printer connected to one of the parallel ports for example LPT1 of the Server PC As remote printer connected to a network Note If the Oc 9400 printer is installed as remote printer you must install a driver on the Oc Repro Desk PC You can use any Windows driver for this purpose since it is only used to make the connection to the Oc 9400 Oc Repro Desk will provide the actual driver function You can select the following Oc 9400 options see Options Oc 9400 on page 251 m Poster Mode a Enable Long Plot m Paper Roll or Manual Feed It is also possible to save the output in a specified directory or to send the output to a queue In that case you can choose between CALS or TIFF format Printing on the Oc 9400 printer or saving as CALS TIFF file Open a job window containing the job you want to print see Print from a queue on page 218 PARTIR TI Le repenser Passe lues fo Pen set lt _ i 36 Unprocessed 100 Dee ISO 40 641 x1189mm Bond No standard pen Center Unprocessed 100 0 150
145. ain some odd looking items for example ame where you might expect Name and these should not be modified Also there should in all cases be only a single space following the script keyword For example there must be one and only one space following DIAL and before the phone number Also all keywords must be capitalized 2 Connect to the server using Windows Terminal or Hyperterminal and manually log in using the values contained in the script You should also see that the prompts match the strings following the WAITFOR 3 If everything looks correct try increasing the RETRY and TIMEOUT values ApModem Remote Client 467 I get errors when transferring 468 1 If you are only getting a few errors and everything recovers there is no need for concern Ensure that your modem is set at a reasonable speed On Windows 3 1 without the High Speed Driver this is at most 19200 and may be lower if the PC contains a 386 or 486 or low performance UARTS 8250 For Windows NT and Windows 95 the speed should be at most one step above the modem speed for example 38400 for a 28800 modem See if errors occur when running Windows Terminal or Hyperterminal Test by transferring a large file If the errors still occur you may have either a hardware problem or a noisy phone line Try lowering the speed to 9600 or lower and see if the errors diminish Increase the speed until the errors re occur and the
146. all drawings You can select the stamp and the pen set and you can specify the location on the drawing For more information about creating a stamp see Define Stamps and Overlays on page 177 Multiple machine support 347 348 Specify Queue Administration for a broadcasted print queue 1 Click the Queue Administration tab at the top of the Configure Queue window 2 The following window will appear Configure Queue x Configure Printer Queue Administration Banner Page A FN Allow Remotes to see this Queue m Remote Queue Passwords gt r Queue Settings Administer Configure and Modify Scan Frequency sec 71 OF a View Jobs in the Queue Priority 1 high ES S Send Jobs to the Queue ooo File to use as Stamp LBL TXT s 223 Configure Queue window Queue Administration Select Allow Remotes to see this Queue If required specify one or more passwords If required change the Queue Timer Frequency The default setting is 30 seconds If required specify the Queue Priority If required select Enable ISO 9000 Stamping Use the button to select the stamp you want to use Click Apply Oc Repro Desk User Manual Banner page for broadcasted print queue You can specify to print a banner page automatically for each job or set You can use any ASCII file or stamp LBL as banner page If you use a stamp file you can include variab
147. ame as first drawing x Trailing Edge B O mm Eile to use as Banner LBL TXT Se 160 Finishing Properties window Banner Page 3 Select when you want to print a banner page at the start end of the job or at the start end of a set 4 Select the paper size for the banner page 286 Oc Repro Desk User Manual You can select one of the available standard sizes or Same as first drawing the same size as the first drawing of the job or set 5 Ifrequired you can specify a trailing edge for the banner page 6 Use the I button to select the file you want to use as banner page You can select any ASCII ASC file or electronic stamp LBL file 7 Click Apply Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 287 288 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 18 Print on Oc 3165 Output Oc 3165 on page 292 Resolution Oc 3165 on page 294 Collation Oc 3165 on page 295 Options Oc 3165 on page 296 Banner page Oc 3165 on page 298 Oc 3165 PostScript printer 290 The Oc 3165 printer can be installed in two ways a As local printer connected to one of the parallel ports for example LPT1 of the Server PC As remote printer connected to a network Note If the Oc 3165 is installed as remote printer you must install a driver on the Oc Repro Desk PC You can use any Windows driver for this purpose since it is only used to
148. and perform several tests for the Oc Repro Desk Server Note You need the key operator password to get access to these settings This password is given to you by the Oc technician after installation The Key Operator Settings window contains the following four tabs m Roll Drawers m Sheet Feeder m Transport and Folding m Other From the Roll Drawers tab you can adapt the leading edge position of the image related to the leading edge of the paper and you can modify the width position of the image on the paper from the upper middle or lower roll drawers Adapt the leading edge position of the roll drawers If you want to adapt the leading edge position of the roll drawers and you know which value you want to choose you simply enter this value in tenths of millimeters into the Enter value field and click on the Leading Edge Position button After confirmation the leading edge position is set to the specified value If you do not know which value you want to enter you can take the following procedure v Adapt the leading edge position of the roll drawers 1 Make a basic test print from Roll 1 by clicking on the Test Print Basic button on the Other tab 2 Take a ruler and measure the distance between the edge of the paper and the C marker on the test print Print on an Oc 9600 259 3 Enter the resulting value in tenths of millimeters in the Enter value field and click on the Edge and marker C Roll 1 button
149. anner page for broadcasted print queue You can specify to print a banner page automatically for each job or set You can use any ASCII file or stamp LBL as banner page If you use a stamp file you can include variables like job name or date amp time see Electronic stamps on page 178 v Specifying banner page 1 Click the Banner Page tab at the top of the Configure Queue window 2 The following window appears Unattended printing 327 Configure Queue x Configure Printer Queue Administration Banner Page M 2 Statt of Job Start of Set g EE oy C End of Set m Banner Properties Paper Size Trailing Edge Ye File to use as Banner LBLA TXT O 197 Configure Queue window Banner Page 3 Select when you want to print a banner page at the start end of a job or at the start end of a set 4 Select the paper size for the banner page You can select one of the available standard sizes or Same as first drawing the same size as the first drawing of the job or set 5 If required you can specify a trailing edge for the banner page 6 Use the I browse button to select the file you want to use as banner page You can select any ASCII ASC file or electronic stamp LBL file 7 Click Apply Automatic printing from Repro Desk Remote 328 Automatic printing can be used for network and modem connections between Repro Desk Remot
150. appear Group4 Out x Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page m File To ef C Windows Printer a 5 Jn Write CIE File in Directory Jn Directoy is a Queue use LATEST NUM Set Count Number of Sets 133 Oc 9400 print window Group4 Out Output If the Oc 9400 is installed as remote printer select Windows Printer and choose the Oc 9400 from the list of available Windows printers If the Oc 9400 is installed as local printer select Port and specify the according port number Specify the number of copies m Number of Sets You can specify the number of sets yourself Each set will contain one copy of each drawing in the print job The Copies column in the job window will be ignored a Use Copies Field Instead The number of copies as defined for each drawing in the Copies column of the job window will be used Click Apply Oc Repro Desk User Manual A Specifying Output settings to save the file on disk If not already selected click the Output tab at the top of the Oc 9400 print window Group 4 Out Select Directory and specify the appropriate directory you can use the Browse button at the right side If you want to save the Job file in the specified directory as well select the option Write Job File in Directory Make sure the option Directory is a Queue is not selected Click Apply Specify
151. ars Minor Products ko ko m m eee 27 Select minor products 13 Select the ApFTP check box 14 Select any other options required 15 Enter the Install Key in the corresponding text box 16 Click the Next gt button Installation 55 56 The Folders Locations dialog box appears Folder Locations Please Enter all folder locations for the install Main Installation Folder C ocerd Autocad Font Folder C Program Files 4utoCAD 2000 fonts Browse VIC File Location C Aocerd WIC Browse Repro Desk Common Path C Program Files Common Files Repro Desk HHN lt Back Next gt Cancel 28 Folder Locations If you wish to change the location click the Browse button and select a different location 17 Click the Next gt button Oc Repro Desk User Manual The Other Configurations dialog box appears Other Configurations Please specify other settings for your installation m Please select US or Metric Units CUS r Select a location for shortcuts Personal Folder Group All Users Folder Group m Please Select 9800 Server Driver to Install Oce 9800 DRI Parallel T Display folding column in the job window M Create a shortcut on the desktop lt Back Cancel 29 Other Configurations 18 Select one radio button in each of the three sections 19 If necessary select either or both of
152. arting with a space or a semicolon are considered comments and are ignored when the script is executed The script commands must be in upper case If any error is encountered when executing the script the script is terminated DIAL format DIAL lt phonenumber gt Dials the phone number lt phonenumber gt establishing a connection to the server PROMPTFOR format PROMPTFOR lt message gt The message string specified by lt message gt is displayed in a dialog box requiring a user response The response data is then sent to the server You can use PROMPTFOR to request information from a user such as login name and password rather than hard coding that information in the script The following example prompts for a first name wait for the first name prompt from the server and ask the user for the value WAITFOR ame PROMPTFOR First Name ApModem Remote Client 459 460 PROMPTPW Format PROMPTPW lt message gt PROMPTPW works in the same manner as PROMPTFOR however when the user enters data the data has the password attribute and is shown as one or more asterisks Also the value entered is never shown in the main window or recorded in the log file RETRY Format RETRY lt number gt Specifies the number of times a command is attempted before ApModem reports an error This value does not apply to the DIAL command SEND Format SEND lt string gt Sends a string to the server SENDPW Format SENDPW lt string gt
153. ater than the speed of the modem On Windows 3 1 you may not be able to use speeds greater than 9600 If numerous communications errors occur try selecting a lower speed Unless you are running over ISDN do not select a speed greater than 38400 Comm port This is the communications port to which your modem is connected Only available ports for your system will be displayed Dial prefix Any prefix that needs to be added to the phone number contained in the ApModem script For example if you must specify an area code you could enter 1 602 in this field or 9 to get an outside line as shown above Edit strings Allows editing of the initialization and dial strings for the selected modem The following dialog will appear Oc Repro Desk User Manual Edit ApModem Strings Initialisation String 1 AT amp FEOV1 amp A3 amp B1 amp D2 amp S0 Initialisation String 2 a E Initialisation String 3 Initialisation String 4 eS Dial Command ATDT Cancel 333 Edit initialization and dial strings Edit the dial strings and click OK Use your modem reference manual as a guide ApModem assumes that Hardware RTS flow control is enabled To reset the strings to their default values select a different modem on the Settings dialog click OK reopen the settings dialog and then reselect your real modem Xfer Protocol You have your choice of three transfer protocols m Zmodem default Y
154. ave 2 Select the drive and directory where you want to save the job 3 Define a descriptive file name for this job 4 Click OK The job is saved Note Once you have saved a job the Save Job option will no longer ask for a file name Handling jobs 97 Close a job You can close a job also without saving it Use this option if you made a mistake in handling a job If you made any changes to the job like adding or deleting drawings or change any settings Oc Repro Desk will ask you to confirm that you wish to close without saving Close a job 1 Make sure the job you wish to close is active From the File menu choose Close If you have made any changes Oc Repro Desk will ask you if you want to close without saving otherwise the job closes Open an existing job You can use Job files that have been saved on the print server a network workstation or on diskette To open apreviously saved job From the File menu choose Open The Open dialogue box appears Select the drive and directory where the job to be opened is located Select the job you wish to open Click OK The selected job opens Merge a job with another job 98 You can add the contents of one job to another Drawings will be placed in the order they are merged Merge jobs 1 Open the first job to be merged From the File menu choose Merge Job File The Merge Job File dialogue box opens Sel
155. be folded in one direction first fold and then delivered in the First fold delivery tray Note To use Punching or Reinforcement you must select one of the belts for output delivery in the delivery settings only see Delivery Oc 9700 9800 on page 285 Method You can specify one of the following folding methods Standard Ericsson or AFNOR Orientation If you select Portrait as Orientation the drawing should be in portrait orientation If you select Automatic the machine determines the length of the drawing to obtain a good fold package depending on the roll width Folding size You can specify the Folding width and Folding height yourself Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 281 Binding Edge You can select if you want a binding edge and specify the size of that edge Y Specifying folder settings 1 Click the Folder tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear Finishing Properties xi Rolls and Sets Collation Stamp Folder Stacker Delivery Banner Page Select a Pre Saved Folder Configuration Fold 1 z Save Config Folder Options Method Don t Fold Standard Ericsson C Fold Os Foldi amp Punch Fold amp Reinforce Orientation First Fold Exit Auto Portrait Create Binding Edge Binding Edge fis mm j 156 Finishing Properties window Folder 3 If you want to use pre saved folder settings select one of the avai
156. ber of sets printed 358 Number of sheets printed 358 0 Oc Repro Desk Concept 18 Quit 86 Scan to file 16 Server 16 Start 78 ODBC Database 362 ODBC definition 359 ODBC installation 31 41 55 ODBC Set 360 ODBC Sheet 360 ODBC Sheet Accounting 359 ODBC Sheet and Set accounting 361 Offset from upper left 155 OJT commands 487 On line help 23 open a file to view 134 a job from the queue 210 a queue 209 existing job 98 Imaging Properties dialogue box 152 pen window 174 Open a job from the queue 210 Open a log file View a log file 362 Open a queue 209 Open an existing job 98 Open ApFTP 471 Options in queue mode 207 Order receipt header 413 Organise Files injob 101 Jobs 212 Organising 511 Drawings within a job 101 Organize jobs in queue 212 Orientation 159 Original size Defining 9700 scanner 398 Defining 9800 scanner 406 Originals Scanning thick 397 Scanning thick 405 Outline polygons 145 Output tab 248 292 Overlaying files 184 a P Paper Extents 120 Limits 120 Size 70 106 148 Units 153 Paper formats 377 paper size tab 153 Paper sizes Specifying what will appear in menus 74 Paper sizes tab 74 Password 28 474 Pattern Number box 171 Size 170 Viewer 170 PCI CalComp 126 PDFininstallation 31 41 55 pen colours 172 effect 172 pattern 166 screens and patterns 172 shape 168 width 167 172 width units 170 Pen attributes 480 Pen control HP GL 2 files 172 Pen overview 82 Pen pattern
157. bt job of AD 841 x 1189 mm i vs standard pen Center 340 841 x1183mm Bond No standard pen Center 150 Job Window If required you can change the file settings in the Job window see chapter 9 Imaging properties on page 151 Select Print Oc 9700 9800 in the Print Quick menu 42 GOD A Print a Job ki Scan f ive iw 1D Print Oc 9700 9800 A Print Preview fH Print Oc 9400 or arch Print Setup hp Print HPGL2 RTL 151 Selecting Print Oc 9700 9800 in the Print Quick menu Oc Repro Desk User Manual 4 The following window will appear Finishing Properties 152 Finishing Properties window 5 Specify the required print settings in the Finishing Properties window see sections below 6 Click OK The job will be sent to Oc 9700 9800 Print Manager to be printed Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 277 Rolls and Sets Oc 9700 9800 278 You can select the paper roll or Bypass manual sheet feed and specify the number of sets you want to print Specifying rolls and sets 1 Ifnot already selected click the Rolls and Sets tab at the top of the Finishing Properties window 2 The following window will appear Finishing Properties xi 5 Rolls and Sets Collation Stamp Folder Stacker Delivery Banner Page r Boll Selection gt Set Count M C Roll1 A0 Empty 9 Number of Sets fi C Roll 2 A0 Empt Z mpty
158. c Repro Desk 4 30 supports the following vector formats a AutoCAD DWG The internal interpreter supports AutoCAD R2 5 to AutoCAD R2000 files m Data Exchange Format DXF a HP GL HP GL 2 HP RTL m CalComp 906 907 PCI PostScript Level 2 using the optional PostScript converter Note Oc Repro Desk does not differenciate between HP GL or HP GL 2 Supported raster formats Oc Repro Desk 4 30 supports the following raster formats m CALS Group IV type 1 m NIFF Group IV TIFF single page monochrome TIFF implementations include the following types Group IV 6 0 tiled striped reverse bit order m Group III Packed bits m Uncompressed Additionally Oc Repro Desk permits a simple ASCII file to be used as a banner page as well as the native label format for banner pages Ibl The author of a drawing is ideally the person who should process it This is because often there are questions concerning scale pen widths or pen patterns which only te author can answer Check and process drawings 113 To check vector files 114 If you are processing and printing vector files there are certain parameters that have to be correctly set in order for your drawing to be printed as you want When Oc Repro Desk checks drawing files it checks to make sure that all pens have been assigned a pen width that the drawing will not be clipped and for AutoCAD files it also checks that the path of the font and other c
159. c Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 8 View drawings This chapter describes how to view a drawing and how to make changes using the Viewer tools Viewer The Viewer allows you to see whether the drawing settings are correct before printing The Viewer has powerful tools to make changes in the way the drawing will appear on paper You can view multiple files at the same time v Opening a file to view 1 Select the file you wish to view The file is highlighted 2 Click the View button r Note If you want to view multiple files open them one by one The viewer opens ES 00136 vic i JJW SOLEtace h A ran g n JWAI or AITA LE bo koskis bos bes boa bsn i E A B A A A A a e E F F The last settings you made before you save and close the View mode will be the default settings the next time you open the View mode for that drawings 134 Oc Repro Desk User Manual View toolbar The Viewer toolbar contains two types of tools Viewing tools These tools make changes only in view mode Using these tools will not have any effect on the drawing Editing tools These tools affect the drawing You can see the changes in view mode as well as in print preview mode Button Name Fit Page a Zoom Se a lect View Fold S Pan View Move S Drawing Border Re l moval Crop Out side Enlarge Detail Edit Pen 4
160. can specify Folder settings You can save the folder settings in a Configuration file and recall them whenever needed It is possible to specify the folding options in advance when creating the job When creating the job you can see in the Viewer which part of the drawing will be on top after folding Folder options The folder of the Oc 9600 can be equipped with a number of options Depending on the configuration of the folder you are using you can specify the following options a Don t Fold Output will not be folded a Fold Output will be folded without any options Fold amp Punch Output will be folded and punched if puncher is installed a Fold amp Reinforce Output will be folded and a reinforcement strip will be added if reinforcement unit is installed a First Fold Exit Output will only be folded in one direction first fold and then delivered in the first fold delivery tray Note To use punching or reinforcement you must select one of the belts for output delivery in the delivery settings see page 270 Method You can specify one of the following folding methods Standard Ericsson or AFNOR Orientation If you select Portrait as orientation the drawing should be in portrait orientation If you select Automatic the machine determines the length of the drawing to obtain a good fold package depending on the roll width Folding size You can specify the folding width and folding height
161. cess the Configuration Manager 62 The Configuration Manager is opened from the Configuration menu of the Repro Desk application window Access the Configuration Manager 1 Go to the Configure menu ies Window Help Defaults F Di Ea e i RE olna WoeUe gs Accounting Login peng El p E Lock System T Dnlack System 2 Select Advanced Oc Repro Desk User Manual The Configuration Manager appears fc Configuration Manager m Setting to Search For E File Processing Default Directories General lt 3 Job amp B Accounting Pen ra Print 9 Queue AJ Scan Security _ Cancel Last Modified 8 10 88 108850 4M S 3 32 Configuration manager Note Please note that the program settings displayed in this window are dependent on the version of Repro Desk installed on your system Select the desired setting Double click the setting as necessary to display the available options as shown below File Processing Se Default Directories General Settings Units lt Metric gt e Maximum paper width lt 0 gt a Ignore Prompting Mode lt No gt CG PreProcessing Mode lt No gt Banded Memory Size Bytes lt 4194304 gt Show Tips at Startup lt No gt Select the desired option Make other changes as necessary Click the OK button to accept the changes and clo
162. cessing PostScript for additional options Vi Configuration Manager E Configuration Manager m Enter Setting to Search For 7 Find Next H E PostScript a J PostScript Executable lt gt E PostScript Output Directory lt d oce rd4_25 IC gt 27 Always use BoundingBox Comment First lt Yes gt ag Always show PostScript Page Size Dialog lt Yes gt KA Ghostscript Resolution Setting lt 400 gt KA JAWS Resolution Setting lt 400 gt KA Postscript Processing Software lt Ghostscript gt E Ghostscript Software Executable lt gt E Other Software Postscript Executable lt gt x 41 Configuration manager PostScript PostScript settings 1 If available choose Jaws or Ghostscript 2 Type the location of the executable or click Browse and navigate to the desired location Configuration 73 Note You can include command line parameters if you include a space after the executable name 3 Choose a resolution from the list or type a resolution between 200 and 1200 4 Click Apply 5 Click OK Note Apprentice 4 25 s internal interpreter cannot read PDF files created in Acrobat 4 0 Use the third party interpreter to read such files AutoCAD tab See How to process AutoCAD files on page 123 Paper sizes In the Paper Sizes tab you can specify what paper sizes will appear in menus For example you can specify only ISO A settings in this window In that case when you want
163. cified value Note fan invalid value is entered the following message is displayed Value x is out of bounds Range is from a to b Default is c where x is the specified value a the minimum value b the maximum value and c the default value From the Sheet Feeder tab you can adapt the leading edge position of the image related to the leading edge of the paper and you can modify the width position of the image on the paper from the upper middle or lower sheet feeders Oc Repro Desk User Manual Adapt the leading edge position of the sheet feeders If you want to adapt the leading edge position of the sheet feeders and you know which value you want to choose you simply enter this value in tenths of millimeters into the Enter value field and click on the Leading Edge Position button After confirmation the leading edge position is set to the specified value If you do not know which value you want to enter you can take the following procedure v Adapt the leading edge position of the sheet feeders 1 Make a basic test print from Sheet Feeder 1 by clicking on the Test Print Basic button on the Other tab 2 Take a ruler and measure the distance between the edge of the paper and the D marker on the test print 3 Enter the resulting value in tenths of millimeters in the Enter value field and click on the Edge and marker D button The leading edge position is adapted automatically based on the specified value Note
164. contains all standard width and standard length combinations to predict the length of the original The scanner also measures the real length of each original while it is transferred through the scanner Note f you are copying thick originals or originals in a carrier sheet it is recommended to use the output at the rear side of the scanner to ensure correct delivery Depending on the original you must define both the original size and the original length as specified below Standard original Original width Standard Original length Standard Standard width non standard length Original width Standard Original length Automatic m Non standard width non standard length Option 1 Option 2 Original width Non standard Custom Original length Automatic or Custom Note The original length is automatically set by the scanner for option 1 Note Selecting non standard original width option 1 may cause some white space along your image To prevent this you can specify the exact width yourself option 2 Note f your scanner is equipped with 5 sensors instead of 8 sensors it can not discriminate between 700mm AO and 36 In that case always specify the original width yourself option2 to scan a 700mm or AO original Scan 405 v Defining the original width and length 1 Open the Special original card in the Copy section
165. customizer 415 416 Several work order fields contain lists from which the client can choose from a set of options These lists can be easily customized Delivery Methods List 7 Aare Airborne e To modify this list add Fed ral Exvress and delete lines in this p box Federal Express 2nd Day Local Delivery Choose Reformat Lines Pick up to show how your Postal Service changes will look inthe ups Blue final version UPS Brown UPS Red I Required Reimbursable M visible Reimbursable List f PA Bid_Issue e To modify this list add Change Ord 1 and delete lines in this Ange VEEE ISSUE box Client_Review_Issue To remove text that is no longer needed Select the text Press Delete Click the Reformat Lines hyperlink to remove any blank lines from the list e Choose Reformat Lines to show how your changes will look in the final version To add text at the end of a list Click at the end of the last line of text Press Enter Type the new text To add a line of text within the list Click at the end of a line of text Press Enter Type the new text Oc Repro Desk User Manual Work order colors and fonts The colors and fonts let you select typefaces background colors and other visual elements Work Order Customizer I Required Finishing Instructions F visible J F always Blank Default Value Work order colors and fonts Ce Le Company Co
166. d Write Delete Make Directory Change Directory Subdirectories sometimes referred to as Inherit subdirectories Note Directory Listing is NOT required for this to work The FTP to Queue check box needs to be enabled in ApFTP The home directory for each user should be the queue folder For example D incoming Note If FTP is setup without the FTP To Queue feature enabled for remote customers to be able to send jobs the home directory can be any folder but it should NOT be a queue folder If your customers are not sending files directly to a queue via FTP the following rights and setting must be in place Read Write The FTP to Queue check box needs to be disabled in ApFTP The FTP to Queue feature allows the incoming FTP jobs to be automatically put into an existing queue If this is checked then all jobs sent via this method will be extracted and added to the queue automatically If this feature is not Oc Repro Desk User Manual checked then the file will arrive as a zip file in the users home directory named after the time 24 hour which it was submitted for example 102413 zip means it came in at 10 24 13 am Prior to installation at a remote client site be sure that the following list of items is available a Install Key for Remote a User Entry in FTP Server Program The remote installation requires preparatory work to be done prior to visiting the cl
167. d m Press the function button Original type to select Cut amp paste when the original contains paste ups cut and paste with scissors and glue File size optimization This option will decrease the amount of data that is used to store the scanned file In this way you can store more images on your disk Note Jf the original contains photographic images this option must not be used v Activating file size optimization 1 Open the Special original card in the Copy section If the function Filesize optimization is shown as in figure 274 white text on black background then the Filesize optimization has been activated already Copies Ravos e ds Machine M Program Image Cut amp paste Special Blueprint a original Dark 210mm Copy Photo Non standard material Normal i Standard i Copy i Automatic Filesize Original size exposure years width 404 274 Selecting Filesize optimization 2 If Filesize optimization is deactivated press the function button Oc Repro Desk User Manual Scanning non standard size originals The scanner of the Oc 9800 automatically detects the width of the inserted original For European sizes for example it detects whether the width is AO Al A2 A3 A4 500 mm or 700 mm or 707 mm depending on the configuration The Oc Repro Desk system uses a memory table that
168. d when using the broadcasted print queue for the first time in a session a Administer Configure Modify This password allows the user of another Repro Desk station to manipulate the jobs in the queue for example change the print order of the jobs The Administer password automatically includes the other queue privileges viewing and sending jobs View jobs in the queue This password allows the user of another Repro Desk station to view the jobs in the queue The View password automatically includes the privilege of sending jobs to the queue m Send jobs to the queue This password allows the user of another Repro Desk station to send a print job to the queue by selecting the broadcasted print queue in the Print menu Polling frequency This is the frequency at which the queue searches the incoming directory to see if any new jobs have arrived Queue priority If two queues want to print on the same printer at the same time you can specify which queue comes first Enable E Mail notification Select this check box if you want the queue to notify the queue administrator by e mail about activity in the queue Note You must have MAPI compliant e mail software installed and functioning on the server machine It is recommended that you test the e mail software before using the Repro Desk e mail notification function m E mail address The address of the queue administrator m New jobs in queue Select this check box if you want the queue to n
169. d Job button Ea The Send Job To window displays Send Job To te a ProjectFolders Folders and Projects F 7 Select Queue Z Eat fio neve A z Browse Modem Communications Method tion C Drive Drive Letter Z r m Select the Modem radio button Select ApFTP in the Communications Method drop down list Note f the item you need is not listed go to Add a communication method on page 191 Click OK The Send Job window displays the work order Fill in the required fields in the work order See Fill out a work order on page 195 Click Submit Oc Repro Desk User Manual Add a communication method In the Send job to dialog box click Modem Click New The Add Communications Method dialog box appears rep Method Name FFF Executable Additional Arguments ee _____ M Compress Files Before Sending OK Cancel Type a name in the Method Name field For example ApModem Browse to the required communication executable For example ApModem32 exe Note Both Method Name and Executable are required fields Click OK to return to the Send Job To dialog box with the newly added method now in the list If required return to Send a job via the modem on page 189 or Send a job via FTP
170. d in such a way you can bind the long edge and open it as a book m Short Side the output will be printed in such a way you can bind the short edge and open it as a calendar Paper source You can select one of the following options a Automatic m Tray1 Paper size configurable per job Tray2 Paper size fixed configured once during installing a Tray3 Paper size fixed configured once during installing m Tray4 Paper size fixed A4 large tray If you select Automatic the Oc 3165 will select the paper size that ensures a best fit for the printed drawing Oc Repro Desk User Manual Specifying options 1 Click the Options tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear PostScript Out POSTSCRIPT Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page p Image Output Options T Send only monochrome raster T All Lines 1 pixel thick I Monochrome lines no colour I Solid lines no raster patterns m Oc 3165 Options o oo 4 in I Use Metric Units sides Duplex ala Long Side C Short Side ag Paper Source automatic R 167 PostScript Out window Options 3 Select the required options 4 Click Apply Print on Oc 3165 297 Banner page Oc 3165 298 You can specify to print a banner page for the current job or for each set in the current job You can use any ASCII file or stamp LBL
171. d queue settings in the Configure Queue window For more information see sections below Click OK Configure printer for broadcasted print queue You can select the printer you want to connect to the queue and specify the default printer dependent settings These settings will normally not be used for a broadcasted print queue When you select a broadcasted print queue in the print menu of another Repro Desk station you can define the printer dependent settings for the current job These settings will overrule the default settings Oc Repro Desk User Manual Configure the connected printer of a broadcasted print queue 1 If not already selected click the Configure Printer tab at the top of the Configure Queue window 2 The following window will appear Configure Queue x Configure Printer Queue Administration Banner Page EZ Select default Printer for Auto Print Mode BR amp Oce Oce 9400 Oce 9600 HP Out PostScript Out 9800 9700 x 221 Configure Queue window Configure Printer 3 Select the printer you want to connect to the queue by clicking it once Multiple machine support 345 4 Click Configure The print window of the selected printer will appear Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Collation Folder Delivery Banner Page Roll Selection _ Set Count yo A i Number of Sets Vie Rall I Use Copies Field
172. d without the need for Repro Desk Remote and without specifying any print settings Using a LAN connection the drawing can simply be copied into a polling queue on Repro Desk Server The drawing is automatically printed using the print settings of the selected polling queue Polling queue To print native drawings you need a polling queue on Repro Desk Server A polling queue is a subdirectory named POLL for example POLLa0_paper inside an automatic print queue for example Q9600 The printer dependent settings are specified for the entire automatic print queue whereas the printer independent settings can specified differently for a number of subdirectories In this way a number of polling queues can be created in the same automatic print queue each containing different printer independent settings To prepare native printing you must create one or more automatic print queues with different printer dependent settings for example Q9600 and Q9400 each containing a number of polling queues with different printer independent settings for example POLLa0_paper POLLal_paper POLLa2_paper POLLa3 paper Note Only the BASIC printer independent settings can be specified for polling queues By copying a native drawing into one of the available polling queues you can choose what print settings will be used to print the drawing automatically Oc Repro Desk User Manual To prepare direct automatic and native printing
173. de is active Attention When you are updating drawings with the same file name preprocessing mode will not take this into account Thus the settings will be changed in the drawing but will not be changed in the VIC file Check and process drawings 129 Process raster files Raster files do not have to be processed but notice that pen 0 of the pen set is used to render the monochrome raster drawings Cals Oc Repro Desk detects the image size and the scanned resolution of Cals files and displays it in the Drawing File Information dialogue box This resolution can not be changed in Oc Repro Desk C DRAWINGS 2091DWG3 CALS 65 CALS drawing properties v Check the Cals drawing properties 1 Select the unprocessed drawing file by clicking it 2 Click the Properties button The Drawing File Information dialogue box appears 130 Oc Repro Desk User Manual TIFE NIFF Oc Repro Desk detects the scanned in resolution of TIFF Group IV files and NIFF files and displays the information in the Drawing File Information dialogue box This resolution can not be changed in Oc Repro Desk C DRAWINGS AO_1 tif BN bony Davy Ignore a oo Cancel 4 He 66 TIFF AND NIFF drawing properties v Check the TIFF drawing properties 1 Select the unprocessed drawing file by clicking it 2 Click the Properties button The Drawing File Information dialogue box appears Check and process drawings 131 132 O
174. dialogue box without saving the changes you have made Note The color of the stamp is determined by pen 0 of the default pen set Oc Repro Desk User Manual Position options In the Position window you can specify how the stamp should be positioned on the paper You can see the result in the Preview field Note After adding the stamp to a drawing in a job you can also use the viewer to position the stamp on a drawing WYSIWYG Stamp Properties C Laro stamps Conf LBL 78 Stamp properties window Position The Position window contains following elements Initial placement You can select one of the standard positions for the stamp on the paper Fine tuning After selecting a standard stamp placement you can specify small adjustments to move or rotate the stamp on the paper Define Stamps and Overlays 181 Adding a stamp to a drawing After creating and saving you can add a stamp to a drawing as explained below v Adding a stamp to a drawing 1 Open the job containing the desired drawing 2 Click the drawing you want to add the stamp to with the right mouse button A drop down window appears amp Job20 ee ee ee ee ee W 00136 HP2 1 Pm 100 0 150 AD 841 1189 mm A FMETRIC Dwi daiis 6 841 x594 mm wr ROO7 RAS Ele Properties Alt Enter 150 A4 210 x 297 mm Sy AO CAL View Pen Set CE 841 x 594 mm View Drawing Cte Insert Drawing Add Overlay T
175. dow will be used Number of Sets You can specify the number of sets yourself Each set will contain one copy of each drawing in the print job The Copies column in the job window will be ignored Click Apply Specify Output settings to save the file on disk If not already selected click the Output tab at the top of the HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window see figure 125 on page 235 Select Directory and specify the appropriate directory you can use the Browse button at the right side If you want to save the Job file in the specified directory as well select the option Write Job File in Directory Make sure the option Directory is a Queue is not selected Click Apply Specify Output settings to send the file to a queue If not already selected click the Output tab at the top of the HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window see figure 125 on page 235 Select Directory and specify the appropriate queue by you can use the Browse button at the right side to select the Q file in the Queue folder Make sure the option Write Job File in Directory is not selected Select the option Directory is a Queue Click Apply Resolution HP GL 2 HP RTL 236 You can specify the resolution of the output in dots per inch DPI Note This option will only have effect when the original file contains raster data or if the option Send monochrome raster is set see Options HP GL 2 H
176. dows printer uses colors Check this option if you want to print to a Windows color printer Windows printer scale 100 Check this option if you want to print to a wide format Windows printer Invert paper image The image is inverted so that black pixels are turned to white and white pixels to black Note This option uses a lot of printer toner Auto detect paper size If this option is checked the best fitting paper size will be selected when the file is processed Auto paper rotate If this option is checked the drawing will be rotated if necessary in order to fit onto the selected paper size In addition to these options the menu contains the following functions Save job default settings now Selecting this option will change the Default Job Settings to the most recently changed settings in the job window Clean VIC directory Deletes existing files from the VIC directory The software interface 85 Quit Oc Repro Desk If you have finished working with Oc Repro Desk quit the application Do not quit Oc Repro Desk while jobs are still being printed It is good practice to make sure that jobs sent to the printer have been completed before quitting Oc Repro Desk v Quit Oc Repro Desk 1 Wait until the active job has been sent to the printer completely 2 From the Fil e menu choose Exit The Oc Repro Desk software is closed 86 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter
177. e see Electronic stamps on page 178 v Specifying banner page 1 Click the Banner page tab at the top of the window The following window will appear Group4 Out x Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page Vv F En 4 dA 2 SI C Start of Set C End of Job by C End of Set m Banner Properties Paper Size Trailing Edge jr File to use as Banner LBL TXT iF 24 137 Oc 9400 print window Group4 Out Banner page Print on an Oc 9400 253 254 Select when you want to print a banner page at the start end of the job or at the start end of a set Select the paper size for the banner page You can select one of the available standard sizes or Same as first drawing the same size as the first drawing of the job or set If required you can specify a trailing edge for the banner page Use the button to select the file you want to use as banner page You can select any ASCII ASC file or electronic stamp LBL file Click Apply Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 16 Print on an Oc 9600 Start up the Oc 9600 print manager on page 256 Adapt the leading edge position of the sheet feeders on page 261 Key operator settings on page 263 Print on the Oc 9600 printer on page 264 Rolls and Sets Oc 9600 on page 266 Folder Oc 9600 on page 268 Deliver
178. e Imaging properties on page 151 Unattended printing 335 3 From the Print quick menu select the broadcasted print queue S 2 6 Print SendJob Log Queue x ECO e Fit 00s 9600 CA Print Preview fH Print Oc 9400 or Archive Print Setup hp Print HPGL2 ATL Export WHF File Eie poso cit Print Single ile Drawings Stacked amp Print windows Cirle ile Drawings Side by Side 3800_RD5K_SRV 09800 R 211 Selecting a broadcasted print queue in the Print quick menu 4 The print window appears The appearance of this window may differ according to the type of printer that is connected to the broadcasted print queue Rolls and Sets Collation Folder Delivery Banner Page m Boll Selection r Set Count M Roll 40 Empty Number of Sets le 2 1 Roll2 43 Bond A I Use Copies Field Instead 7 Roll3 A1 Bond D f 27 FM Auto Drop Down LS FRE Optional Delivery Preference E Boreontel Recewing trey 5 Bypass Manual 27 C Auto Roll Li 212 Example Oc 9600 print window 5 Specify the required print settings in the print window see Printing on page 215 6 Click OK The job is sent to the connected printer 336 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 20 Multiple machine support Control center on page 340 Prepare multiple machine support on
179. e 2 x ite acne AE 00000001 00000002 00000003 00000004 Fiene T Files of type Queue File Q x Cancel 94 Directory that contains a queue 218 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 4 Select the Q file Queuel Q and click open The Queue window will appear SE UNCOMING mcoming Q Auto Print OFF TE OceTech 06 25 98 11 39 Never 3 1082108 Oce Tech 06 25 98 11 38 Never i amp 3081 308 Oce Tech 07 11 97 11 52 07 11 97 1206PM 1 1 95 Queue window 5 The different icons indicate the status of each job see figure 95 JOB3 JOB Not printed yet JOB2 JOB Job window opened but not printed yet JOB1 JOB Job has already been printed Note From the Queue window you can view and print the work order of each job see View and print work orders on page 228 6 Double click on the icon of the job you want to print The job window will open Unprocesse TER ISO 40 841 x1189mm Bond Unprocesse 100 0 ISO A0 841 1189mm Bond 96 Job window 7 Print the job as described in one of the following sections Printing 219 Print on a Windows printer Oc Repro Desk supports any printer installed through Microsoft Windows for more information see the Microsoft documentation A Windows printer can be used to print check plots or a work order The Oc Repro Desk Server can print drawings of any size on a Windows printer Be aware that printing on a Windows Printer always takes
180. e line Click the Phone line button in the tool bar Phone Lines 293 Phone Lines button 2 The Phone Line window will appear see figure 287 on page 426 3 Select the phone line you want to delete by clicking its icon in the first column Oc Repro Desk User Manual 4 Select Delete in the Phone lines Quick menu 1 Phone Lines U lt Add De ctivate Activate 294 Select Delete in the Phone lines Quick menu 5 The selected phone line will be deleted after confirmation Create queues For each remote user who wants to send jobs to ApHost you can specify a queue to receive these jobs First you must create these queues with Repro Desk as explained in the following example v Create an incoming queue 1 Start up Repro Desk 2 Select Create New Queue in the Queue quick menu gt GD i Print SendJob Log Queue r si SE Queue a o pen Queue 295 Select Create New Queue in the Queue Quick menu ApHost Server 429 3 The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 1 of 4 Select the drive where this Queue will re 296 Queue Creation Wizard Step 1 of 4 4 Select the drive where the new queue will reside and click Next The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 2 of 4 Enter the name of the path where this Queue will reside Path for Queue CA JI
181. e stations and Repro Desk Server Network connection Repro Desk Remote users can send a print job directly to the automatic print queue on the server The Repro Desk Remote Station and the Repro Desk Server must be connected to the same local area network LAN Oc Repro Desk User Manual Automatic printing from Repro Desk Remote via network connection Open the job you want to print amp Job1 Job olx a ea r a Per 100 0 ISO 40 841x1183mm Bond No star 100 0 ISO 40 841x1183mm Bond No star 198 Job Window If required you can change the file settings in the Job window see chapter 9 Imaging properties on page 151 From the Send Job quick menu select To Network queue 2 9 EA v E To Modem Drive 4 etc Es To Network Queue 199 Selecting To Network Queue The Send Job to Print Queue window appears Send Job To Print Queue Look in a Incoming gt Al El File name Files of type Queue File Q Cancel 200 Send Job To Print Queue window Unattended printing 329 5 Open the directory on Repro Desk Server that contains the automatic print queue for example INCOMING Q9800 Send Job To Print Queue Lookin ovo El File name Files of type Queue File Q gt Cancel 201 Directory that contains a queue 6 Select the Q file Q9800 Q 7 Click Open The print job will be
182. e the software At installation Oc Repro Desk modem software is installed in a default directory The default pen set log files and job files are also saved in this directory It may be however that you want to check or change any of the configuration items v Configure the software 1 Select Defaults in the Configure menu EA uee ZE Edina Guede Advanced 5 Accounting Login Lock System f Unlock System 35 Select Defaults in the Configure menu 2 The following window will appear Directories PostScript AutoCAD Paper Sizes General Communications Job Default Settings I Viewer has black a I Allow Folding Column In background Job T Use Large Font for Windows 11 Job Ticket Required Report Printing Banded Memory Size 4 Megabytes z Global Units 2 inc C Metric Accounting Standard ODBC Set ODBC Sheet NOTE You need to start a new job for certain options to take effect 36 Configure the software General tab Configuration 67 3 4 Make the necessary changes see following pages Click OK to save the changes and close the window General 68 In the General tab you can check and change Viewer has black background Check this box so that you will always have a black background when you open the viewer Use Large Font for Windows Report Printing Check this box so that when you print out an electronic work order
183. eading edge Open the Copy size card in the Copy section Press the function button Remove strip twice see figure 279 Copies Ready to y Pee 0 Machine M Program Image i 0 A4 gt gt A4 Special A3 gt gt A3 l 4mm A Omm original 1 A2 gt gt A2 210mm Copy e A1 gt gt AT Standard cut 0mm Omm material A0 gt gt A0_ Synchro cut a ET Add selection length strip 279 Removing strip Adjust the values in millimetres for the leading edge using the numeric or the higher lower buttons Scanning with removed filing strip along the trailing edge If you want to remove the trailing edge you can use the Remove strip setting for the leading edge as described above and feed the original with the trailing edge first Then use the Oc Viewer to rotate the scanned image 180 Note You can also define the original width and length Scan 409 410 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 23 Work order customizer System administrators can use the work order customizer to modify the default work order job ticket used by Repro Desk when routing jobs 411 Introduction While the basic work order provided with Repro Desk is sufficient for a wide variety of configurations in certain environments more flexibility may be required The work order customizer lets you tailor the Repro Desk work order to match individua
184. ears Navigate to the directory where you wish to save the file and click OK The Diskette Customizer saves the following directories and files formoptions dat reproinfo dat winnt containing jobcomm ini wopics containing logobitmap gif and logobitmap2 gif Customize the work order defaults Instructions for the work order default section of the Diskette Customizer are the same for reprographers who wish to install either ApModem or ApFTP for their clients Y To use the Work Order Defaults section 1 Go to the Configure menu 2 Select Diskette Customizer The Diskette Customizer dialog box appears 50 Oc Repro Desk User Manual oa If necessary scroll down slightly to see the Work Order Defaults section Diskette Customizer x Print Close Work order fields F Always blank Company e J I Always blank Contact Default value T Always blank E Mail Address ee t lt S S SOSSOSOSOSTTSC C I Always blank Phone Number Default value LL F Always blank Phone Number 2 Default value i C i l a I Always blank Fax Number Default value o o U U U U U UUES T Always blank Account Number Deautvaus F Always blank Contact Information 24 Diskette Customizer Choose one of the following for each field a To set up default values that will appear each time the customer accesses the work order type the appropriate
185. ecified for the queue Inside an existing automatic print queue you can create one or more polling queues each containing different printer independent settings v Create a polling queue 1 Create an automatic print queue as described on page 307 and make sure this queue is selected by clicking once on the queue window 2 Select Configure polling queue in the Queue quick menu DEA i Print Sena Job Log Queue 7 sz 4 Create New Queue Open Queue amp UnZip Into Queue Copy Directory Into Queue ch Configure Queue Configure Polling Queue Le 179 Select Configure Polling Queue 312 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 3 The following window appears Configure Polling Queue Ea Queue Name Job Default Settings Plot By Scale You must specify a name for this polling queue Please give it a meaningful name Note POLL is prepended onto every Polling Queue automatically CAINCOMING Q9600 POLL ha For Example If the Polling Queue you are setting up prints on D size Bond paper name it D BOND If the Polling Queue you are setting up prints to a 3165 PostScript printer name it PS11x17 180 Configure Polling Queue Queue Name window 4 Specify the name for the polling queue for example a0_paper Note The specified name will automatically be preceded by POLL 5 Click on the Job default settings tab Unattended printing
186. ect the next job to be merged The two jobs are merged Note The drawings of Job 2 will be attached to the drawings of Job 1 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Remove a drawing from a job A drawing can be removed from a job v Remove a drawing from a job 1 Select the file you want to remove The selected drawing name is highlighted 2 From the Add Files quick menu choose Delete Drawing File The Job window appears and informs you that the reference of the selected file will be deleted JOB x Q Delete reference to item 00136 hp2 3 Click OK The selected drawing is removed from this job Delete a drawing A drawing file can also be deleted from the disk Once deleted a drawing cannot be restored When erasing a drawing from the disk it will of course also be removed from the job v Delete a drawing from the disk 1 Select the file you want to delete permanently The selected drawing name is highlighted 2 Press the F7 function key A dialogue box asks whether you want to delete the file and the reference from the job JOB x Qi Delete reference to item AND the file 00136 hp2 3 Verify that this what you want to do 4 When you are sure click the OK button The file is erased from the disk Handling jobs 99 Rename a job Give your job files a descriptive name so they can be found easily v Rename a job 1 Select the desired job 2 From the File menu choose
187. ed in and specify only the name of the queue for example QUEUE Note t is recommended to use the same name as you specified in the previous screen 7 Click Next The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 4 of 4 After Receiving a New Job Automatically T Brint the Job RED I Send the Job IV Flash the Queue BL a IV Scan for New Jobs ry I Archive Job after Printing or Sending lt Back Cancel Help 90 Queue Creation Wizard Step 4 of 4 8 Select the following options a Flash the queue The queue window will flash when a new job arrives clicking on the job will stop flashing a Print report to windows printer the work order of each new job will automatically be printed to a Windows printer to configure the Windows printer select Print Setup from the Print Quick menu m Automatically scan for new jobs the queue will automatically be scanned for new incoming jobs This option must be selected to make use of the previous options 9 Make sure all other options are deselected Queues 205 10 Click Finish The Queue window of the new queue will appear 9 C INCOMING QUEVENQUEVET Q Auto Print OFF 91 Queue window 206 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Queue options When a queue is opened you can access the queue options by selecting Options in the menu bar v Options in queue mode 1 Go to the Options menu
188. ed only once When you transmit your jobs for printing your personal settings will be applied to every job you send Oc Repro Desk User Manual When you open a new pen set the following attributes are default a solid black pens m 25 millimeters wide for all pens transparent lines colors used are the same as in the AutoCAD palette When you want to change these attributes follow the next procedure Setting up a pen set Select the drawing of which the pen settings have to be changed Click the Pen Set button The pen settings window pops up Select the pen number you want to change by clicking it once Click the properties button in the tool bar The property window for the selected pen appears Select the property you would like to change Make the desired change Click Apply Pen 0 x Pattems width Shape Effect AI Pens Edit Patter Controls Hal Black REBZEGSZE Felis In the property window you have a selection of 7 attribute tabs which can be modified patterns width m shape m effect all pens edit pattern controls Set pen parameters 165 Each attribute will be described in detail below Before a pen setting becomes active you need to save the pen settings first Note The scroll bar on the right hand side of the Properties Sheet allows you to quickly move to other pens in the set Pen patterns 166 a fF ND You can select from
189. em window 4 Select the Modem radio button 5 Choose your modem from the Communications Method list 6 Click OK The work order appears Print Send Job to ApModem Company ce ndusties S S S S Contact Me Donald S S E Mail Address Do Phone Number Oo Y O Phone Number 2 Fax Number D Account Number Delivery Address EE 205 Send job to ApModem work order 7 Type information in the work order as required 8 Click the Submit button Unattended printing 331 332 The order receipt appears Click Close or Print The print job will be sent by modem to Repro Desk Server If configured correctly all incoming jobs from a particular Repro Desk Remote station will be put in an automatic print queue If this queue is opened on Repro Desk Server the job will automatically be printed on the connected printer using the default printer dependent settings as specified for the automatic print queue Oc Repro Desk User Manual Using direct printing To use direct printing a broadcasted print queue must be opened on Repro Desk Server The users of Repro Desk Remote can select this queue in the print menu to print a job directly on the configured printer For each job they can specify the printer dependent settings themselves The printer is connected to Repro Desk Server and must be specified as default printer for the broadcasted print queue Enab
190. ent is limited If it is necessary to round pen thicknesses Oc recommends that you do so in consultation with the author of a drawing Pen 0 x Pattems Width Shape Effect All Pens Edit Pattern Controls r Select New Width Units r C Pixels Width im 2e Milimeties C Inches 1000 C Centimetres Cancel poly Help Set pen parameters 167 Pen shape A pen s shape refers to the shape of the tip of a pen You can select out of three different pen shapes m Round ended m Square ended a Butt ended Pen 0 x Patterns Width Shape Effect All Pens Edit Pattern Controls C Square XK C Butt Effect A pen s effect refers to the appearance of a pen when it crosses another pen A pen s effect can be a Transparent default Pens lay over each other without either blocking the appearance of either line The colors merge at an intersection of lines m Opaque An opaque line will display on top of another line that is lighter in color Thus only the darker color line is visible a Xor An Xor line will display on top of another line that is darker in color This effect is only visible when you print it to a color printer 168 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Pen 0 x Pattems Width Shape Effect All Pens Edit Pattem Controls Foreground Effect X All pens On the All Pens tab you can make setting
191. entry in ApHost ApModem script file The remote installation requires preparatory work to be done prior to visiting the client site and installing the software Set up ApHost for the New User 1 Decide on a First Name Last Name and Password for your new user 2 3 Add that user to your ApHost user list See Users on page 433 Write these down for step 6 in the next procedure Create an ApModem customized script file Create customized files 36 The Diskette Customizer utility is included with Repro Desk The reprographer can use it to create an ApModem script file and copy it to a diskette CD or network drive The Diskette Customizer also contains a section that allows the reprographer to set default Work Order values for Remote customers Create an ApModem customized script file Go to the Configure menu Select Diskette Customizer The Diskette Customizer dialog box appears Oc Repro Desk User Manual ou BR Ww 10 11 12 Print Close Diskette Customizer F ApModem Company Name Server Phone Number Login First Name Login Last Name Login Password Encrypt Script ial ApFtp Work order fields I Always blank Company mic J I Always blank Contact Defautvaue T Always blank E Mail Address 10 Diskette customizer dialog Select the ApModem check box Enter the appropriate company name Enter the phone number for the m
192. epro Desk Server 1 0 5 and higher m Oc Repro Desk Client 4 30 5 and higher Note Oc Repro Desk Server 1 0 5 does not yet support HPGL Out You can only activate HPGL pass through in Oc Repro Desk Server 1 0 5 If you use Oc Repro Desk Server 1 0 5 you must use Oc Repro Desk Client 4 30 5 to use HPGL pass through and HPGLOut Enable HPGL pass through 1 Open the Configure menu Select Advanced Navigate in the settings tree to the following location File Processing HPGL Bypass Color Processing By default the setting is lt No gt Check the box next to Bypass Color Processing By default the box is unchecked The setting changes to lt Yes gt Oc Repro Desk User Manual Note f you change the Bypass Color Processing flag while a job is open you must close and then reopen the job Then the setting applies to the job Keep the following in mind in relation to a pass through image a You can only change the settings for Copies and Color m You can not add overlays to the image Existing overlays are not printed The overlays are unchecked and checking the overlays is disabled a You can not print ISO 9000 stamps on the image m The image can not be an overlay m You can not view the image m You can not tile the image For accounting purposes the drawing size which is read from the original HPGL or HPGL 2 file is recorded as the paper size Printing 243 244 Oc Repro Desk
193. es If you know you have just received a job and do not want to wait for the queue to automatically scan for new jobs you can select the F5 function key to direct the queue to search immediately Archive queue Besides collecting jobs queues can also be used for archiving purposes or to hold jobs you might need to print again You can move files from the incoming queue and store them in another location This is done by creating a queue such as ARCHIVE in a separate directory If the INCOMING and ARCHIVE queues are open you can drag and drop jobs between the queues You can also send jobs to a queue See Send a job toa network queue on page 188 Special print queue Special configured queues are used for multiple machine support direct printing automatic printing and printing native drawings Only automatic printing and native printing apply to the Oc 9400 Repro Desk Server These options are explained in detail in the according chapters Modem sharing In addition to the purposes mentioned above your client can use a queue to share a single modem with several networked clients This allows different workstations to submit their jobs over one modem connection To obtain this functionality your client must turn on the option Automatically modem jobs When the queue detects a new job it will automatically launch ApModem log in to the configured Oc Repro Desk Server transfer the drawings and pen sets and log of
194. etail option you can select a part of the drawing to fit the size of the selected paper Attention Changes made with this feature will effect the drawing or the printed drawing layout Creating a detail Click the Detail button Move the mouse to the drawing Hold the left mouse button Move the mouse to create a frame of the required size Release the left mouse button The area inside the frame will be enlarged to fit the selected paper size Oc Repro Desk User Manual Note To undo the enlargement click the Detail button again and select the complete drawing Edit pen With the Edit Pen option you can edit the pen settings You can change the thickness the pattern the effect of a particular pen in a drawing Z v Editing pens 1 Click the Edit Pen button 2 Move the mouse pointer to the penline you want to change 3 Click the left mouse button The Pen window of the selected pen appears 4 Change the required settings like line thickness patterns and foreground effect 5 Click OK The Job window appears to ask you to save the changes you just made 6 Click Yes to save the changes You will return to the View window Note When you do not want to save the changes click NO The changes will not be used Center drawing With the Center Drawing option you can center the drawing on the paper according to all four sides of the drawing Attention Changes made with these features will effect the d
195. eview FH Print Oc 9400 or Archive Print Setup 2 Print HPGL2 ATL Export Wit File e Brin FRERE D Print Single 123 Selecting Print HP GL 2 HP RTL in the Print Quick menu Printing 233 4 The following window will appear HPGL 2 RTL Out E Gb le mn Wirectary Jo Directoy is a aueue l EST UA 124 HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window 5 Specify the required settings in the HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window For more information see sections below 6 Click OK 234 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Output HP GL 2 HP RTL You can select the printer you want to send the output to or you can specify a directory or queue to save the output as HP GL 2 HP RTL file If you have selected a printer you can also specify the number of copies v Specify Output settings for the HPGL printer 1 If not already selected click the Output tab at the top of the HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window 2 The following window will appear HPGL 2 RTL Out 125 HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window Output Printing 235 If the HPGL printer is installed as remote printer select Windows Printer and choose the HPGL printer from the list of available Windows printers If the HPGL printer is installed as local printer select Port and specify the according port number Specify the number of copies a Use Copies Field Instead Recommended The number of copies as defined for each drawing in the Copies column of the job win
196. ext bin will be selected automatically to finish the job Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 283 Note One job may contain several sets a Addressable bin All output is delivered on the bin that is specified at the right side of the window This process will continue until the specified bin is full regardless if another bin is empty In that case printing is stopped 4 If required you can select Horizontally offset stack In that case the bin will shift between two jobs or sets to provide easy job set separation see figure 158 Offset stack not selected Offset stack selected 158 Using Offset stack 5 Click Apply 284 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Delivery Oc 9700 9800 You can specify delivery options as follows v Specifying delivery settings 1 Click the Delivery tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear Rolls and Sets Collation Stamp Folder Stacker Banner Page Unfolded Output Upper Normal Lower Long Tray Auto Belt2 Either Belt Cancel Apply Help 159 Finishing Properties window Delivery 3 Ifthe Oc 9700 9800 is equipped with a folder you can select one of the following options for the folded output a Stacker The folded output will be delivered in the standard delivery tray of the folder m Belt 1 or Belt 2 If installed you can select one of the delivery belts to collect the folded outpu
197. f again Oc Repro Desk User Manual Create an incoming queue You can use the Queue Creation Wizard to create a new queue It is possible to create more than one incoming queue for example one for each remote client v Create an incoming queue 1 Start up Repro Desk 2 Select Create New Queue in the Queue Quick menu SES 3 Print SendJob Log Queue T ua SES E 0 pen Queue 86 Selecting Create New Queue in the Queue Quick menu 3 The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 1 of 4 Select the drive where this Queue will re Cancel Help 87 Queue Creation Wizard Step 1 of 4 Queues 203 4 Select the drive where the new queue will reside and click Next The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 2 of 4 Enter the name of the path where this Queue will reside Path for Queue CA JINCOMINGSQUEUE1 88 Queue Creation Wizard Step 2 of 4 5 Delete whatever is already filled in specify the complete path and name of the new queue directory for example INCOMING QUEUE 1 and click Next The following window will appear Queue Creation Wizard Step 3 of 4 Enter the name for this Queue Queue Name CAINCOMING QUEUE1S QUEUE1 lt Back Cancel Help 89 Queue Creation Wizard Step 3 of 4 204 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 6 Delete whatever is fill
198. following options are also available on this tab Map pen colors to a shaded halftone this option maps colors to different levels of grayscale when you are using a color file to print on a monochrome printer Use alternate fills instead of winding fills changes the behavior that is used to fill polygons in Vector oriented files In general the modes differ only in cases where a complex overlapping polygon must be filled for example a five sided polygon that forms a five pointed star with a pentagon in the center In such cases Alternate mode fills every other enclosed region within the polygon that is the points of the star but Winding mode fills all regions that is the points and the pentagon Do NOT scale HP RTL raster data HP RTL is a special format of HP GL which allows inclusion of raster data within the Vector data However if such files are scaled the raster data will become very large due to the nature of raster data Selecting this option prevents the raster part of the drawing to be scaled Use error diffusion for gray or color RTL images To represent shades of gray in RTL raster data Repro Desk employs Halftone Diffusion by default You may want to use Error Diffusion instead to improve the appearance of your image Set pen parameters 173 Other pen features You can also modify the pen parameters directly in the standard pen window v Modifying a pen attribute 1 Open the Job window with the required drawing
199. formation is given about matters which ensure the proper functioning of the machine or application but useful advice concerning its operation may also be given Attention The information that follows Attention is given to avoid damage to your copy or original the copier or printer data files etc Caution The information that follows Caution is given to prevent you suffering personal injury Oc Repro Desk User Manual User survey Did you find this manual to be accurate D Yes I No Were you able to operate the product after reading this manual D Yes I No Does this manual provide adequate background information D Yes A No Is the format of this manual convenient in size easy to read and layed out well LI Yes LI No Did you find the information you were looking for D Always D Most of the times D Sometimes D Not at all How did you find the information you were looking for D Table of contents D Index D Neither Are you satisfied with this manual Ll Yes D No Thank you for evaluating this manual If you have any other comments or concerns please explain them on the following page Miscellaneous 503 Comments This reader s comment sheet is completed by Name optional Occupation Company Phone Address City Country Please return this sheet to Oc Technologies B V Attn ITC User Documentation P O Box 101 5900 MA Venlo The Netherlands Se
200. g which is switched on by default ensures the production of background free copies of most line drawings see figure 271 Copies facile PE peee ee 9 Machine f Program Finishing Copy Image Cut amp paste Special Blueprint O original Dark 210 mm Copy Photo i Non standard matora Normal i i Standard i es Original Automatic M HR a oo nee size type H exposure optimization width 262 Automatic exposure setting 394 Oc Repro Desk User Manual v 1 2 v 1 Setting the automatic exposure Open the Special original card in the Copy section If the function Automatic exposure is shown as in figure 271 above then the automatic exposure has been activated already If Automatic exposure is deactivated press the function button Automatic exposure When scanning extremely light or dark originals or originals with unequal background density such as paste ups the result may not meet your requirements for example too much background In such cases you can manually adjust the exposure Manually adjusting the exposure setting Press the Exposure button on the main window of the operating panel and use the higher lower buttons to change the exposure Copies Ready to copy Jerre j ES ui Machine MProgram jj Finishing Copy Lighter 400 dpi PRETEECCEEEELECECEECEEECEE P O A8 Paper wit
201. ght of the new drawing size Click Apply Change an existing custom size Double click on any field of the custom size you want to change and specify new settings Click Apply Delete an existing custom size Select the custom size you want to delete Click Delete The selected custom size will be deleted Click Apply Configuration 75 76 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 4 The software interface This chapter describes the different parts of the user interface It also explains the different ways in which options can be accessed 77 Starting Oc Repro Desk 78 You can start Oc Repro Desk in several ways just like any other Windows program Follow the procedure below Quitting Oc Repro Desk is explained later in this chapter see Quit Oc Repro Desk on page 86 In general the server software will be pre installed and starts automatically However if problems occur contact your job printer to re install the software or contact Oc service if this software was provided by Oc Starting Oc Repro Desk Double click the Oc Repro Desk icon in the Windows screen ue Repro Desk 44 Oc Repro Desk Icon Oc Repro Desk User Manual The user interface On O O1 wn When you start the Oc Repro Desk software the main window is displayed 1 PET D Fie Ed View Options Configue Window Help 3
202. guration x General Communications Job Default Settings Directories PostScript AutoCAD Paper Sizes PostScript Output Directory p WIC Postscript Processing Software C Jaws Resolution dpi 400 M Ghostscript PostScript Input Directory C Aladdin gs6 O bin gswin32c exe amp Resolution dpi 600 X Other Software PostScript Input Directory 40 Configuration PostScript PostScript output directory The default path and directory where the converted TIFF files will be stored The default is C WIC or DAVIC 72 Oc Repro Desk User Manual PostScript processing software These settings must be defined if you install an optional third party converter They are described in the installation instructions for the converters You can choose among third party converters Jaws If Jaws is installed on your system this option will be available You can choose the resolution from the list or type a number between 200 and 1200 Ghostscript If Ghostscript is installed on your system this option will be available Type the location of the executable file in the text box or use the Browse button to navigate to the desired location Choose a resolution from the list or type a number between 200 and 1200 Other Software Reserved for future use Note f you use a third party converter you should also check Configure menu Advanced Configuration Manager File Pro
203. he file name shows the status of the file for example processed printed viewed etc Some HP GL formatted files incorporate their own embedded commands for specifying pen colours and pen widths If Oc Repro Desk processes such a file the icon in front of the drawings file name becomes a green checkmark instead of a black checkmark You can open a File pull down menu when you click on the File button The following items are shown Show Overlays Shows the overlay text and electronic stamp Hide overlays Hides the overlaid drawings from the job list Process Drawing Files This command converts native drawing files vector files into VIC files for fast printing Check Drawing Files If you click this option the Drawing Files will be processed checked whether the drawings will be clipped on paper and checked whether all pens that should be used have a pen weight set Unprocess All Drawing Files This command unprocesses the VIC files into their native format Copies In the Copies field you can change the number of copies Changing the number of copies Open the job with the desired drawings Click with the right mouse button on the Number of copies field of the drawing you want to change The Copies drop down menu appears Select the desired setting with the mouse pointer Click outside the drop down menu to remove it Handling jobs 105 Drawing size This field displays the original size of the drawing
204. hen you click on a menu of the Menu bar a pull down menu appears You can select an option from the menu Button bar When you click on the icon button the selected option opens When you click on an arrow on the Quick menu bar a pull down menu appears You can select an option from the pull down menu Right mouse click When you click with the right mouse button in the main window a pop up menu appears This pop up menu contains the most used options and settings You will not have access to all the available options with this method This is a quick way of accessing the most common option Double left mouse click If you double click on a setting in the job or pen window a list box appears You can choose an option from the list box Note To maximize a window double click the title bar Oc Repro Desk User Manual Set preferences In job mode you can set preferences in the Options menu A check mark next to an option indicates that it is On while an icon or no check mark indicates that it is Off Ignore prompting mode If you check this option the prompt windows will not be displayed when problems occur Note This option is recommended only for unattended printing Pre processing mode Select this option to store VIC files in the VIC directory for reuse The drawback is that this takes up space on your hard disk Ignore RCF Headers Select this option to ignore the print information created by an Oc driver Win
205. hout copy i A2 Paper QUES pg with copy Automatic Automatic Darker Folding Roll Zoom i 4H selection selection 263 Modifying the exposure on the Oc 9700 The Oc 9700 allows you to adjust the exposure according to the type of image on the original There are four original types available Select a suitable mode according to the original see figure 264 Copies Ready to copy eee ECS 0 Machine Program Finishing Image Cut amp paste Special Blueprint original Dark 210 mm Copy Photo i i Non standard manna Normal Standard pra Original oai ee size type exposure optimization width 264 Selecting the original type Scan 395 Adjusting the exposure according the type of image 1 Open the Special original card in the Copy section By default Normal and Automatic exposure are active When the original contains characters and line art this is the most suitable setting m Press the function button Original type to select Photo when the original consists of a combination of characters line art and picture images Note If you select Photo the Automatic exposure will be switched off automatically m Press the function button Original type to select Dark when the original has an extremely dark background That is low contrast P
206. ied along with delivery information and special instructions If none of this information has been set Oc Repro Desk will apply a default pen set and a blank work order This information is stored on all jobs prepared in Oc Repro Desk whether stored on diskette or sent by modem Job files are stored with the extension Job Oc Repro Desk allows you to have multiple jobs open during one session Create a new job 94 BR ND When Repro Desk is started a job window called Job 1 will appear Creating another new job can be done as shown below Create a new job From the File menu choose New Select Job Click OK A Job window opens You have created a new job Oc Repro Desk User Manual Add files to a job A new job does not contain any files Drawings to be printed must be placed in a job v Add a new file to a job Click Add Files in the Button bar The Add or Insert Drawings dialogue appears Select the drive and the directories that contain drawings to be added Select the file name s of the drawing you want to add Note You can select more than one file name by holding the Ctrl button or the Shift button for a range of files while selecting the file name 5 Click OK The drawing files are added to the job BR ND Add drawings from ProjectPoint sites Buzzsaw com and Repro Desk are integrated so that you can send and receive between them You must have a ProjectPoint account set up
207. ient site and installing the software Create Customized Files The Diskette Customizer utility is included with Repro Desk Server Reprographers can use it to generate an ApFTP configuration file and save it to a client s Repro Desk Remote diskette CD or network drive v Create an ApFTP customized script file To generate a set of remote files for an ApFTP installation follow these steps 1 Go to the Configure menu 2 Select Diskette Customizer The Diskette Customizer dialog box appears Diskette Customizer x Print Close Diskette Customizer I ApModem M aprtp FTP Server User Id User Password Work order fields T Always blank Company Default value I always blank Contact Default value T Always blank E Mail Address Default value TD Always blank Phone Number 23 Diskette Customizer dialog box Installation 49 3 Select the ApFTP check box and enter the following information m The domain name of your FTP server For example ftp reprographer com or your IP address Your client s login ID Your client s password 4 Make changes to the Work Order Defaults as needed See Customize the work order defaults below 5 Click Submit at the bottom of the form A preview of the Work Order information appears 6 Click Back to make more changes 7 Click Save Changes to continue The Select Directory dialog box app
208. ile You check your job on a local Windows printer Depending on the version of the Repro Desk Remote Client You save your job on a diskette which is sent to the print server or You send your job via a modem ISDN to the print server or You send your job via your own FTP site to the job printer Your job is loaded on the Repro Desk Server The job is printed on the Oc printer Oc 9400 9600 9700 or 9800 or on a Windows printer Oc Repro Desk User Manual The concept LAN version The complete concept of the Oc Repro Desk Remote Client LAN version can be summarized in the following illustration Oc Server amp ApHost Oc Printer Via LAN Diskette A3 A4 Size Windows printer 2 Concept Repro Desk Remote Client LAN 1 You prepare your job at your local Repro Desk Remote Client LAN 2 Repro Desk processes the file s into Vector Image Compressed format VIC file 3 You check your job on a local A3 A4 size Windows printer 4 You save your job on a diskette which is sent to the print server or You send your job via local area network directly to the queue of the job printer or You send your job via your own LAN to the job printer 5 Your job is loaded on the Repro Desk Server 6 The job is printed on an Oc printer Oc 9400 Oc 9600 Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 Introduction 19 The concept Facilities Management Facilities Management desc
209. ile CASCANS WJob2 FILE 0000 7 252 Scan into job dialog box If required define the job name destination and file template Click OK The scan job is saved The Scan button in the toolbar changes to a Stop Scan button Scan the original on the Oc 9600 scanner The scanned original appears as a file in the job window Scan 385 386 Scan into a saved job When you open a saved job that job can contain the following a Only print files m Print files and scan files When you open a saved job that does not contain scan files you can define the file template for the new scan job When you open a saved job that contains scan files you can not change the file template for the new scan job This prevents you from overwriting the existing scan files in the job The procedure is basically the same in both cases Depending on whether or not the saved job already contains scan files in step 3 another dialog box appears Do the following to scan files into a saved job 1 Open a saved job see To open apreviously saved job on page 98 2 Click the Scan button in the toolbar The following dialog box appears Repro nesk gt You have a job open Do you want to continue scanning files into this job C SCANS ob2 Job2 job 253 Scan into a saved job dialog box 3 Click Yes If the saved job only contains print files the following dialog box appears x Job Name e Des
210. ile Type AutoCAD ee D ACAD Nels a3 dwg x Plot By Scale Advanced Directories Preview window m File Size 685150 Bytes m File Date 4 16 1999 Copy All Copy Down Ignore Ignore Set Cancel Apply Help 54 AutoCAD drawing properties General tab 116 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Plot by Scale tab Scale is of vital importance in AutoCAD drawings When Oc Repro Desk checks drawings it makes sure that the scale of the drawing is correct for the selected media size If the scale is incorrect Oc Repro Desk displays a warning box and gives an estimation of what the correct scale should be The estimated scale is derived from comparing the size of the digital drawing and the selected paper size You can specify the scale as follows m Select one of the standard fractional scale factors from the available entries D AACAD Wels 23 dwa 55 AutoCAD Plot by Scale tab Fractional scaling Check and process drawings 117 118 m Select the 1 button and select the desired scale ratio D 50 Demo Files samples ACAD Nels al dwg x General a Advanced Directories r Plot By Fractional Scale C 1 Scale El Exents Cru 1 30 Cu Cm C Limits So So S wey Display Com Ciso COR C18 C View 7 Bie Mi Me Males AutoCAD R14 Parameters PD eT DONE EE AE laf T Text Fill Other E Fit To Paper T Hide Lines T Adjust Area
211. iles to a job 95 Add drawings from ProjectPoint sites 95 Insert a drawing into a job 96 Add files from a text file 97 Save a job 97 Close a job 98 Open an existing job 98 Merge a job with another job 98 Remove a drawing from a job 99 Delete a drawing 99 Rename a job 100 Organize drawings within a job 101 Skip drawings within a job 101 Move drawings within a job 101 Copy drawings within a job 102 Job settings 103 Change settings for one drawing 103 Change settings for several drawing 104 File 105 Copies 105 Drawing size 106 Zoom 106 Paper size 106 Media type 107 Fold 107 Pen set 108 Alignment 108 Rotation and mirror 108 Border removal 109 Color 109 Chapter 7 Check and process drawings To process files 112 Raster files 112 Vector files 112 Supported vector formats 113 Supported raster formats 113 To check vector files 114 To control drawing properties 115 AutoCAD DWG properties 116 General tab 116 Plot by Scale tab 117 AutoCAD R14 batch plot utility 119 Advanced tab 120 Directories tab 121 Solving AutoCAD scale problems 122 Configure AutoCAD processing 123 How to process AutoCAD files 123 HP GL HP GL 2 and HP RTL 125 CalComp 906 907 PCI 126 Process and unprocess drawing files 128 Tounprocess 128 Unprocess a single drawing file 129 Process raster files 130 Cals 130 TIFF NIFF 131 Chapter 8 View drawings Viewer 134 View toolbar 135 Zoom tools 136 View fold 138 Move drawing 138 Border removal 139 C
212. ill automatically be added to the current job if any 6 If you do not want to add the new stamp to the current job click Cancel The Stamp Properties window will disappear and you can add the stamp to a job later on see Adding a stamp to a drawing on page 182 7 If you have modified the Repro Desk work order using the Work Order Customizer you will have different stamp elements available in the Stamping Options list box Stamp options The Stamp window contains following elements Preview window The Preview window displays how changes such as font rotation and spacing will affect your text Enter text window The text used for the label is displayed in this window as plain text Stamping options Mark the appropriate check box to add information such as date time project and file name page and set number to your label This information is directly linked to the file and the computer so when you print the stamp or label you have current date time and file name etc This information is displayed as codes in the Enter Text window Note f you have selected the File Name option and the drawing is processed the original path of the drawing is displayed in the stamp Otherwise it only shows the filename without the path Font properties Click Choose Font button to open the font dialogue box where you can change the type size and style of the font The current font settings are displayed in the Font Sample field
213. image 389 Broadcasted print queue Configure 321 Budget planning 358 Button bar 79 80 84 Cc CalComp 906 907 126 Cals 130 Cals drawing properties 130 CD key 28 Center alignment 155 Center drawing 141 Change Drawing settings 109 Job priority 212 Rotation 109 Character rotation 179 Character spacing 180 Check CalComp drawing properties 127 Drawing files 105 HP GL 2 drawing properties 125 HP RTL drawing properties 125 Vector files 114 Check plots printing 220 Checkplot 390 Clean VIC directory 85 Clipping 147 Close job 98 Collation tab 251 267 279 295 Color 109 Colour pattern 144 508 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Command Line 478 Command line options 478 Comment 208 Comments for accounting 358 Communication settings 69 Communications 472 Communications tab Configuration 69 Company identification 358 CONFIG XML file 62 Configuration 61 67 Find settings 65 Configuration Manager 62 Configure ApFTP 473 Configure line ApModem 455 Configure printer for broadcasted print queue 321 Configure queue window 311 Configuring the software 67 Connect 473 Connection Name 475 Copies 70 105 Copy Drawings within a job 102 To clipboard 149 Copy directory into queue 211 Create an incoming queue 203 Create electronic stamp 178 Creating anew job 94 Creating Customized Diskettes 477 Creating Script Files 461 Crop drawing 139 D Dark original 389 Date due 208 358 Date of printing 358 Default path Dra
214. imize a Phone line x window without any problem Incoming files will be received automatically so that you can minimize the main window and let ApHost work in the background Received files can be picked up by Repro Desk by opening the queue of their incoming directory De activate a phone line If you want to shut off a phone line for a while you can deactivate it as follows v De activate a phone line 1 Click the Phone line button in the tool bar Phone Lines 308 Phone line button 2 The phone lines window will appear see figure 287 on page 426 3 Select the phone line you want to de activate by clicking its icon in the first column 4 Select DeActivate in the Phone lines quick menu in the toolbar Phone Lines L TS e Add Delete e 309 Select DeActivate in the Phone Lines Quick menu 5 The selected phone line is deactivated after confirmation The Phone line x window will be closed and the phone line can not be used until it is activated again ApHost Server 437 438 Activate a phone line 1 Click the Phone line button in the tool bar Phone Lines 310 Phone line button 2 The Phone line window will appear see figure 287 on page 426 3 Select the phone line you want to activate by clicking its icon in the first column 4 Select Activate in the Phone lines quick menu in the toolbar Phone Lines u Add Delete
215. in Use the rulers to position it accurately Click once The space allocated to the left margin of your drawing is displayed as a colored area Locator The Locator box displays the coordinates of the current position of the pointer in the viewer Second locator 148 The second Locator box is only valid when a selected area has been zoomed or cropped Oc Repro Desk User Manual Viewer menu bar v 1 2 v 1 2 3 4 Some Viewer options are only available from the menu bar at the top of the screen Printing from the viewer Choose Print from the File menu This gives you access to standard Oc Repro Desk printing options see chapter 14 Printing on page 215 Exporting a WMF file Choose Export WMF from the File menu Name your file and save it at the desired location The file is saved as a Windows metafile Copying to the clipboard Choose Copy to Clipboard from the Edit menu Your file is copied to the Windows clipboard Pan view The tool Pan View allows you to move manually across the viewer In contrast to the Move Drawing feature this feature will not affect the drawing This command is very useful when you are zoomed in into a drawing and you wish to move across the drawing without repositioning the drawing on the paper Using the Pan view feature Choose Pan view from the View menu The mouse pointer will change into a hand Click and hold the left mouse button Move the mouse poi
216. ing Output settings to send the file to a queue If not already selected click the Output tab at the top of the Oc 9400 print window Group 4 Out Select Directory and specify the appropriate queue by you can use the Browse button at the right side to select the Q file in the Queue folder Make sure the option Write Job File in Directory is not selected Select the option Directory is a Queue Click Apply Print on an Oc 9400 249 Resolution Oc 9400 250 You can specify the resolution of the output in dots per inch DPI Specifying the output resolution for the Oc 9400 printer 1 Click the Resolution tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear Group4 Out x Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page Output Resolution DPI mn m ETS ma 2 fs C 400 Other EU a Cancel Apply Help 134 Oc 9400 print window Group4 Out Resolution 3 Select 300 dpi 4 Click Apply Specifying the output resolution to save the file on disk 1 Click the Resolution tab at the top of the window 2 If you want to use the file as input for a software application specify the maximum resolution If you want to use the file for printing at another time specify the resolution of the printer m Oc 9400 300 dpi m Oc 9600 Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 400 dpi 3 Click Apply Oc Repro Desk User Manual C
217. ing ZMODEM2 it may be because the modem is not performing proper flow control ZMODEM2 assumes that the flow control is functioning properly Try switching to ZMODEM which has a sliding delay error timeout or YMODEM which does its own flow control The throughput will not be as high as is possible with ZMODEM2 but transfers will be more reliable ApModem Remote Client 465 General information 1 Many file transfer applications do not reliably report actual throughput or error rates If the throughput rate is not what you expect or if the error rate seems high it may simply be because more reliable data is being displayed Sever activity may impact error rates and throughput If the server you are dialing is extremely busy errors may be generated Send job has the option to compress files before transmission The compression can be as high as 50 meaning that if you are sending 1 megabyte of data it may be compressed to as little as 500kb When observing transfer rates in ApModem keep in mind that the actual data rate may be twice the value shown if compression is enabled My modem won t connect a BR N v 1 2 3 466 Check that modem is connected and powered on Check that the proper communications port is selected Check that the proper modem type is selected Check that a reasonable speed is selected Check that the proper phone number is in the script file and that the required dial prefix i
218. ing meth ods Page fit method Auto zoom method Purpose Set this to indicate the behav ior of the automatic media se lection feature on the scanner panel Restricts the behavior of the automatic zoom feature on the scanner panel 857 Zooming methods settings Notes Choose Exact Fit Next Larg er Next Smaller or Best Fit Choose Scale to Fit Shrink to Fit or 100 Percent Scanner timeout informa Purpose tion Original alignment tim eout Sleep mode timeout Set timeout Panel timeout Autofeed timeout Set the amount of inactiv ity time during which the user is able to deskew an original Set the amount of inactiv ity time after which the scanner will enter sleep mode Close the possible pend ing open set on the scan ner after this timeout expires 0 Set timeout is dis abled All settings as well as the selected language will re turn to their default values after the specified time has expired This timer is restarted upon any user activity Cancel automatic feed mode after this timeout 358 Scanner timeouts information settings Key Operator Settings Notes Choose a number from 500 to 10 000 millisec onds Choose a number from 0 to 120 minutes Choose a number from 0 to 600 seconds Choose a number from 0 to 600 seconds Choose a number from 0 to 600 seconds 499 Configuration Manager settings Configuration Purpose Notes Manage
219. ings 13 Apr 99 15 19 2 ot 4 268KB HP2File 06 Jun 94 14 21 190 Drawing copied into polling queue The drawing will be printed automatically on the connected printer using the print settings that are specified for the queue Note After printing the drawing will be removed from the polling queue 6 Click Finish Unattended printing 319 The Configure Queue window appears Configure Queue E E H a Oce 9400 Oce 9600 HP Out PostScript Out so 3700 x None 191 Configure Queue window 7 Specify the required print settings 8 Click OK The Queue window appears c UNCOMING Q9600109600 Q Oce 9600 Priority 5 iSO OFF Banner OFF PENE e MEE JobName Company Created DateDues LastPrined sets 192 Queue window 320 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Configure printer for broadcasted print queue You can select the printer you want to connect to the queue and specify the default printer dependent settings These settings will normally not be used for a broadcasted print queue When you select a broadcasted print queue in the print menu of another Repro Desk station you can define the printer dependent settings for the current job These settings overrule the default settings v Configuring the connected printer of a broadcasted print queue 1 If not already selected click the Configure Printer tab at the top of the Configure Queue window
220. inishing Properties dialog box on Oc Repro Desk Server These settings apply to all drawings in a job see Printing on page 215 Group4 Out Te Witte Gayle tn Directory TS Girectopis a Gueve use LATEST NUM 170 Example of Print window Oc 9400 Finishing Properties Oc Repro Desk User Manual Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Collation Folder Delivery Banner Page m Roll Selection Set Count 7 Roll 1 40 Empty Number of Sets A FR 7 7 C Roll 2 A3 Bond I Use Copies Field Instead 4 Rall 3 A1 Bond 27 PAD a 7 7 Sheet 1 44 Bond 7 Sheet 2 43 Bond Si Sheet 3 43 Bond m C Bypass Manual 27 C Auto Roll Optional Delivery Preference M Boreontallfecetving Tray Cancel Apply Help 171 Example of Print window Oc 9600 Finishing Properties Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Collation Stamp Folder Stacker Delivery r Boll Selection r Set Count 2 1 Roll1 40 Empty Number of Sets 1 7 C Roll 2 A0 Empty I Use Copies Field Instead 7 C Roll3 40 Empty Ta 4 See T Use Set Memory Z 7 C Roll 4 A0 Empty m Bypass Manual C7 Auto Roll 172 Example of Print window Oc 9700 9800 Finishing Properties Unattended printing 303 Oc Repro Desk offers four printing methods handling the printer independent settings and the printer depe
221. ins the job you want to add Select the job to be added to the queue The job is highlighted Oc Repro Desk User Manual a BR ND Click OK The job is added above the selected job Duplicate job references Select the job reference you want to duplicate by pressing and holding down the right mouse button Move the highlighted job to a place somewhere in the queue and release the mouse button Note This method makes a reference to the job appear in the queue If you change the original or the reference those changes will be made to both copies of the document Duplicate a job Right click the icon of the job you want to duplicate A menu appears From the menu select Send Entire Job To Another menu appears From the menu select Queue A list of active queues appears From the list select the queue from which you are copying Note This method allows you to make changes to a copy of the job without changing the original Copy directory into queue From the queue menu choose Copy directory into queue The Pick any file in directory entire directory copied window opens Select any file in the directory that contains the files you want to copy Click the Open button All files in the directory will be put in a job using the default job settings see Job default settings on page 70 This job is then automatically put in the selected queue Unzip into queue G tothe Queue menu Select Unzip i
222. int OFF Job Name Created Date Due JiesPimed sete Sheets come JOB3 JOB 03 30 98 01 51 Never 3 J0824J08 03 30 98 01 50 Never i i J0B1 J08 07711797 11 52 07 11 97 12 06 PM 1 1 110 Queue window 2 Select the job of which you want to view the work order by clicking its icon once 3 Click the Properties button in the Tool bar Properties 111 Properties button Oc Repro Desk User Manual The work order belonging to the print job will be opened DEEE 1234567 112 Work order belonging to the print job 4 Click OK to make the work order disappear To print a work order on a Windows printer follow the next procedures Print a work order of one job in the queue 1 Open a Queue window see Print from a queue on page 218 O1 C ncoming Queuel Queuet Q Auto Print OFF JOB3 J0B 03 30 98 01 51 23 JOB2JOB 03 30 98 01 50 JOB1JOB 07 11 97 11 52 07 11 97 12 06 PM 113 Queue window 2 Select the job of which you want to print the work order by clicking its icon once Printing 229 3 Select Print Setup from the Print Quick menu tt 14 Selecting Print Setup from the Print Quick menu 4 The following window will be opened Print Setup 115 Example of a Windows Print window 5 Select the Windows printer you want to use define the required print settings and click
223. ion 26 At the reprographic shop 26 Installation procedure at the reprographic shop 26 At the client site 26 Installation procedure at the client site 26 Install Oc Repro Desk Server 28 Install Repro Desk Remote at a Client Site ApModem 36 Create customized files 36 Install Oc Repro Desk Remote 38 Configure communications 46 Install Repro Desk Remote at a Client Site ApFtp 48 Create Customized Files 49 Customize the work order defaults 50 Install Oc Repro Desk Remote 52 Uninstallation of Oc Repro Desk 59 Table of Contents Chapter 3 Configuration What is the Configuration Manager 62 Access the Configuration Manager 62 What the settings mean 64 Locate specific settings 65 Reuse a previous search 66 Configure the software 67 General 68 Communications 69 Job default settings 70 Directories 71 PostScript tab 72 AutoCAD tab 74 Paper sizes 74 Chapter 4 The software interface Starting Oc Repro Desk 78 The user interface 79 Menu bar 80 Button bar and Quick menus 80 Information bar 81 Pen overview 82 Window 82 Logo 83 View tool bar 83 Title bar 83 Status bar 83 How to access the menus and options 84 Set preferences 85 Quit Oc Repro Desk 86 Chapter 5 A Quick Tour through Oc Repro Desk Purpose of this quick tour 88 Start Oc Repro Desk and add files to a job 89 View check and print files 91 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 6 Handling jobs Whatisajob 94 Create a new job 94 Add f
224. ions and hold the pointer of the mouse in place 3 Ifthe option Windows Printer Uses Colors is selected it will be marked as follows onfigure Window Help A Ignore Prompting Mode Bl Preprocessing Mode Ignore RCF Headers V Windows Printer Uses Colors PS Only 100 Example Options menu Windows Printer Uses Colors is selected 4 To change the current setting click Windows Printer Uses Colors Printing 221 Print preview You can view the job as it will be printed on the Windows printer It is also possible to send a job to the printer from within the Preview window Note Before printing on a Windows printer make sure the settings of the Scaling option see Scaling on page 220 and Color option see Color inkjet printers on page 221 are correct v View and print a drawing 1 Open a job window containing the job you want to print see Print from a queue on page 218 100 T3 ISO AO ath 1183mm Bond 100 0 ISO 40 841x1183mm Bond No 101 Job Window 2 Select Print Preview in the Print Quick menu Print SendJob Log Cr cr Print gt RER Print Setup is Export Whi File Tile Drawings Stacked Tile Drawings Side by Side 102 Select Print Preview in the Print Quick menu 222 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 3 The following window will appear showing the first drawing of the selected job as it will be printed on
225. ions 207 Print 218 Remove jobs 213 Scanning 210 queue creating an incoming 203 delete job permanently 213 incoming 209 information 208 options 207 organising jobs 212 save 209 Queue window 311 R RAS 470 Raster files 112 130 Raster formats 113 Rasterisation 144 RCF commands 479 480 RCF override 485 RCF priority 485 Receive new job ina queue 209 Redial on Error 456 Redial on error 454 Reduction 106 Remote Client 16 Remote Client LAN 16 17 Remote printer 246 Remove Border 109 Index Drawing from hard disk 99 Remove jobs from queue 213 Removing a drawing from a job 99 Rename a job 100 Rename a job in queue 212 Report accounting information 372 Resolution 73 Scan 391 Resolution tab 250 294 Restore a removed job 213 Restore job 213 RETRY command 460 Retry Request 472 Right mouse click 84 Roll drawer width position 260 Rolls and Sets tab 266 278 Rotate 143 Rotation 71 108 109 RTL output installation 31 41 55 RTL printer 233 RTS 453 465 Ruler 146 S Save 180 Entire set 171 Jjob 97 Pen pattern 171 Queue settings 207 Save ajob 97 Save queue 209 Scale 117 AutoCAD 122 Pen width 169 Scale tab 117 Scan Documents 382 Exposure 388 File mode 390 File size optimization 390 File type 392 Filename conventions 381 Original type 389 Resolution 391 Settings Oc 9600 388 Type of image 389 513 Viewer 382 With the Oc 9600 383 Zoom 393 Scan button 383 Scan document dialogue box 380 Scan i
226. ips txt Filename EX Save as type Text Files TXT 2 Cancel 239 File name to export 5 Select the txt file that you wish to expor 6 Select the location for it 7 Click Save Accounting 363 To use Accounting login The Accounting Login retrieves information that can be used to track the work submitted by an employee or for a customer Each user should use the Accounting Login immediately after launching Apprentice each time v Use Accounting login 1 From the Configure menu choose Accounting Login Ealing Woenve Work Order Customizer Diskette Customizer Advanced E Accounting Login E Lock System ae Unook System 240 Selecting Accounting login in the Configure menu The Accounting Login dialog box appears User ID E Account ID fe Job ID p Cancel 241 Accounting login window 2 Type the ID information assigned to the employee or customer 3 Accounting Login adds this data to the same three fields in the accounting log file Note When making copies without Repro Desk on the 9800 the User ID and Account ID information come from the scanner 364 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Query accounting information In addition to generating standard logs you can use the Query feature to extract very specific data from the accounting information database You can save queries and query results to use again Fields at the bo
227. is likely to be printed incorrectly 3 Answer Yes to each warning until you see the message All plot files checked 4 Press the print button to print the selected files to your local printer Print 5 Your job is now ready to be forwarded to a local or remote printer This concludes our quick tour through Oc Repro Desk Refer to Handling jobs on page 93 for detailed information on how to further handle jobs Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 6 Handling jobs This chapter describes what a job is how to manage a job and how to change drawing settings within a job 93 What is a Job A job is a folder for holding a drawing or set of drawings A job also has the controls that allow you to customise each drawing in a set You can change the order of the drawings within a job set the number of copies set the size of each drawing select a scale create reductions or enlargements set a paper size select media apply a pen set set an alignment define the degrees of rotation and enable border removal A Job file keeps track of the drawings you want to print and the settings that affect how theese drawings will appear on paper When a Job file is created it includes several pieces of vital information In addition to the drawings and their settings the job will include the selected pen set s for the drawings and an electronic work order in which the sender is specif
228. is used during setup installation ApFtp u lt username gt p lt password gt h lt hostname gt You can use the u p and h options to specify a different username password and hostname other than those used in jobcomm ini The following example starts ApFTP and connects to the host megaserver using the username cartman and the password visitors apftp exe ucartman pvisitors hmegaserver Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 27 Supported RCF commands This chapter contains all Remote Control Format commands supported by Oc Repro Desk Introduction Some clients may already be using Oc applications that produce RCF commands Therefore Oc Repro Desk includes support for RCF output More information about RCF can be found in the Oc Remote Control Format Reference Manual RCF commands You will find a list of all Oc Repro Desk 4 25 supported RCF commands below Appldata 001 Pen attributes Pens Pen number PN Pen width PW Pen patterns PP Transparency TR Appldata 002 Job parameters Copies CO Job identification JI Account identification AI User identification UT 480 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Appldata 003 Transformations X zoom XS Y zoom YS Note X zoom and Y zoom must be the same Last zoom specified will be used Mirror MI Note Only X axis mirroring rotate for y axis mirroring Rotation
229. ivate Folding in the file settings of the selected drawing Pan View can be activated from the View menu Zoom tools The Fit page and Zoom Select tools allow you to zoom in zoom out or select a viewing area to enlarge Attention Changes made with these features will only effect the view mode the actual drawing is not effected 136 Oc Repro Desk User Manual a BR ND Fit Page With the Fit Page option you can display the entire drawing at maximum width and at maximum height on the paper The proportional dimension are respected a Using the Fit Page button Click the Fit Page button and the entire drawing will be displayed in the View window Zoom Select With the Zoom Select tool you can zoom in or zoom out on the drawing When the Viewer is opened this is the default tool You have three ways of using this option zoom in zoom out or zoom select al Zooming in Click the Zoom Select button Move the mouse pointer inside the drawing Click the left mouse button for 200 enlargement of the drawing in the viewer Zooming out Click the Zoom Select button Move the mouse pointer inside the drawing Click the right mouse button for 50 reduction of the drawing in the viewer Using Zoom select Click the Zoom Select button Move the mouse pointer inside the drawing Click and hold the left mouse button Drag the mouse to create a frame of the required size Release the left mouse button The selec
230. ize the queue window When the queue is closed the option in the print menu of Repro Desk Remote is grayed out and can no longer be selected Unattended printing 315 316 Note If the connected printer of the automatic print queue is an Oc 9600 make sure the corresponding print manager is up and running see Start up the Oc 9600 print manager on page 256 If the connected printer is an Oc 9700 9800 make sure the according print manager DRI is up and running To enable native printing You must open an automatic print queue on Repro Desk Server containing one or more polling queues To keep native printing enabled the queue must remain opened you can minimize the queue window When the queue is closed users can still send jobs to the queue These jobs remain in the queue and are not printed When the queue is opened again all jobs in the queue will be printed automatically Note If the connected printer is an Oc 9700 9800 make sure the according print manager DRI is up and running To enable printing by opening a broadcasted or automatic print queue Click the Queue button in the tool bar Queue 183 Queue button The following window appears View Print Queue x Look in 3 Incoming amp c Fiename Files of type Queue File Q x Cancel Oc Repro Desk User Manual 184 View print queue window 3 Open the directory that contains the broadcast or aut
231. job arrives this option will force the queue window to be opened m Save queue settings now Default Off Stores the current queue settings to the current queue Opening and closing the queue will preserve the settings then Scan now This command will manually search for new jobs to print You can also use the F5 button to activate this option Queues 207 Queue information 208 BR N Jobs received in a queue may have the following information a Job name Name of the file m Company The name of the company that sent the job This information is taken from the work order Created The date the job was created Date due The date the job should be ready by This information is taken from the work order Last printed The date the job was last printed from the Queue Never indicates the job has not been printed m Sets The number of sets required This information is taken from the work order m Sheets The number of sheets of media used by Oc Repro Desk to complete the job Comment Comments added by the Oc Repro Desk operator Job Icons In addition to these fields every entry in the queue window is preceded by an icon displaying the current state of the job The following icons are available m Sheet with star this job has been added to the queue recently and has not been opened yet m Simple sheet this job has been opened but not printed yet Pointer this job has been printed already
232. l click the Border Removal button again Crop drawing af OND With the Crop Drawing option you can electronically erase anything outside or inside a selected area Attention Changes made with this feature will effect the drawing or the printed drawing layout Cropping outside selected area Click the Crop Outside button Move the mouse pointer inside the drawing Click and hold the left mouse button Drag the mouse to create a frame of the required size Release the left mouse button The area outside the frame is grayed out Only the selected area of the drawing will be printed Press F5 the remove the grayed part You can undo this setting by clicking the Crop Outside button again and pressing F5 View drawings 139 a BR WN Cropping inside selected area Select Crop Drawing Inside in the Drawing menu Rotate Drawing NPA Crop Drawing Alignment Border Removal Mirror Drawing Change Drawing Size Move Drawing Edit Pen Color 68 Cropping outside a drawing Move the mouse pointer inside the drawing Click and hold the left mouse button Drag the mouse to create a frame of the required size Release the left mouse button The area inside the frame is grayed out Only the selected area of the drawing will be printed You can undo this setting by selecting Crop Drawing Inside in the Drawing menu again Enlarge detail 140 a PWN With the Enlarge d
233. l corporate requirements For instance rather than specifying a project by name you may wish to fill in a project number instead Or perhaps you have no need for the default Split Delivery field 412 Oc Repro Desk User Manual To use the work order customizer 1 Gotothe Configure menu 2 Select Work Order Customizer The form appears separated into three Work Order Customizer sections The Order Receipt Header section controls what is shown on the order receipt after a job is sent m The Work Order Fields section controls which pieces of information are required or even visible on the form as well as any default values that may be filled in automatically for the user m The Work Order Colors and Fonts section controls the visual elements and appearance of the work order Order receipt header The order receipt header lets you control company logo address and other information Work Order Customizer Ix Print Close Work Order Customizer Order receipt header This header is shown to your customers after they fill out a work order and send a job AnyTown Reprographics p Y 1234 W Fifth Street 678 Nine Palms Ca 10111 2131 602 744 1300 If you have any problems with this order form please contact support anytownrepro com Company Name AnyTown Reprographics Address Line 1 1234 W Fifth Street 678 Address Line 2 Nine Palms Ca 10111 2131 Phone Number s 602 744 1300 E Mail Address
234. lable predefined configurations 4 If required change one or more folder settings 5 If you want to save your new folder settings click Save Config and specify the name of the folder settings 6 Click Apply 282 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Stacker Oc 9700 9800 If the Oc 9700 9800 is equipped with a high capacity stacker you can specify stacker settings Specifying Stacker Settings 1 Click the Stacker tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear Rolls and Sets Collation Stamp Folder Stacker Delivery Banner Page Bin Selection Method Addressable Bin New Bin when Bin Eull Bin 1 Upper New Bin per Set C Bn2 New Bin per Job Bing Addressable Bin C Bing C Bn5 Bin 6 Lower VV Horizontally offset stack to separate jabs or sets Cancel Apply Help 157 Finishing Properties window Stacker Select the bin selection method you want to use m New bin when bin full All copies are delivered onto the same bin If this bin is full the next bin will be used bin 6 will be followed by bin 1 m new bin per set Each set will be delivered on a new bin bin 6 will be followed by bin 1 Note If a set does not fit onto one bin the next bin will be selected automatically to finish the set m New bin per job Each job will be delivered on a new bin bin 6 will be followed by bin 1 Note f a job does not fit onto one bin the n
235. le Disable direct printing at Repro Desk Server To enable direct printing for users of Repro Desk Remote you must open a broadcasted print queue on Repro Desk Server After opening this queue the name of the server PC followed by the name of the queue appears in the print menu of all Repro Desk Remote stations that are connected to the same ICP IP network To keep direct printing enabled the queue must remain opened you can minimize the queue window When the queue is closed the option in the print menu of Repro Desk Remote is grayed out and can no longer be selected Note If the connected printer of the broadcasted print queue is an Oc 9600 make sure the corresponding print manager is up and running see Start up the Oc 9600 print manager on page 256 If the connected printer is an Oc 9700 9800 make sure the according print manager DRI is up and running Note v Enable direct printing by opening a broadcasted print queue 1 Click the Queue button in the tool bar a Queue 206 Queue button Unattended printing 333 2 The following window appears View Print Queue 21 x Look in Incoming gt Al c jz E File name Files of type Queue File 0 Cancel 207 View Print Queue window 3 Open the directory that contains the broadcasted print queue for example INCOMING Q9600 View Print Queue 2 x wn ao E Polling G9600 q File name Files of type Q
236. les dialogue appears Select the drive and the directories that contain drawings to be added Select the file name of the drawing you want to add Note You can select more than one file name by holding the Ctrl button or the Shift button for a range of files while selecting the file name Click OK The drawing files are inserted above the highlighted drawing in the job Oc Repro Desk User Manual Add files from a text file In addition to adding separate files to a job you can use a special text file to add several drawings at once This file should be formatted as a number of lines each specifying the path and filename of the drawing to add v Add new files from file list 1 Open your favourite text editor 2 Type the path and file name of every drawing on a separate line 3 Save and close the text file 4 Go to Oc Repro Desk and select Add Drawings from the Add Files quick menu 5 Select the file which you saved with the text editor Every file specified in the file list is added to the current job now Note An extra blank line must be added at the end of the file list Save a job When you have defined all the settings in a job for each drawing save the job to keep these settings v Save a job 1 From the File menu choose Save Job The Save As dialogue box opens Note If you have opened a job and want to save it with a different name use the Save Job As command instead of S
237. les like job name or date amp time see Define Stamps and Overlays on page 177 v Specify Banner Page 1 Click the Banner Page tab at the top of the Configure Queue window 2 The following window will appear Configure Queue Same as first drawing 2 _ form 224 Configure Queue window Banner Page Note To reach this window from elsewhere in Repro Desk see To reach this window from elsewhere in Repro Desk on page 311 3 Select when you want to print a banner page at the start end of a job or at the start end of a set 4 Select the paper size for the banner page You can select one of the available standard sizes or Same as first drawing the same size as the first drawing of the job or set 5 If required you can specify a trailing edge for the banner page Multiple machine support 349 6 Use the button to select the file you want to use as banner page You can select any ASCII ASC file or electronic stamp LBL file 7 Click Apply 350 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Using multiple machine support To use Multiple Machine Support a broadcasted print queue must be opened on each unattended Repro Desk Server On the main Repro Desk Server you can select these queues in the print menu to print a job directly on the configured printer For each job you can specify the printer dependent settings the same way as if you print on a local attached printer
238. ll be sent to the selected Windows printer Note Changes in the print settings will be saved The next time you want print a job on the selected Windows printer the Windows print window will appear with the same settings you specified for the current job If you restart the Repro Desk application or if you change the default printer settings in Windows the Print window will appear with the Windows printer default settings Printing 225 Print a job on a windows printer To print a job on a Windows printer without viewing it first use the following procedure v Printing a job on a windows printer 1 Open a job window containing the job you want to print see Print from a queue on page 218 100 0 ISO 40 841x1183mm Bond 100 0 ISO 40 841x1183mm Bond 106 Job Window 2 If you want to print the whole job select Print Windows from the Print Quick menu Seog Print SendJob Log Queue Fe ECS 42 Fini Oc 9600 A Print Preview fH Print Oc 9400 or Archive Print Setup e Print HPGL2 ATL Export WHF File a BARRE re L Print Single Tile Drawings Stacked E Print Windows CtileW 107 Selecting Print Windows from the Print Quick menu 3 Or if you want to print only one drawing of the job select this drawing by clicking its icon in the first column of the job window Then select Print Single in the Print Quick menu gt G W Print Send Job L
239. ll in the following fields a Enter the domain name of your FTP server e g ftp reprographer com in the Your FTP Server field Alternatively you can enter your IP address in this field a Enter your client s login ID in the FTP User ID field a Enter your client s password in the FTP Password field 2 Click the Continue button The Diskette Customizer will ask you for the location of apmodem scr Select apmodem scr from disk one of your installation floppies and click OK The ApFTP information will be saved to the disk ApFTP Remote Client 477 Command line options 478 ApFTP supports several command line options If any command line option is specified only the status dialog rather than the ApFTP main window If there is an error when transferring a file the main ApFTP window will open displaying the details of the problem The problem can then be corrected and the request can be retried by selecting Retry Request from the Communications menu ApFtp lt filename gt The lt filename gt specifies a file of files a file containing a list of filenames with one filename per line Each file specified in the file of files is sent to the server Please see Send many on page 472 for more details on configuring a file of files ApFtp s lt filename gt Send the single file specified by lt filename gt to the server ApFtp c Open ApFTP s settings dialog This
240. llowing output options m Send only monochrome raster The HPGL file will contain RTL raster data without colors If this option is not selected the contents of the HPGL file depends on the contents of the source file vector data will remain vector data and raster data will remain raster data This option can be selected in combination with other options see below The following options only work when the source file contains vector data m Draw all lines 1 pixel thick m Draw all lines in monochrome no color Draw all lines solid no raster patterns Printing 239 v Specifying options 1 Click the Options tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear HPGL 2 RTL Out 128 HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window Options 3 Select the required options 4 Click Apply 240 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Banner page HP GL 2 HP RTL You can specify to print a banner page for the current job or for each set in the current job You can use any ASCII file or stamp LBL as banner page If you use a stamp file you can include variables like job name or date amp time see Electronic stamps on page 178 v Specify banner page 1 Click the Banner Page tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear HPGL 2 RTL Out Same as first drawing Mom 129 HP GL 2 HP RTL Out window Banner Page 3 Select when you want to print a banner page a
241. material Blueprint Dark Photo Normal Automatic exposure Original type e 210mm i Non standard Standard ce Mgr Original optimization Sr 400 mm Automatic H length 398 266 Defining the original size 2 Press Original width to select the required setting m Standard This option must be used to copy a standard size original Non standard This option can be used to copy a non standard original The scanned width will be larger than the original width to prevent information loss Custom You can define the original width yourself using the higher lower buttons or the numeric buttons 3 If you have selected a standard width you can define the original length by pressing the appropriate button Standard The scanner will use a standard original length m Automatic The original length will be measured by the scanner Or 4 If you have selected a non standard width the original length is automatically measured by the scanner You cannot change the original length setting yourself Or 5 If you have specified the original width yourself custom you can also define the original length by pressing the according button m Automatic The original length will be measured by the scanner Custom You can define the original length yourself using the higher lower buttons or the numeric buttons Oc Repro Desk User Manual Using the zoom
242. modem Zmodem2 In general Zmodem will usually provide optimum performance for a wide variety of configurations If you find that you are having problems with transfer errors you can choose Ymodem which is slightly slower or conversely if you are having no transfer problems you can choose Zmodem2 which may offer a slight performance gain Log to file When enabled this option logs session connection information to a plain text file apmodem log in your Repro Desk installation directory ApModem will append messages from all future sessions to the end of this file ApModem log files can be useful for troubleshooting communications problems Show extra status When enabled this option prints additional connection information to the ApModem console The additional information will also be saved to the ApModem logfile if logging is enabled ApModem Remote Client 453 Redial on error If this box is checked ApModem will automatically attempt to redial the server if the server fails to answer or if the line is busy Monitor modem carrier signal If this box is checked ApModem will drop the connection if the CD carrier detect signal is temporarily lost Some modems require this option to be disabled Kept connection when done This option is only applicable when transferring jobs using the Send button in Repro Desk If this option is enabled ApModem will display a dialog indicating that the transfer was successful before dropping
243. mpany Contact Contact E Mail Address E Mail Address Submit Cancel Preview the work order changes You can view how the form will look with the options you have selected v To view work order changes 1 Click the Submit button The preview form appears Company PageMasters Contact John Doe E Mail Address Phone Number 602 744 1300 Phone Number 2 602 744 1371 Fax Number 602 744 1330 Account Number 1234 Delivery Address i550 N Central Ave Split Address Billing Address el Company o Company Contact Contact E Mail Address E Mail Address Bam 2 Click Back to make other changes in work order customizer Work order customizer 417 3 Click Save Changes to save the work order customizer options you selected or 4 Click Close to close the form without saving changes Send the work order form to the customer After you create a customized work order you need to install it on the Remote client s machine Y Transfer customized work order 1 Find the following newly created files in your Repro Desk installation directory usually c ocerd logobitmap gif a woinfo xml 2 Copy them to a floppy disk 3 On the target machine copy logobitmap gif and woinfo xml into the Repro Desk installation directory usually c ocerd Note Logobitmap2 gif is the default graphic that is installed with Repro Desk Ifa customer chooses a different graphic
244. n back down one speed If errors start occurring when about 20000 to 30000 bytes havebeen transferred there may be a flow control problem between the PC and modem This is a particular problem with PCMCIA modems Using the manual that came with the modem examine the modem initialization strings in the Edit Strings dialog 16 bit Windows installations and ensure that hardware flow control RTS is enabled You can also try disabling modem compression Additionally for 16 bit Windows installations you can try selecting a different Modem Type Start with Hayes Generic 9600 or another modem in the same family as your actual modem for example If you have a USR modem try another USR modem If the problem still persists change the file transfer type to YMODEM Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 26 ApFTP Remote Client This chapter describes the FTP File Transfer Protocol program ApFTP You can use ApFTP to transfer Repro Desk jobs from a remote system to a central server ApFTP can communicate with a central server using either a direct network connection or Windows Dial Up Networking RAS Introduction 470 You can use ApFTP to transfer Repro Desk jobs from a remote system to a central Repro Desk server ApFTP communicates via either a direct network connection or through Windows Dial Up Networking RAS ApFTP can only be used on Windows 95 and Windows NT 4 0 or late
245. n window looks depends on the mode you are using Each mode uses a different window There are 5 different modes m job viewer pen log m empty 82 Oc Repro Desk User Manual More than one window type may be open at a time but only one mode can be active The options available in the menus and toolbars depend on the mode which is being used Logo The logo indicates the following 1 When the logo turns into a moving sheet of paper the program is processing 2 When the logo turns into a moving press stamp the program is printing Note When you click on the logo the open job will be saved View tool bar The View toolbar is visible in every mode But you can only use the buttons when you are using the View mode The View toolbar contains two different tools Both make changes in the viewing mode But some tools do not affect the drawing and other do The functionality of the different tools on the View toolbar is explained in chapter 8 View drawings on page 133 as 5 vl KT Af GH e Walle 16 5 Title bar The title bar is at the top of the window Status bar Repro Desk Status bar There is a status bar at the bottom of the window showing extra information about selected windows or functions For Help press F1 The software interface 83 How to access the menus and options 84 Most of the time you have several ways to open or use an option in Oc Repro Desk Menu bar W
246. nd you comments by E mail to itc userdoc oce nl For the addresses of local Oc organizations see www oce com 504 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Addresses of local Oc organizations Oc Australia Ltd P O Box 363 Ferntree Gully MDC VIC 3165 Australia Oc Osterreich GmbH Postfach 95 1233 Vienna Austria Oc Belgium N V S A Avenue J Bordetlaan 32 1140 Brussels Belgium Oc Brasil Com rcio e Industria Ltda Caixa Postal 3187 01060 970 Sao Paulo SP Brazil Oc Canada Inc 4711 Yonge Street Suite 1100 Toronto Ontario M2N 6K8 Canada Oc Office Equipment Beijing Co Ltd Xu Mu Cheng Chaoyang District Beijing 100028 China Oc Eesk republika s r o Hanusova 18 14021 Praha 4 Pankrac Czech Republic Miscellaneous Oc Danmark A S Kornmarksvej 6 DK 2605 Br ndby Denmark Oc France S A 32 Avenue du Pav Neuf 93161 Noisy le grand Cedex France Oc Deutschland GmbH Postfach 101454 4330 Miilheim an der Ruhr 13 Deutschland Oc Hong Kong China Ltd 12 F 1202 The Lee Gardens 33 Hysan Avenue Causeway Bay Hong Kong Oc Hungaria Kft P O B 237 1241 Budapest Hungary Oc Italia S p A Strada Padana Superiore 2 B 20063 Cernusco sul Naviglio MI Italia Oc Systems Malaysia Sdn Bhd 3 01 Level 3 Wisma Academy Lot 4A Jalan 19 1 46300 Petalig Jaya Malaysia 505 Oc Nederland B V P O Box 800 5201 AV s Hertogenbosch The Netherlands
247. ndent settings in a different way Printing methods Printer Independent Settings Standard Manually usually printing on Repro Desk Remote Direct print Manually ing on Repro Desk Remote Automatic Manually printing on Repro Desk Remote Native print Automatically ing specified per queue Direct printing 304 Direct printing can only be used if the Repro Desk Remote LAN stations and Printer Dependent Settings Manually on Repro Desk Server Manually on Repro Desk Remote Automatically specified per queue Automatically specified per queue the Repro Desk Server are connected to the same TCP IP network The unattended Repro Desk Print Server needs a broadcasted print queue for each connected printer broadcasted print queue is an automatic print queue that is broadcasted over the TCP IP network Incoming jobs are automatically printed on the specified printer Each Repro Desk Remote station that is connected to the same TCP IP network as Repro Desk Server will receive a message of the broadcasted print queue and automatically add the queue to its print menu When you select the queue in the print menu it will act as if you clicked the Print button on the server The print window of the printer that is connected to the queue appears and you can specify printer dependent settings for the current print job Oc Repro Desk User Manual Automatic printing Automatic Printing can be used for
248. network and modem connections between Repro Desk Remote stations and Repro Desk Server Network connection The users of Repro Desk Remote can send a print job to an automatic print queue on the server Each job will be printed on the printer that is connected to the queue using default printer dependent settings On the server you can create different automatic print queues each with its own printer dependent settings Modem connection Repro Desk Remote stations that are connected by a modem can also use an automatic print queue You can configure Repro Desk Server in such a way that all incoming jobs of a certain Repro Desk Remote station are automatically put in a specified automatic print queue see Users on page 433 Note Using a modem connection only one automatic print queue at a time can be configured to receive all incoming jobs from a specified Repro Desk Remote station Changing to another automatic print queue can only be done at Repro Desk Server To prepare Automatic Printing you must create an automatic print queue for each printer that is connected to Repro Desk Server It is also possible to create multiple automatic print queues connected to the same printer This allows you to specify different printer dependent settings for each queue By selecting another queue you can choose which printer dependent settings will be used Unattended printing 305 Native printing 306 Native drawings can be printe
249. ng Introduction on page 216 Print from a queue on page 218 Print on a Windows printer on page 220 HP GL 2 HP RTL output on page 233 HPGL pass through on page 242 215 Introduction 216 Print jobs are usually received in a queue Before you can print such a job you have to open the queue and then open a job window Then you can choose to print in one of the following ways Print on the Oc 9400 printer see Oc 9400 printer CALS TIFF file on page 246 m Print on the Oc 9600 printer see Oc 9600 printer on page 256 m Print on the Oc 9700 printer see Oc 9700 9800 printer on page 274 m Print on the Oc 9800 printer see Oc 9700 9800 printer on page 274 m Print on the Oc 3165 PostScript printer see Oc 3165 PostScript printer on page 290 a Print on a HP GL 2 or HP RTL printer Print on a Windows printer These standard ways of printing are all described in this chapter Oc Repro Desk also offers special ways of printing described in other chapters Multiple Machine Support Oc Repro Desk supports the installation of multiple Oc 9400 HP GL 2 HP RTL or PostScript printers Oc 3165 attached to the same Repro Desk Server You can also install more than one Oc 9600 Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 each printer attached to its own Repro Desk Server You can use one Repro Desk Server to receive jobs and print on all printers see chapter
250. ng purposes and the file specified would be the zip log file created when sending a job C PM STANDARD PEN C VIC 5002 A1 VIC P SAMPLES 5002 A1 VIC C VIC 5002 A2 VIC C TEMP JOB1 JOB Display log Displays the current log file If you have not activated logging before an error is displayed indicating that the log file could not be found Exit Exits ApModem Disconnects from the server if required Communications 450 Retry request If ApModem was started with a command line option as is the case when it is invoked by the Send Job button in Repro Desk and the request fails this option is enabled By selecting Retry Request the failed request can be retried Oc Repro Desk User Manual Connect This command causes ApModem to connect to the server The modem will be initialized and the script will be executed Disconnect Once connected to the server this command will disconnect ApModem from that server The modem will drop carrier Send one This command functions identically to the Send one command in the File menu except that it does not require ApModem to be connected to a server Once you have chosen the file to send ApModem will dial the server and transfer the file Send many This command functions identically to the Send many command in the File menu except that it does not require ApModem to be connected to a server Once you have chosen the file of files t
251. ng the line When you click OK the configuration is validated and the settings are saved Make sure your modem is connected and is powered on If there are any errors you are given the option of continuing anyway Script 456 This option is available only if the Lock key in the jobcomm ini file is set equal to 0 Selecting Script from the Communications menu brings up the following dialog ApModem Script Files x r Script File apmodem scr Select Edit 336 Handling Script file Select This button brings up a dialog which lets you select a different script Oc Repro Desk User Manual Edit This button opens the selected script in your default editor usually notepad exe Help About The About command in the Help menu brings up the following dialog on 16 bit platforms ApModem Version 2 0d Created Feb 18 1998 10 22 48 c PageMasters 1996 98 337 Reference and version number on 16 bit platform and the following dialog on 32 bit platforms About ApModem ApModem Version 3 0 Created May 18 1998 06 38 34 c PageMasters 1996 98 338 Reference and version number on 32 bit platform When contacting support please reference the version number and the creation date ApModem Remote Client 457 Script file 458 The default script file used by ApModem is named apmodem scr and is located in the ApModem program directory The template script file
252. ng Guener Accounting Login Lock System T Unock System 234 Selecting Advanced in the Configure menu 2 The Configuration Manager window appears Configuration Manager x Accounting Settings for Accounting options Note Go to the General tab of the Configure Defaults dialog box to set the fields that are read only m Enter Setting to Search For print hd Find Next File Processing a amp Default Directories P General 3 Job F Ej B Accounting GB Accounting lt Yes gt K ODBC Set Accounting lt Yes gt KJ ODBC Sheet Accounting lt No gt zi ODBC Sheet and Set Accounting Check this option if you are using Sheet Accounting and would like to track Job Ticket fields as well Valid only if ODBC Sheet Logging is checked V ODBC Sheet and Set Accounting Default 235 Configuration Manager window Accounting 361 3 From the list click the plus sign to the left of Accounting The Accounting menu appears 4 Toggle the following to Yes Accounting a ODBC Set Accounting m ODBC Sheet and Set Accounting 5 Click OK Export accounting information You can export accounting information from any active log and save it as a text file You can further process the accounting information with any application that can import tab separated or comma separated text files such as a Word
253. ng the original guide to add or remove a filing strip along the left hand side 3 Make all required settings 4 Insert the original face up left aligned along with the original guide on the scanner feed table Note The standard position of the original guide is marked on the copy feed table If you move the original guide to the standard position it will click into place You can also remove the filing strip along the right hand side in the feed direction face up by selecting a specific roll If the paper width of the original is larger than the paper width of the selected roll the remaining paper part on the right hand side will not be scanned see figure 278 Paper width on Right hand side selected roll 20mm 20 mm 278 Example of removing the right hand side of an original v Scanning with removed filing strip along the right hand side 1 Select one of the roll selection buttons on the operating panel 2 Select the 100 button 408 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Make sure the auto zoom and auto roll buttons are not selected Make other settings as required Feed the original It is also possible to adjust the length of the leading edge to eliminate a filing strip The leading edge can be shortened up to 100 millimetres v Scanning with removed filing strip along the l
254. nge properties of existing phone line Click the Phone Line button in the tool bar Phone Lines 286 Phone lines button The following window will appear Phone Lines OL X Phone line Port Modem Speed Connected Since Comment dii COM1 US Robotics Courier Dual 9600 Not Connected 287 The Phone lines window If you want to add a new phone line select Add in the Phone lines quick menu in the toolbar Phone Lines L lt De ctivate Activate 288 Select Add in the Phone lines Quick menu Or if you want to change the properties of an existing phone line select this phone line by clicking its icon in the first column Then click the Properties button in the tool bar rap Properties 289 Properties button Oc Repro Desk User Manual 5 The following window will appear Add Phone Line Modem Courier Dual Edit Strings Speed seo CommPot COMI Lx Comment Po cmos 290 Add Phone line window Note f you are changing the properties of an existing phone line the window title will be Phone Line Properties 6 Select the modem you are using The initialisation strings will be filled in automatically Note ApHost supports approximately 700 different modems If your modem is not listed choose US Robotics Courier Dual 7 If your modem was not listed and you have chosen US Robotics Courier Dual click the Edit
255. ns tab 46 Oc Repro Desk User Manual The following options appear Configuration 21 Communications tab 5 Select the ApModem entry 6 Click the Configure button The Configure Communications Method dialog box appears Configure Communications Method 22 Configure Communications Method Note Script refers to the file you created with the Diskette Customizer called apmodem scr See Create customized files on page 36 7 Be sure that the entries in the boxes are pointing to the correct files 8 In the script field click Browse to navigate to the file you created with Diskette Customizer See Create Customized Files on page 49 9 Click the OK button 10 Click the OK button in the Configuration dialog box Installation 47 Install Repro Desk Remote at a Client Site ApFtp 48 Before you install ApFtp at a remote site be sure that the following settings are in place on the server PC m FTP Server Information Third party FTP server software needs to be installed prior to setting up remote clients with ApFtp The software should be configured to handle multiple users simultaneous transfers and provide the functions required to meet the remote clients needs a User Rights Establish user rights If your users are sending files directly to a queue via FTP the following rights and settings need to be in place Rea
256. nstallation 31 41 55 Scan to Existing not saved job 385 New job 384 Queue 383 Saved job 385 Scan with checkplot 390 Scanning 380 File name conventions 383 Long short originals 397 405 scanning 9700 scanner originals with filing strip 399 scanner settings 394 9800 scanner originals with filing strip 407 scanner settings 402 Scanning thick originals 397 405 Script commands 459 Script files create 461 Select 456 Send Job 470 Job to a floppy disk 192 Job to a network queue 188 Job to ProjectPoint site 194 Job via FTP 190 Job via the modem 189 SEND command 460 Send Many 472 473 Send One 472 473 SENDPW command 460 Set External reference path 121 Font path 121 Preprocessing mode 129 Sets number required 208 Setting up a pen set 165 Settings 473 Sheet feeder width position 261 Sheet length adjustment 262 Show Extra status 453 514 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Queue for new jobs 207 Show extra status 474 Show extra status ApModem 456 Show overlays 105 size 9700 scanner defining the original 398 9800 scanner defining the original 406 Skip drawings within a job 101 Sleepmode time out 263 Special alignment options 155 Stacker tab 283 Stamp 482 Stamp overlay 178 Standard accounting 359 Start Oc Repro Desk 78 STATUS Command 460 Status bar 79 83 146 Stop Scan button 384 strip 9700 scanner scanning with removed or added filing 399 9800 scanner scanning with removed or added filing 407 Sync by
257. nt HPGL2 RTL Pier Ka Erit peseu 3 Print Single Tile Drawings Stacked amp Print windows Cte Tile Drawings Side by Side 9600_RDSK_SRYV Q9600 h 230 Selecting a broadcasted print queue in the Print Quick menu 4 The print window will appear The appearance of this window may differ according to the type of printer that is connected to the broadcasted print queue Finishing Properties Eg Rolls and Sets Collation Folder Delivery Banner Page m Boll Selection Set Count Zi C Roll1 A0 Empty Number of Sets 2 4 C Roll2 43 Bond a A I Use Copies Field Instead 4 Roll 3 A1 Bond Ad V Auto Drop Down CF jo 4 j Optional Delivery Preference f C Sheet 1 A4 Bond J Horizontal Receiving tiray 7 Sheet 2 43 Bond 4 C Sheet 3 A3 Bond 2 Bypass Manual 27 C Auto Roll i ox cme app e 231 Oc 9600 print window 5 Specify the required print settings in the print window The following are recommended a Enable Autoroll a Enable Use Copies Field Instead a Disable all items on the Collation tab a Folding set to No folding Oc Repro Desk User Manual For more information depending on the printer you are using see Printing on page 215 Windows printer or HP GL 2 HP RTL output Print on an Oc 9400 on page 245 Print on an Oc 9600 on page 255 Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 on page 27
258. nter custom drawing sizes by typing in sizes Clipping Units In the Clipping Units you can select inches or millimeters used in the clipping size Oc Repro Desk User Manual Alignment You use the Alignment tab option to define the positioning of the drawing on paper referred to the upper left hand corner For example when you want to add a 2 or 40 mm margin to the left hand side of the drawing you could define a width alignment of 2 inches or 40 mm When you want to add a 2 or 40 mm margin to the right side you could define an alignment of 2 or 40 mm Imaging Properties x Border Removal Margins Zoom Orientation Folder Paper Size Drawing Size Alignment m Offset From Upper Left gt m a Special Alignment Options C Title Block C Top Left C Top Top Right Left Center Right Bottom Left C Bottom Bottom Right C Cancel Enp Help ff 71 Imaging Properties Alignment In the Alignment tab you can define the following options Offset from Upper Left In the Offset from upper left entry box you can enter width and height by typing in sizes Special Alignment Options Click on the required option Center When you select this option the drawing is centered on the paper a Align title block Align title block will place the drawing with an even margin along the top bottom right side of the paper so that the title block for each drawing will be even
259. nter through the drawing towards the desired position Release the mouse button Undo and Redo Choose Undo from the Edit menu to undo the last action Choose Redo to undo the previously undone action View drawings 149 Viewer troubleshooting 150 This section provides some solutions to common problems you may have using the viewer The viewer will not open The selected file may not be a supported vector or raster file Is there an icon next to the filename or a question mark Ifitis a question mark Oc Repro Desk does not recognize the file and it cannot be viewed The viewer opens but you cannot see the drawing The positioning of the drawing may be incorrect First click Fit Page to view the entire drawing You can also try to use Center Drawing or Title Block Align to put the drawing on paper If the drawing does not appear correct on the drawing use Move Drawing to position manually the drawing The viewer opens but the size of the drawing is too small or too large The size of the paper may be incorrect Check paper size to be sure it is correct The scale of the drawing may be incorrect m Is scale set to 100 in the job If it is an AutoCAD file was the correct AutoCAD scale applied Try selecting or deselecting Use metric scaling a If itis a CalComp plot file is the stepping correct To check this unprocess the problem drawing file and select Edit Item Information Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc
260. nto queue Select the directory or drive that contains the zip file Select the zip file to be unzipped into the queue Click the Open button If the zip file contains a Repro Desk job this job will be put in the selected queue Queues 211 If the zip file contains native drawings these files will first be put in a job using the default job settings see Job default settings on page 70 This job is then automatically put in the selected queue Note f you unzip a zip file into a queue that has the option Automatically Print Jobs turned on the job will be printed immediately without being displayed in the queue Print from a queue See Print from a queue on page 218 Organize jobs in the queue 212 Before you print the jobs in the queue you can reorganize the order of the jobs in the queue Default is First in first out After you have opened a job and printed it you can Archive the job remove the job from the queue or permanently delete it A job can be removed from a queue without deleting it from the computer Removing a job only removes the queue s reference to that job until that queue is closed and reopened Change job priority If you wish to change the priority of a job click on the name of the job The job name is highlighted Drag and drop the file to the desired position The higher the job is positioned in the list the higher its priority Rename a job in the queue Click on the
261. nts window as follows Clear all events Select Clear events from the Events Quick menu a Events Properti Fa h x View Events Befresh Events 321 Select Clear Events from the Events Quick menu All events are cleared after confirmation To hang up a phone line You can disconnect a caller from ApHost as follows Hang up a specific phone line 1 Click the Phone lines button in the tool bar Phone Lines 322 Phone Lines button Oc Repro Desk User Manual 2 The following window will appear Phone Lines OI Ea Phone line Port Modem Speed Connected Since Comment a COM1 US Robotics Courier Dual 3600 Not Connected gt i 323 Phone lines window 3 Select the phone line you want to disconnect by clicking its icon in the first column 4 Click the Hang Up button in the tool bar 7 Hera Up 324 Hang Up button 5 The selected phone line will be disconnected after confirmation Hang up all phone lines 1 Select All Phone Lines in the Hang Up quick menu Fs As Hang Up Phone Lines Py o A Gorent Phone Line 325 Select All Phone Lines from the Hang Up Quick menu 2 All phone lines will be disconnected after confirmation ApHost Server 443 Broadcast a message to remote users You can send a message to all remote users that are logged on v Broadcasting a message to remote users 1 Click the Broadcast
262. o send ApModem will dial the server and transfer the file list Settings Depending on the version of Windows you are using either 16 bit Windows 3 x or 32 bit Windows 95 or Windows NT you will see one of two configuration dialogs when you choose Settings from the Communications menu ApModem settings for both 16 and 32 bit platforms are detailed in the following sections Windows 3 x configuration The following dialog appears when you configure ApModem for 16 bit Windows platforms ApModem Remote Client 451 452 Configure ApModem Communications Modem US Robotics Sportster 28800 Internal Edit Strings Speed Comm Port 57600 H COM1 M Dial Prefix m Xfer Protocol ZMODEM Other ZMODEM2 M Redial on error C YMODEM I Monitor Modem Carrier Signal Logging M Kept Connection When Done M Log to file M Show Extra Status ESS 332 Configure ApModem for 16 bit Windows platform The following settings are available in this dialog Modem type The type of modem you are using Select the closest match The modem types and strings are contained in the jobcomm ini file in the Windows System directory Please note that those modem types which specify a speed for example Hayes Compatible 9600 do not actually affect transmission speed Speed This is the speed baud rate which will be used to communicate between your computer and modem The value you select should be equal to gre
263. odem Type in the user name and password exactly as you entered them into ApHost see step 3 on page 36 being especially careful of spaces before or after They will be accepted by ApHost as part of the name or password If you don t want anyone to be able to read the script after it is created click the Encrypt Script check box The downside to this is that you won t be able to edit it in Notepad if needed Change the Work Order Defaults as needed See Customize the work order defaults on page 50 Click Submit at the bottom of the Diskette Customizer dialog box A preview of the Work Order information appears Click Back to make more changes in the Diskette Customizer dialog box or click Save Changes to continue A Select Directory dialog box appears Navigate to the appropriate directory and click OK The Diskette Customizer creates the following directories and files m apmodem scri formoptions dat reproinfo dat winnt containing jobcomm ini wopics containing logobitmap gif and logobitmap2 gif Installation 37 Install Oc Repro Desk Remote 38 Prior to installing the software be sure to have the Install Key available as well as the Activation Key that enables the print capability Read and follow the instructions on the Welcome screen m Carefully read the Software Licence Agreement screen Install Oc Repro Desk Remote Serve 1 Place the CD in the CD ROM d
264. og Queue T So Eam aa R Print Oc 9800 A Print Preview fE Print Oc 9400 or Archive Print Setup e Print HPGL2 RTL ai Print PostScript Eyport Wit File Dir Sindl rint Single Tile Drawings Stacked amp Print Windows gt Ctrl 108 Selecting Print Single in the Print Quick menu 226 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 4 The following window will appear Print Setup 84 2108297 mm 109 Example of a Windows Print window 5 Select the Windows printer you want to use 6 Define the required print settings Note Make sure to load the printer with the correct paper size and to select the same size in the print settings 7 Click OK The job will be sent to the selected Windows printer Note Changes in the print settings will be saved The next time you want print a job on the selected Windows printer the Windows print window will appear with the same settings you specified for the current job If you restart the Repro Desk application or if you change the default printer settings in Windows the Print window will appear with the Windows printer default settings Printing 227 228 View and print work orders The work orders that are sent along with the print job can be viewed on the screen or printed on a Windows printer v Viewing a work order 1 Open a Queue window see Print from a queue on page 218 A c incoming Queue tQueuet Q Auto Pr
265. og Queue s Pint EEE Print Preview 8 Print Oc 9400 or Archive Print Setup B Print HPGL2 ATL 142 Select Print Oc 9600 in the Print Quick menu 264 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 4 The following window will appear Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Collation Folder Delivery Banner Page m Roll Selection Set Count 7 1 C Roll1 40 Empty C Use Set Info 4 C Roll2 43 Bond siae I Use Set Memory Use Copies Field Instead 2 FN Auto Drop Down Zi Sheet 2 A3 Bond Optional Delivery Preference 4 Sheet 3 43 Bond Horizontal Receiving Tray Bypass Manual 2 C Auto Roll 143 Finishing Properties window 5 Specify the required print settings in the Finishing Properties window see sections below 6 Click OK The job will be sent to Oc 9600 Print Manager to be printed Note The 9600 printer performs error recovery from within the software Error recovery may be performed after a paper jam paper out situation folder jam or machine error If printing is completed that is the Print dialog box has disappeared but a paper jam occurs in the printer the Print dialog box may appear again to perform error recovery Simply allow the software to reprint the drawing that was jammed in the printer Print on an Oc 9600 265 Rolls and Sets Oc 9600 266 You can select the paper roll or Bypass manual sheet feed
266. og which allows you to select and edit script files If Lock 1 the script selection is not available if Lock 0 the user can access the Script dialog and edit and select script files Note Please use caution when modifying jobcomm ini Modifying certain settings can prevent ApModem from functioning reliably ApModem Remote Client 463 Command line options 464 ApModem supports several command line options If any command line option is specified only the status dialog rather than the ApModem main window If there is an error when transferring a file the main ApModem window will open displaying the details of the problem The problem can then be corrected and the request can be retried by selecting Retry Request from the Communications menu ApModem lt filename gt The lt filename gt specifies a file of files a file containing a list of filenames with one filename per line Each file specified in the file of files is sent to the server Please see Send Many on page 450 for more details on configuring a file of files ApModem s lt filename gt Send the single file specified by lt filename gt to the server ApModem c Open ApModem s settings dialog This is used during setup installation ApModem x lt scriptfile gt Use the specified script file when connecting to the server instead of the script defined in ApModem Settings dialog Oc Repro Desk User Manual Troublesh
267. ogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Field ScanFileSize ScanFileName JobName PlotNumberOfFiles UserName AccountName JobType Ext Key Ext DateTime Ext Jobld PaperFormat Media Copies Meters Filename Paper Format ISO AO 1198 x 841 mm ISO Al 841 x 594 mm ISO A2 594 x 420 mm ISO A3 420 x 297 mm ISO A4 297 x 210 mm ISO B1 1000 x 707 mm ISO B2 707 x 500 mm ISO B3 500 x 353 ISO B4 353 x 250 mm Description Scan file size in bytes Name of the Scan file that was saved Name of the job Number of files in the plot job Name of the user Name of the account Type of job 0 normal job 1 matrix job System assigned Auto increment Date and Time of action Used for unique identification of job together with Ext DateTime ID number 10 255 for the size of pa per used ID number 0 9 for the media type See next table Number of Copies Printed Total amount printed Actual filename printed ANSI A 11 00 x 8 50 inch ANSIB 17 00 x 11 00 inch ANSI C 22 00 x 17 00 inch ANSI D 34 00 x 22 00 inch ANSIE 44 00 x 34 00 inch ARCH A 12 00 x 9 00 inch ARCH B 18 00 x 12 00 inch ARCH C 24 00 x 18 00 inch ARCH D 36 00 x 24 00 inch ARCH E 48 00 x 36 00 inch ARCH El 42 00 x 30 00 inch Accounting ID number 10 11 12 13 14 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 34 40 41
268. oggle Overlay lt gt Drawing Rename Drawing Space Send Single Drawing To gt Send Entire Job To 3 Select Add Overlay The Add overlay to drawing window appears 4 Fill in the file name of the stamp you want to add 5 Click the Open button 6 Inthe job window the stamp name is indented and added to the base drawing CIE _ 00136 HP2 mm 100 0 ISO 40 841 x 1189 mm fe FNMETRICDWG 100 0 841 x 594 mm i db Labell LBL Arch D 24 x 3 ue fe arr ROO7 RAS 1 1000 ISO 44 210 x 297 mm Sz AOCAL 1 100 0 841 x594 mm 182 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Adding a stamp to all drawings You can add the same stamp to all drawings in a job v Adding a stamp to all drawings 1 Add a stamp to one drawing using the procedure above 2 Inthe Job window right click the stamp name A menu appears 3 From the menu choose Copy All Overlay The stamp is added to all drawings in the job Define Stamps and Overlays 183 Overlay files 184 An electronic overlay is when one electronic drawing file is placed on top of a second electronic drawing file The two drawings are printed out on one and the same piece of paper with the overlay drawing superimposed over the base drawing You can overlay drawing files and stamps Add an overlay Open the job containing the desired drawing Click the drawing you want to add the overlay to with the right mouse button A drop down window appears
269. ollation Oc 9400 You can specify the order in which the copies of a job are printed v Specifying Collation for the Oc 9400 printer 1 Click the Collation tab at the top of the window 2 The following window will appear Group4 Out x Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page Select Collation T Reverse Collation Cancel Apply Help 135 Oc 9400 print window Group4 Out Collation 3 Ifrequired you can select the following options a Digital Collation If you select this option the prints will be sorted by set Reverse Collation If you select this option the first file of the job will be printed last Note The drawings in the window will show the PRINT order of the drawings depending on options that are selected 4 Click Apply Options Oc 9400 You can specify Oc 9400 options or choose the output format CALS TIFF to save the file on disk Print on an Oc 9400 251 252 You can specify the following Oc 9400 options Poster Mode When printing files with large black areas Poster Mode ensures optimal print quality by adding extra toner Enable Long Plot Normally the length of the print is determined by the width of the selected roll and the according standard length If you select Enable Long Plot the length of the print may be longer than the standard length That is the length will be determined by the length of the drawing Paper roll or
270. omatic print queue for example INCOMING Q9600 Note For an automatic print queue this directory should also contain one or more polling queues for example POLL_a0_ paper Lookin lt q 09600 gt El FPOLLaQ_paper POLLai_paper POLLa2_paper POLLa3_paper POLLa4_paper 2 09600 a File name Files of type Queue File Q 7 Cancel 185 Directory that contains an automatic print queue and a number of polling queues 4 Select the Q file Q9600 Q and click Open The Queue window appears 2 C UNCONVNNG QI600Q9600 Q Oce 9600 Priority 5 ISO OFF Banner OFF Broadcast Pie E3 ob Name Company Created DateDue Last Printed Sets Shee 186 Queue window 5 Ifrequired you can minimize the Queue window by clicking the button in the upper right corner of the window or by selecting Minimize from the window menu To disable printing 1 Close the queue window of the broadcasted or automatic print queue by clicking on the X sign at the upper right corner of the window or by selecting Close from the window menu Unattended printing 317 Send to a polling queue Users can send a native drawing directly to the polling queue on the server The PC of the user and the Repro Desk Server must be connected to the same local area network LAN v Native printing 1 Use Window s Explorer or any other program to go to the queue directory on Repro Desk Server for example C
271. omatically scan for new jobs the queue will automatically be scanned for new incoming jobs This option must be selected to make use of the previous options 9 Make sure all other options are deselected 10 Click Finish The queue window of the new queue will appear O1 C UNCONANG QUEUETIQUEUET Q Auto Print OFF 300 Queue window Oc Repro Desk User Manual Note More information about the queue options can be found in Queue options on page 207 Users Remote users who want to send files to Aphost must be registered first For each user you can specify a name password base directory for incoming files and user rights To assign rights to a user you can select one of the following user types User Recommended user type for most purposes Administrator Only for internal use Custom You can enable each right individually Use with caution Disabled No rights Can be used to disable all rights for a certain user without deleting the user from the user list The following rights are enabled for each user type User Administrator Custom Disabled Send Receive Script Locked Change dir Make dir Directory 301 User rights for each typical user m Send Caller may send files to Aphost Receive Caller may receive files from Aphost Script Aphost will connect each caller to a separate numbered directory for example D INCOMING 00012345
272. omplete dialog box appears Click the Finish button After installing the configuration is automatically entered in Repro Desk and is ready for use The master Install dialog box reappears allowing you to install additional components of the software such as the DWG interpreter Oc Repro Desk User Manual Uninstallation of Oc Repro Desk Before you uninstall Oc Repro Desk software close the Oc Repro Desk application v To uninstall the Oc Repro Desk software 1 Open the Program Group 2 Locate the uninstall icon in the Oc Repro Desk group Uninstall Repro Desk 3 Double click the Uninstall icon A window pops up asking you to confirm the file deletion 4 Click OK The program and the INI files are removed Installation 59 60 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration This chapter describes the Configuration Manager application This section is intended for system administrators or advanced users 61 What is the Configuration Manager The CONFIG XML file stores all of the configuration settings for the Repro Desk program The Configuration Manager is a user friendly interface which allows you to view and modify the settings stored within the CONFIG XML file Due to the complexity of the CONFIG XML file it is strongly recommended that all modifications be managed through the Configuration Manager Ac
273. on A dialog box appears allowing you to select the appropriate modem and various other settings One of the following dialog boxes appear based on which APModem option you selected earlier in the installation process Either Configure ApModem Communications Modem Generic Modem Edit Strings Speed Comm Port 2400 x COM2 ha Dial Prefix gt Xfer Protocol ZMODEM Other ZMODEM2 M Redial on error C YMODEM I Monitor Modem Carrier Signal r Logging M Kept Connection When Done I Log to file I Show Extra Status 17 Configure ApModem Oc Repro Desk User Manual m Or 18 Configure ApModem 32 See ApModem Remote Client on page 447 for a more detailed look at how to best configure ApModem 25 When finished click the OK button The Installation Complete dialog box appears 26 Click the Finish button Note Please remember that you must restart the computer prior to using the software Installation 45 Configure communications See also Configure the software on page 67 Note For Repro Desk LAN the Communications settings are not used v Configure communications 1 Start Oc Repro Desk 2 Go to the Configure menu 19 Configure menu 3 Select Defaults The Configuration dialog box appears Configuration 4 Megabytes mi 20 Configure the software General tab 4 Click the Communicatio
274. on The Drawing File Information dialogue box appears 3 Check that the File Type and the Drawing Resolution are correct 4 Click OK C DRAWING S 00136 hp2 OPIA Pony Wavy IGNGTE g l EBB 63 HP GLand HP GL 2 drawing properties Note f you use HP GL 2 format drawing files the pen control tab is also applicable see HP GL 2 pen controls on page 172 Check and process drawings 125 CalComp 906 907 PCI 126 Oc Repro Desk detects the sync byte end of message checksum and the step size settings in a CalComp file This information is displayed in the Drawing File Information box in decimal format However it can not guarantee that they are correct and you need to check these settings before printing C DRAWINGS AO cal x ALT Sync Drawing Resolution Al r Single Sync Byte 2032 Double Sync Byte C 1016 C 400 Sync Byte 2 2 Other 2032 Checksum End Of Message T Use Checksum EOM Byte 3 a Ignore Ignore get Epp Help 64 CalComp drawing properties Sync byte sequence The sync byte sequence is a character that identifies the beginning of a message The printer searches for this character in the data sent from the host computer and when detected it sends all following data to the printer buffer You can set the sync byte to single or double A wrong setting will affect the result of the plot Drawing resolution is CalComp step size The step size
275. one or more passwords Unattended printing 325 6 If required change the queue timer frequency The default setting is 30 seconds 7 If required specify the queue priority 8 If required select Enable E mail notification 9 If required select Enable ISO 9000 stamping 10 Use the 7 browse button to select the stamp you want to use 11 Click Apply Queue administration for automatic print queue 326 For an automatic print queue you must disable the Allow remotes to see this Queue option Disable broadcasting Remotes not allowed to see queue The queue will not appear in the print menu of other Repro Desk stations connected to the network Users of other Repro Desk stations can send a print job to the queue using Send job quick menu In that case the default print settings of the queue will be used It is not possible to specify passwords for an automatic queue Specifying queue administration for an automatic print queue Click the Queue administration tab at the top of the Configure queue window The following window will appear Oc Repro Desk User Manual Configure Queue 196 Configure Queue window Queue Administration 2 Deselect Allow remotes to see this queue 3 Ifrequired change the queue scan frequency specify the queue priority and enable ISO 9000 stamping 4 Use the W7 button to select the stamp you want to use 5 Click Apply B
276. oneLines Users Properties Preferences Broadcast Quick Menu Bar olx r acs Sone ese taska Script d incoming Yes ApHost 4 2 Phone line LED indicators Never Logged In User Rights User Name Day 282 Main window APHost To stop ApHost To exit the ApHost application follow the next procedure v To stop ApHost 1 Select Exit in the Phone line menu in the upper left corner of the main menu 283 Stopping ApHost ApHost Server 423 Preparations Before you can work with ApHost you need to define several settings and default values The following sections explain how to modify these settings to match your configuration or personal wishes Preferences 424 Preferences are a number of settings you can use to customize the ApHost application to your own needs Default home directory Here you can specify the default base directory for incoming files for example D INCOMING The directory that is specified here will be filled in automatically as default directory in the Add user menu If the specified directory does not yet exist it will be created automatically the next time you start up ApHost Greeting file name You can specify the name of a text file containing a greeting message that is displayed when a user logs in To create a new file fill in a name for example welcome txt and click Edit A window will pop up asking you if a new file should be created Click
277. ons that are generally available from the toolbar and menus File Co Drawing Size File Properties Alt Enter Pil View Pen Set CtE fi View Drawing Ctrley Insert Drawing Ins Eh Add Overlay Ctrl L Toagle Overlay lt gt Drawing D Rename Drawing Space Send Single Drawing To d Send Entire Job To gt 51 Job settings Right mouse click selected drawing File Properties The file information dialog box appears View Pen Set The Pen settings window appears View Drawing The viewer opens Insert Drawing The Add or Insert Drawing File s dialog box appears Add Overlay The Add Overlay To dialog box appears Toggle Overlay The stamp appears in the job window Rename Drawing The file name turns into a text box Send Single Drawing To A submenu appears Send Entire Job To A submenu appears Change settings for several drawing 104 To change a particular setting for all drawings of the job click the name of that particular setting with the left mouse button A drop down menu appears containing several popular default settings Hide you can hide the column with the specific setting Reduce Columns the selected column will be set to its standard width Expand Columns all hidden settings will be displayed again Oc Repro Desk User Manual File The File field shows the name of the files in the job The extension of the file name tells you the file format The icon in front of t
278. ooting FAQ Tips v If you are having problems Connect using another communications product and see if the results are similar For example if ApModem doesn t connect at the speed expected ensure that your existing communication product functions correctly If another product functions correctly use the modem initialization strings from the other product in ApModem Ensure that the string specifies hardware RTS flow control Use a terminal emulator such as Window Terminal or Hyperterm to ensure that the login sequence is correct Drop the modem speed as defined in the Settings dialog Based on the version of Windows Windows 3 1 Windows for Workgroups Windows 95 Windows NT as well as your hardware 1386 i486 Pentium and the specific hardware used to communicate with your modem 8250 UART 16450 UART 16550 UART performance may vary Note Setting the speed in the Settings Dialog to a speed higher than the modem has little effect on throughput Unless you are using ISDN do not set the speed over 38400 If for example you have a 28 8 modem using a speed higher than 38400 may do little more than cause errors actually reducing throughput Using a speed close to the modem speed will offer the best performance Since Send Job automatically compresses the data in software the hardware compression available in many modems will have little effect If you are experiencing high error rates when us
279. or clipping area see also Drawing size on page 154 E 1153x817 y Changing Drawing Size 1 Click the Drawing Size button The Drawing Size menu appears 2 Select the required option m Rotate Drawing to rotate the drawing to the Right to the Left or 180 degrees Crop Drawing to crop the drawing inside or outside a Alignment to align Center Drawing or Align Title Block Border Removal m Mirror Drawing a Change Drawing Size m Move Drawing Edit Pen Color Zoom status The Zoom Status button shows you the current percentage of enlargement Q19 v Changing the zoom status 1 Click the Zoom Status button The Zoom Status menu appears 2 Select the required option m Fit to fit to the page to the width or to the height m Percentages a Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom Select View drawings 147 Paper size The Paper Size button shows you the current paper size 0118984 Changing Paper Size Click the Paper Size button The Paper Size menu appears Select the required option a Rotate paper This feature rotates the paper 90 landscape orientation and portrait orientation m Set left margin m Change paper size Enlarge detail Setting a left margin for binding After clicking the paper size button select Set Left Margin When you move your cursor over the drawing it changes to a black arrow and vertical bar Place the vertical bar at the position on your drawing where you want to set your left marg
280. otify the queue administrator by e mail each time the queue detects a new job Oc Repro Desk User Manual m Queue error Select this check box if you want the queue to notify the queue administrator by e mail when a printing error occurs on a job in an autoprint queue ISO 9000 stamping You can specify a stamp to be printed on all drawings For more information about creating a stamp see Define Stamps and Overlays on page 177 Specifying queue administration for a broadcasted print queue 1 Go to the Queue quick menu 2 Select Configure queue 3 Click the Queue Administration tab at the top of the Configure Queue window The following window appears Configure Queue x Configure Printer Queue Administration Banner Page Gi a IV Allow Remotes to see this Queue Remote Queue Passwords gt p Queue Settings Administer Configure and Modify Scan Frequency sec TH Ora View Jobs in the Queue Priority 1 high D E 7 Send Jobs to the pa are vel ot E Mail Address T New Jobs in Queue T Queue Error T Enable ISO 9000 Stamping File to use as Stamp LBLA TXT Sr 4S Cancel Apply Help 195 Configure Queue window Queue Administration Note To reach this window from elsewhere in Repro Desk see To reach this window from elsewhere in Repro Desk on page 311 4 Select Allow remotes to see this queue 5 Ifrequired specify
281. our computer and you want to display it immediately in your queue window press the F5 key on your keyboard or choose Scan Now from the Options menu Queues 209 Scanning the queue for new jobs 1 Activate the queue 2 From the Options menu choose Scan now The queue scans for new jobs in subdirectories below it Work with queues v 210 Open a job from the queue Double click on the job The selected job opens up in a job window You can now view modify and print the job Add a job to the queue From the Edit menu choose Add job file The Add job or Queue file to queue window opens Select the directory or drive that contains the job you want to add Select the job to be added to the queue The job is highlighted Click OK The job is added to the top of the queue Add a job from ProjectPoint sites From the Edit menu choose Add job from ProjectPoint The ProjectPoint login appears Type your Usernam e and Password Select a site from the list Click OK The Open dialog box appears Navigate to the desired job Click Open The job is added to the queue Insert a job in the queue Select the job that is located in the queue in which you want to insert a saved job Note The inserted job is added above the selected job From the Edit menu choose Insert job file The Insert file window opens Select the Directory or drive that conta
282. own menu appears Select m Select New Pen You can select another already existing pen set by specifying its file name pen a View Current Pen Opens the Pen Settings window You can view the current pen settings and make changes if desired Close the Pen set window to remove it Alignment This option controls how your drawing is placed on the paper in relation to the edges of the selected paper size You can choose from one of the standard menu options or set custom offset size Change the alignment Open the job that contains the desired drawings Click with the right mouse button on the Alignment field of the drawing you want to change The alignment drop down menu appears Select the desired alignment setting m One of the predefined alignment settings m User size The Imaging Properties window appears to specify a custom alignment Click outside the drop down menu to remove it Click OK when the Imaging Properties window is activated Rotation and mirror 108 This option displays if and how the drawing is to be rotated on the paper You can either rotate the drawing or mirror the drawing horizontally Oc Repro Desk User Manual Change the rotation Open the job that contains the desired drawings Click with the right mouse button on the Rotation field of the drawing you want to change The Rotation and mirror drop down menu appears Select the desired rotation or mirrored position Click outside
283. ows environments Windows 95 and Windows NT Both versions are referred to in this chapter generically as ApModem and differences between the functionality of the two versions are documented where they exist After you have installed Repro Desk Remote you can use ApModem to transfer jobs from a remote system to a central server ApModem uses the either the ZMODEM or YMODEM file transfer protocols Note ApModem is not a general purpose terminal emulator rather it is specifically designed to transfer Repro Desk job files in the most efficient manner possible This chapter is intended to document ApModem for administration and problem diagnosis Overview 448 To a Repro Desk Remote user ApModem is generally transparent after initial configuration When a user sends a job via ApModem from Repro Desk Remote using the Send Job button a simple status dialog is displayed The status dialog includes information on the connection status script status and file transfer progress An example ApModem status dialog is shown below 60K bytes 1 transfered Sending p plots refed newsys hp Bytes 61440 of 6093887 Errors 0 Rate 38400 bps Time Left 00 26 10 Current Job ID 00000013 23 330 ApModem status dialog Oc Repro Desk User Manual If ApModem encounters an error during file transfer the main ApModem window opens containing more details on the nature of the failure The main window also allows access
284. p twice see figure 270 Copies Ready t Te Ga nn ee pn 0 Machine Program Finishing Copy Image A4 gt gt A4 z Special ie A3 gt gt A3 i 4mm 4 0 mm original 1 A2 gt gt A2 210mm Copy 1 A1 gt gt A1 i Standard out L_Omm Omm material io AO gt gt A0 Synchro cut A E E p el Remove A selection length A strip strip 270 Removing strip 3 Adjust the values in millimetres for the leading edge using the numeric or the higher lower buttons Scanning with removed filing strip along the trailing edge If you want to remove the trailing edge you can use the Remove strip setting for the leading edge as described above and feed the original with the trailing edge first Then use the Oc Viewer to rotate the scanned image 180 Note You can also define the original width and length Scan 401 Scanner settings on the Oc 9800 If you are using an Oc 9800 scanner a number of scanner options will influence the result of the scanned image It is not recommended to use the settings in the Image card of the Copy menu These settings will only influence the printed copy not the scanned image This would result in a difference between the two images Modifying the exposure The automatic exposure control will provide a good qualit
285. page 341 Using multiple machine support on page 351 Configure printer for broadcasted print queue on page 344 Queue administration for broadcasted print queue on page 346 Enable Disable printing at unattended Repro Desk Server on page 351 a Print from the main Repro Desk Server on page 353 337 Introduction Oc Repro Desk supports the installation of multiple Oc 9400 HPGL 2 RTL or PostScript printers Oc 3165 attached to one Repro Desk Server If you want to install multiple Oc 9600 9700 9800 machines each machine must be connected to its own Repro Desk Server the Oc 9600 uses the Oc 9600 Repro Desk Server You can use one of the Repro Desk Servers to receive jobs and to print on all installed printers 338 Repro Desk Server unattended Oc 9600 Repro Desk Server unattended Oc 9600 Repro Desk Server with modem connection main server 213 Example of multiple machine support All Repro Desk Servers must be connected to each other using a TCP IP network Printer dependent settings When you have received a job you can print it on the local connected printer or on one of the remote connected machines For each printer you can specify printer dependent settings related to the printer type and the installed options for example folder Oc Repro Desk User Manual When you connect a Repro De
286. perties To select the Pen property window Copy all To copy the attribute setting to all pens Copy down To copy the attribute setting to all pens below the highlighted one When you are in the pen mode you have two additional features in the Edit menu 174 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Shave all pens When you select this option the width of all pens is changed to a width one size smaller Thicken all pens When you select this option the width of all pens is changed to a width one size bigger You can deselect a pen by clicking the indicator in front of the pen set The pen will be crossed by a red line CE EC fE 0 25mm Solid Black Transparent jf rgb 0 0 0 0 25mm Solid Black Transparent ij rgb 255 0 0 0 25mm Solid Black Transparent M rgb 255 255 0 0 25mm Solid Black Transparent M rgb 0 255 255 025mm Solid Black Transparent D rgb 255 0 255 0 25mm Solid Black Transparent rgh 255 255 255 You can define the color of the pen Defining the color of a pen 1 Open the Job window with the required drawings 2 Click the Pen set button The standard pen set window appears 3 Double click the color attribute of the pen you want to modify The color pallet appears 4 Click the Define Custom Colors tab A color palette appears 5 You can fill in the desired RGB values the hue the saturations and the luminance manually or you can select the color from the color palette 6 Click the Add to custom colors tab 7 Click O
287. printer can be equipped with a number of options Depending on the configuration of the folder you are using you can specify the following options Don t Fold Output will not be folded a Fold Output will be folded without any options a Fold amp Punch Output will be folded and punched if the punch unit is installed Fold amp Reinforce Output will be folded and a reinforcement strip will be added if reinforcement unit is installed a First Fold Exit Output will only be folded in one direction first fold and then delivered in the First Fold Delivery tray Note To use punching one of the belts must be selected for the output delivery see Delivery Oc 9600 on page 270 Method You can specify one of the following folding methods Standard Ericsson or AFNOR Folding size You can specify the Folding Width and Folding Height Binding Edge You can select if you want a binding edge and specify the size of that edge Imaging properties 161 162 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 10 Set pen parameters This chapter describes how to define pens a Pen settings on page 164 a Other pen features on page 174 a Click OK on page 175 Pen settings 164 A pen is used to control the appearance of lines drawn by a customer a Pens are only applicable for Vector files so not on Raster files a Pen zero is used for Raster files and for Stamps gra
288. pro Desk Remote Client Oc Repro Desk Server Oc Repro Desk Server is a application for printing or archiving digital files Oc Repro Desk Server contains software for receiving jobs from remote clients by modem network FTP or disks as well as tools for organizing preparing and printing digital files Received jobs can be modified using the same facilities as offered by the Remote Client application to create the job Oc Repro Desk Scan to file is an optional software application used to scan paper originals and store them as digital files Oc Repro Desk Remote Client The Oc Repro Desk Remote Client application is the client version of the Oc Repro Desk system There are three versions Oc Repro Desk Remote Client which enables you to create a job process preview and submit drawings for printing via LAN modem and FTP communication You can print check prints on an A3 A4 A or B size Windows printer When you are satisfied with the appearance of the drawing you can print to an Oc 9400 9600 9700 or 9800 server on a local network or via modem ISDN or internet FTP connections m Oc Repro Desk Remote Client LAN permits you to create a print job process preview and submit drawings for printing via LAN communication 16 Oc Repro Desk User Manual You can print check prints on an A3 A4 A or B size Windows printer or print to an Oc 9400 9600 9700 or 9800 server on a local network m Oc
289. pro Desk and displayed in the relevant fields Scan width Scan length Scan size File size Original width Auto length Zoom info and Trailing edge Realtime viewing Check Realtime viewing if you want to see the scanning progress in the viewer Using the viewer does not make the scanning slower so using it or not is a matter of personal preference Greyscale viewing If you select this option the realtime viewer will use a number of grey scale gradients to render the scanned in drawing instead of using solid black This option gives a far better view of the original drawing Allow tiled TIFF Selecting this option permits the user to scan a non standard drawing to a standard image size Often drawings will be slightly smaller than a truly standard paper size In the U S a 30 inch x 42 inch drawing is a commonly used size For many reasons a drawing to be scanned may be slightly undersized So if a customer had a drawing that actually measured 29 5 x 41 5 the image should actually be 30 x 42 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Scan with the Oc 9600 If you have an Oc 9600 scanner attached and you have the optional Scan to File software installed on the server you can scan drawings and save them as files These files can then be printed on the Oc 9600 printer to produce a copy of the original drawing Scanning is controlled through the Scan Documents dialog box As drawings are scanned a preview of the scan is available in the Oc
290. process 358 Accounting consists of five stages outlined below and further explained in the following sections m Preparing Oc Repro Desk for accounting Extracting accounting information Querying the information Reporting the information Processing the accounting information Oc Repro Desk User Manual To prepare Repro Desk for accounting Standard accounting The standard accounting method logs information that can only be read by Oc Repro Desk ODBC accounting ODBC stands for open data base connectivity It is the industry standard database format for many database applications Note If you want to use ODBC accounting you enter ODBC as a CD key during setup from the Oc installation CD ODBC will then be automatically installed ODBC set accounting The ODBC Set accounting method corresponds to the information logged by Oc Repro Desk about an entire job The accounting data for the job is summarized into one record of information ODBC sheet accounting The ODBC Sheet accounting method corresponds to the information logged by Oc Repro Desk about each individual drawing in the job Each drawing s accounting data is logged as a separate record in the log Note For a description of the information in the logs see Understanding logs on page 373 Accounting 359 To prepare Oc Repro Desk for accounting you first have to specify which kind of accounting information you wi
291. processors m Database programs m Spreadsheets v Open and view an existing log file 1 Click the arrow next to the Log button Log 236 The Log button The Log quick menu appears 2 From the Log quick menu choose the file you wish to open The log file window appears _ C ocerd 1 2000 MDB OI x Key Job Id Date Time Type Accountid Userld Sheets Sets Contact Account Number 0 000 12 4 13 Windo 1100 12 10 10 Windo 2 100 12 11 25 Windo 237 The log file window v Print accounting information 1 Open the log window that you wish to print 2 Inthe button bar click Print 362 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Export accounting information 1 Open the job from which you wish to export information 2 Click the arrow next to the Log button The Log quick menu appears 3 From the Log quick menu choose Export The Export menu appears gl Log Export XML Comma Delimited UE pe Tab Delimited Reports 1 2 2000 log 238 Export menu 4 From the Export menu choose one of these options XML Comma delimited a Tab delimited Note The XML export option is available only for ODBC accounting not for standard accounting The File Name to Export dialog box appears File Name to Export k x Savein E Rd4_25 amp ci de Shared styles Vic Woc AccountingGrid txt Migrating from Hyperaccess txt readme txt td amp ctT txt wopics t
292. pted to configure the modem connection etc Installation 27 Install Oc Repro Desk Server 28 Prior to installing the software be sure to have the CD key available as well as the Authorization code that enables the print capability Read and follow the instructions on the Welcome screen a Carefully read the Software Licence Agreement screen Install Oc Repro Desk Server Place the CD in the CD ROM drive A message appears Setup will now determine your system configuration Click OK Setup displays a System configuration System Configuration Eg Setup has determined your system configuration Operating System Windows NT Service Pack 5 Repro Desk Remote requires Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT Service Pack 5 or Windows 2000 Repro Desk Server requires Windows NT Service Pack 5 fa Total System RAM 128 MB Repro Desk Remote requires 64 MB a Repro Desk Server requires 128 MB Repro Desk 9600 Server with Scanning requires 256 MB z 3 Partial System configuration window This screen informs you about your system configuration hardware and software It also informs you about the Repro Desk requiremens to ensure a correct installation before you continue to install Read this dialog box carefully Note If some areas are incorrect make a screen capture of the dialog For example press ALT and PRINT SCREEN key then save the file Thiswill help correct the system requirements
293. r If you plan on using RAS Remote access service with ApFTP please refer to your Windows documentation or information provided by your Internet Service Provider ISP for configuration details All support questions concerning RAS should be directed to either Microsoft or your ISP Prior to installing ApFTP verify that your RAS connection is working correctly using another program such as Netscape Navigator or Microsoft Internet Explorer Note ApFTP is not complete FTP implementation ApFTP can only send files and all files are sent in binary mode ApFTP is specifically designed to transfer Repro Desk job files in the most efficient manner possible This chapter is intended to document ApFTP for administration and problem diagnosis To a Repro Desk Remote user ApFTP is generally transparent after initial configuration When a Remote user sends a job via ApFTP from Repro Desk Remote using the Send job button a simple status dialog is displayed The status dialog includes information on the file transfer progress An example ApFTP status dialog is shown below Sending P PLOTSSLONGSYw_CHINA TIF to Server as Yw_CHINA TIF 525312 of 1350336 bytes transfered 38 340 ApFTP status dialog If ApFTP encounters an error during file transfer the main ApFTP window is opened and will contain more details on the nature of the failure The main window also allows access to ApFTP configuration as well as manual functions
294. r Maximum his Set this to indicate how many Choose a number from 0 to tory of past previous searches will show 20 Finds up in the drop down list in the Repro Desk Configuration Manager user interface Find History View only Left Top Right View only and Bottom 359 Configuration Manager settings 500 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Appendix A Miscellaneous How to read this manual 502 The consistent style that is used in this manual enables you to quickly become familiar with the use of this manual and ultimately the Oc Repro Desk Description Each section or subsection contains a description of the feature or operation identified in the title It might also include possible applications as well as any guidelines that you should bear in mind Procedures A description is followed by a procedure A procedure always begins with a phrase which briefly describes the procedure followed by a series of numbered steps that take you step by step through all phases of performing the operation Figures and tables Figures and tables are titled and numbered sequentially throughout this manual Figures include pictures of product components screen dumps examples and diagrams of concepts discussed in the description Attention getters There are several types of information to which we draw your attention This information is classified as follows Note Ina Note in
295. r OFF Broadcast Piim Ed 228 Queue window 352 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 5 Ifrequired you can minimize the Queue window by clicking the button in the upper right corner of the window or by selecting Minimize in the window menu v Disabling Direct Printing 1 Close the queue window of the Broadcasted Print Queue by clicking on the X sign at the upper right corner of the window or by selecting Close in the window menu Print from the main Repro Desk Server When a Broadcasted Print Queue is opened on each unattended Repro Desk Server the name of the unattended server PC name followed by the name of the queue will appear in the print menu of all other Repro Desk Servers on the same network On the main Repro Desk Server you can select this queue in the print menu the same way as you select a local attached printer v Print from the main Repro Desk Server 1 Open a job window containing the job you want to print ey EEE en EE EE prin ISO A0 841 1189mm Bond 100 0 ISOAQ 841 1189mm Bond No 229 Job Window 2 Ifrequired you can change the file settings in the Job window see Imaging properties on page 151 Multiple machine support 353 354 3 Select a local attached printer or a broadcasted print queue in the Print Quick menu Print SendJob Log Queue Le EC 4 Pint Oc 9600 LC Print Preview fH Print Oc 9400 or Archive Print Setup hp Pri
296. r transfer one file and then disconnect from the server Send many This selection is available only when you are not connected to a server It will connect to a server transfer multiple files specified in a file of files and then disconnect from the server Settings Selecting the settings command from the communications menu brings up the Configure ApFTP communications dialog Configure ApFtp Communications 7 FTP Server _ Use Dialup Networking S Host Name fom Connection Name User Login l z farorymous Internet Login Password peec Internet Password Change to Directory 7 Disconnect when Done I FTP to Queue I Show Extra Status T Log to file Proxy Host Proxy Port CE toes J ___ M Use Passive Transfer 342 Configure ApFTP communication setttings The following settings are available in this dialog Host name This is the name of the FTP server to which ApFTP will connect The host name can be specified as an Internet Protocol IP address a simple host name or a fully resolved host name including domain ApFTP Remote Client 473 474 a User login This is the user name ApFTP will use to login to the FTP server The default name is anonymous m Password This is the password associated with the User Login name If you are using anonymous as your user login you should specify your email address as the password The default value is lt username g
297. rawing E View drawings 141 Y Centering a drawing Click the Center Drawing button The drawing is centered on the page When you click the Center Drawing button again the drawing will be positioned as the original drawing without any alignment the alignment is defined as 0 0 x 0 0 Align title block With the Align Title Block button you can align the drawing according to the top bottom and right hand edges of a the selected paper size Attention Changes made with these features will effect the drawing a v Aligning the title block Click the Align Title Block button To undo click the Align Title Block button again The drawing is put in the upper left corner of the paper Mirror and Rotate These tools mirror a drawing for preparing blueprints rotate the drawing clockwise counter clockwise or flip the drawing 180 degrees Attention Changes made with these features will effect the drawing Mirror With the Mirror button you can reverse the information in the selected drawing for a mirrored image Al 142 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Rotate Right With the Rotate Right button you can rotate the drawing and paper 90 degrees in clockwise direction 2h Rotate Left With the Rotate Left button you can rotate the drawing and paper 90 degrees in counter clockwise direction 42 Rotate 180 With the Flip Drawing button you can rotate the drawing and paper 180 degrees ral v Using the mirror
298. re required beyond those in the regular installation procedure Reprographers can customize the work order if they wish and save the customized work order to a disk according to the instructions in chapter 23 Work order customizer on page 411 They can then install this customized version at the FM remote site using the instructions in the same chapter 20 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Resum of the Oc Repro Desk products Oc Repro Desk Remote Used to set up remote communications from customer to Reprographer Oc Repro Desk FM Remote Used to set up client server systems within a customer s organization Print and Queue buttons are disabled along with the Communications function in Send job to Windows printing is available Oc Repro Desk Remote LAN Unlimited use of Oc Repro Desk within an organization with the ability to set up queues and communications Introduction 21 Some definitions 22 ODBC Open Database Connectivity Sheet accounting Also known as ODBC sheet accounting which tracks information based on drawings rather than jobs Information about each drawing is logged in one record JOB INI The initialization file that contains default settings for such things as paper sizes and directories In Repro Desk 4 25 a similar file job xml has been added which is affiliated with the new graphical interface Configuration Manager We urge customers not to attempt to modify job ini or job xml file
299. resent No Reinforcement Present No Long Print Escape No Controller GUI Yes High Capacity Stacker No Counting Method Linear Metres Printer Configuration Length Units Metric Weight Units Grams Paper Series DIN First Language Dutch Second Language UK English Legend Right Lower DIN Print Orientation Portrait Folding Method DIN Fold Alternative No Fold Delivery Info Fold Stack Punching Selected No Reinforcement Selected No Binding Selected No 140 Properties window in Printer menu Once you have viewed your settings click on OK to close the window These settings include Printer Configuration and Key Operator options Printer Configuration options The Printer Configuration options allow you to make or change the following settings Oc Repro Desk User Manual Printer such as length unit metric or U S weight unit grams or pounds paper series DIN DIN Carto 8 5 inch 8 5 and 9 inch or JISB and the first and second languages for the interface Folder such as print orientation portrait landscape or auto detect folding method DIN AFNOR or Ericcson Fold delivery first fold exit fold stack or belt 1 or reinforcement selected m Packet such as packet width packet length binding value sheet length sheet width or binding selected Key operator settings The Key Operator option takes you to a sub menu where you can make a number of key operator settings
300. ress the function button Original type to select Blueprint when you want to copy an original with an image in negative image in white on dark background The copy will be positive image in black on white background m Press the function button Original type to select Cut amp paste when the original contains paste ups cut and paste with scissors and glue for example File size optimization This option will decrease the amount of data that is used to store the scanned file In this way you can store more images on your disk Selecting file size optimization 1 Open the Special original card in the Copy section If the function Filesize optimization is shown as in figure 274 black background then the automatic exposure has been activated already Copies 0 Ready to copy 396 265 Selecting Filesize optimization Machine f Program Finishing Image Cut amp paste Special Blueprint original Dark 210 mm Copy Photo Non standard material Normal i Standard Say ren RE Filesize 1 ss size type exposure eug width 2 If Filesize optimization is deactivated press the function button Oc Repro Desk User Manual Scanning non standard size originals The scanner of the Oc 9700 automatically detects the width of the inserted original For European sizes for example it detect
301. ribes the placement of reprographer owned large format printers and controllers at a customer s site so they can perform local printing The reprographer charges the customer for use of the equipment as determined by a meter on each device or accounting information software that keeps track of printing In those Facilities Management installations the customer s personnel don t need all the functions of ReproDesk Remote Using FM Remote the customer can process files and send them via LAN to Oc Repro Desk Server also installed at the customer site Repro Desk Server is a workstation that hosts the software it is not an operating system server The FM Remote users cannot print to Oc equipment send files via modem or FTP or create configure queues They can print to a local Windows printer and send files to the server based Repro Desk installation at their site Default is set to off for all forms of accounting in FM Remote Because you cannot print to the Oc equipment with FM Remote accounting is irrelevant JOB INI set to FM configuration The installation of Repro Desk Remote and FM Remote put exactly the same files in the exact same locations The computer knows the difference though because the installation process inserts a value in the registry letting job exe know that the FM Remote button and therefore the FM Remote settings was chosen in the Major Product dialog box All of this happens behind the scenes no additional steps a
302. rive A message appears Setup will now determine your system configuration 2 Click OK Setup displays a System configuration System Configuration Eg Setup has determined your system configuration Operating System Windows NT Service Pack 5 Repro Desk Remote requires Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT Service Pack 5 or Windows 2000 Repro Desk Server requires Windows NT Service Pack 5 Total System RAM 128 MB Repro Desk Remote requires 64 MB a Repro Desk Server requires 128 MB Repro Desk 9600 Server with Scanning requires 256 MB z 11 Partial System configuration window This screen informs you about your system configuration hardware and software It also informs you about the Repro Desk requiremens to ensure a correct installation before you continue to install 3 Read this dialog box carefully Note If some areas are incorrect make a screen capture of the dialog For example press ALT and PRINT SCREEN key then save the file Thiswill help correct the system requirements 4 If all areas of the System Configuration dialog allow a correct installation press Continue 5 Select a language Oc Repro Desk User Manual The following dialog box appears 6 Click the Next gt button to continue The Software License Agreement dialog box appears 7 Click the Yes button to continue The User Information dialog box appears 8 Enter the appropriate user name and company info
303. rmation Installation 39 9 Click the Next gt button to continue The Major Products dialog box appears Major Product e e 12 Select major products 10 Select the desired Remote products 11 Enter the install key in the appropriate Install Key text box 12 Click the Next gt button to continue 40 Oc Repro Desk User Manual The Minor Product s dialog box appears Minor Products ka ka m jm m m eee 13 Select minor products 13 Select the options required 14 Select the appropriate ApModem option 15 Enter the Install Key in the appropriate Install Key text boxes 16 Click the Next gt button to continue Installation 41 42 The Folders Locations dialog box appears Folder Locations Please Enter all folder locations for the install m Main Installation Folder C ocerd Autocad Font Folder C Program Files AutoCAD 2000 fonts Browse VIC File Location C ocerd WIC Browse Repro Desk Common Path C Program Files Common Files Repro Desk aa a a lt Back Next gt Cancel 14 Folder Locations If you wish to change the location click the Browse button and select a different location 17 Click the Next gt button Oc Repro Desk User Manual The Other Configurations dialog box appears Other Configurations Please specify other settings for your installation
304. rop drawing 139 Enlarge detail 140 Edit pen 141 Center drawing 141 Align title block 142 Mirror and Rotate 142 Negative paper 143 Rasterization 144 Color patterns 144 Outline polygons 145 Status bar 146 Previous Next drawing 146 Ruler 146 Drawing size 147 Zoom status 147 Paper size 148 6 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Locator 148 Second locator 148 Viewer menu bar 149 Viewer troubleshooting 150 Chapter 9 Imaging properties Imaging properties 152 Paper size 153 Drawing size 154 Alignment 155 Border removal 156 Margins 157 Zoom 158 Orientation 159 Folder 160 Chapter 10 Set pen parameters Pen settings 164 Pen patterns 166 Pen width 167 Pen shape 168 Effect 168 All pens 169 Edit pen pattern 170 HP GL 2 pen controls 172 Other pen features 174 Chapter 11 Define Stamps and Overlays Electronic stamps 178 Stamp options 179 Position options 181 Adding a stamp to a drawing 182 Adding a stamp to all drawings 183 Overlay files 184 View and position a drawing 185 Chapter 12 Send jobs Send jobs 188 Send a job to a network queue 188 Send a job by modem 189 Send a job via FTP 190 Send a job to be stored on disk 192 Send a job by e mail 193 Send files to a ProjectPoint sites 194 Fill out a work order 195 The work order 195 To use the order receipt 199 Chapter 13 Queues About queues 202 Create an incoming queue 203 Queue options 207 Queue information 208 Use queues 209 Open a queue 209 Save q
305. ross references are correct and that the scale is correct If there is an error a warning message will appear The options you can change depend on the file format Select the unprocessed file and click the Properties button see next page Oc Repro Desk User Manual To control drawing properties For each type of drawing you can open a properties window Depending on the type of drawing this window can be used for different purposes v Open the drawing properties sheet 1 Select the drawing file by clicking on it 2 Click the Properties button 52 Properties button 3 The drawing properties window will appear D ACAD Nels a3 dwg 53 Drawing properties Further information depends on the type of drawing and is described in the following sections Check and process drawings 115 AutoCAD DWG properties Oc Repro Desk will compare the size of the drawing to the size of the paper If the drawing size and the paper size do not match a warning message will appear If a warning message is displayed you may have to change some parameters such as scale the print area and the layer control in the AutoCAD properties sheet For further details refer to the AutoCAD manual General tab The General tab of the drawing properties window always contains information about the file type file size and file date If a preview of the files is available it will be displayed in the preview window m F
306. rt for independent X and Y centering Appldata 056 ASCII parameters 484 Font size FS Note Font size may be any size Top margin TM Bottom margin BM Left margin LM Right margin RM Orientation OR Note Oc Repro Desk handles character spacing line spacing rotation and true type font name which is not in RCF Oc Repro Desk User Manual Special remarks Auto rotate and auto paper detect settings If either autorotate or autopapersize is turned on for an RCF file the settings will NOT remain permanently on The settings take hold temporarily and override the job defaults This applies to queuing only Manually printing RCFs can override the RCF settings but it will not change the job defaults Optional RCF override When Repro Deskis in job mode the main menu will contain an option to ignore all information in RCF headers This setting is used for all jobs so it is not possible to have one job open where all RCF headers are ignored and one job where the information from RCF headers is used Priority of RCF versus other settings Note The following description is for the case when Ignore RCF Headers is NOT selected The general guideline for manipulating files goes like this The closer the information is to the file the higher precendence it has So we come up with this order 1 RCF header 2 Polling queue settings 3 Job settings sending through a job is a different path than
307. rver 439 Y To open the Phone line x window 1 Double click on the LED of an active phone line The following window will appear FA Phone fine 4 olx gt 15 23 44 Starting comm using US Robotics Courier Dual on COML gt 15 23 44 Modem is off 316 Phone line x window Note If you double click on the LED of an inactive phone line you are asked if this phone line should be made active 2 The Phone line x window shows information about all activities on the selected phone line Get information about all phone lines All events on all phone lines are recorded and can be shown in the Events window You can choose for detailed event information and saving events in a file see Preferences on page 424 Y Open the Events window 1 Click on the Events button in the toolbar Events 317 Events button 440 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 2 The following window will appear So Events olx ven phare cow basme eomme i Y Information 09 25 15 23 44 Modem is off 0 Information 09 25 15 23 23 Modem is off Information 09 25 15 22 51 Modem is off Q Information 09 25 15 10 48 Modem is off D Information 09 25 15 09 42 Modem is off 0 Information 09 25 15 23 44 Starting comm using US Robotics Courier Dual on 9 Information 09 25 15 23 22 Starting comm using US Robotics Courier Dual on Information 09 25 15 22 51 Starting comm using US Robotics Courier Dual on Information 09 25 15 10
308. ry where you want your scanned files to be saved The name and path of the next file to be scanned is displayed in the Next file field 3 Click OK v Set up a work order 1 Open the job into which you plan to scan the documents 2 Go to the Edit menu 3 Click Job Ticket The Work order appears 4 Add the appropriate information 5 Click Submit The Order Receipt appears 6 Click Close 7 In the job window click Save to save the work order information Scan 381 Scan 382 Scan a document Make the required settings in the dialogue box Click Start Scan Set button to start scanning The status bar displays Load document 1 When the scanner has finished scanning the first document it displays Load document 2 and so on until you have finished While scanning the Start Scan Set button changes to Stop Scan Set Click this button if you want to pause scanning Click the button again to resume where you left off When the message Load Doc 1 is visible on the operating panel insert the original in the scanner Press the Start button on the scanner operating panel Repeat inserting an original until you have scanned all your originals Click Exit Scan mode when you have finished scanning to close the scan documents dialogue box Oc scanner configuration When the scanner and Oc Repro Desk have established communication the Oc scanner settings are automatically detected by Oc Re
309. ry portion of the job ticket Billing The Billing portion of the job ticket Split Delivery The Split Delivery portion of the job tick et First Media The First Media portion of the job ticket Additional Media The Additional Media portion of the job Additional Count Archive Serial Number Accounting ticket The Additional Count portion of the job ticket 0 no 1 yes The Serial Number portion of the job ticket Source Job ticket Job ticket Queue Job ticket Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket 373 Field Use Copies Serial Number Method Account Number Phone Phone2 Fax Email Time Due Special Instructions2 Electronic Media For mat Drymount Specs Drymount Trim Edging Other Edging Laminate Both Sides Laminate Specs Special Instructions3 Print Both Sides Binding Binding Other Grid Cover Color Special Instructions4 Description The Use Copies portion of the job ticket The Serial Number portion of the job ticket The Method portion of the job ticket The Account Number portion of the job ticket The Phone portion of the job ticket The Phone portion of the job ticket The Fax portion of the job ticket The Email portion of the job ticket The Time Due portion of the job ticket The Special Instructions por
310. rymount Specifications Final Trim Edging I Laminate Both Sides po Specifications 4 Finishing Instructions Send auto E Mail notification when this job Is received 7 Is printed M Has an error O Submit Cancel 82 work order 3 of 3 Electronic Media Format Choose the format in which you want electronic files to be delivered Choices are PC or Macintosh format Send jobs 197 198 Drymount Check the Drymount box if you want your prints to be mounted You can add instructions for m Specification a Final Trim Edging Laminate Check the Laminate box if you want your prints to be laminated you can add instructions for Both Sides m Specifications Finishing Instructions Type any further instructions for the job printer Send auto E Mail notification when this job Select any combination of a Is received m Is printed a Has an error Cancel Click Cancel to return to the Job window without sending the job Submit Click Submit to send the job order This opens the Order Receipt form see next page Oc Repro Desk User Manual To use the order receipt The order receipt is automatically opened when you submit a job It allows you to save selected information from the work order Send Job Ei B Display Selections F Contact Miob W Finishing M Other Finishing M Drawings List Set All Clear All AnyTown Reprographics 1234 W Fifth Street 678 Nine Palms Ca 1011
311. s 2 Click the Pen set button the standard pen set window appears 3 Select the attribute you want to modify and click the right mouse button A pull down menu with a list of settings appears The options listed in this menu are popular options GE Fie Edt View Ruler Drawing Zoom Paper Window Help 3 BE FIR Z 2 2 W AddFiles Process Properties View PenSet Stamp Prt Sendch Log Queue Fold Penser aiment hors iG 1 M 83 mr 1 ve tandardpen Centre 11 J 100 0 ISO AD 1189x841 nBond Yes standard pen standard pen Lol x 025mm f Solid Black 0 Transparent 0 25 mm Cr IEE Transparent E 0 25 mm Transparent 0 25 mm Al Transparent 0 25 mm Ly Transparent 0 25 mm Transparent rgb 0 0 255 0 25 mm Transparent J rgb 255 0 255 0 25 mm Transparent rgb 255 255 2 0 25 mm Transparent ij rgb 128 128 12 0 25 mm Transparent jf rgb 128 0 0 0 25 mm Transparent Bibt231 28 0 0 25 mm Transparent J rgb 0 128 0 0 25 mm Transparent J rgb 0 128 128 0 25 mm Transparent jj rgb 0 0 128 025mm W Transparent i rgb 128 0 128 Oc Repro Desk 0 25 mm Transparent rgb 192 192 1 0 25 mm Transparent J rgb 76 0 0 0 25 mm Transparent jj rgb 76 38 38 0 25 mm 11 25 mm Transparent rgb 38 0 0 Transnarent Mil rh 38 1919 The width of the pen in pixels RM You can also select one of the following options in each attribute Pro
312. s Instead you can go to the Configure menu and choose Defaults to get the Configuration dialog box with many tabs or Advanced to get the Configuration Manager FM Configuration The group of default settings for FM Remote contained in the job ini woc Work Order Customizer see page 411 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Getting help In addition to the User Manual Oc Repro Desk software version 4 30 has Windows on line help On line help If you need help while using the Oc Repro Desk software the on line help provides a quick explanation of options and procedures v Accessing the on line help 1 From the Help menu choose Index The help dialogue box appears 2 Select the index tab and follow the instructions Tool tips Tool Tips provide a short explanation of the button your mouse is pointing at Point at a button with the mouse and wait a second or two A box appears with a short explanation of the function of the button Introduction 23 About this manual 24 This manual is part of a user documentation set consisting of two manuals m Oc Repro Desk User Manual this manual m Oc 9600 Repro Desk System Hardware User Manual The User Manual covers all software related aspects of Oc Repro Desk The Hardware User Manual contains a description of all hardware elements of the Oc Repro Desk printer Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual
313. s displayed in the Settings dialog For 16 bit Windows installations check that the Dial String in the Edit Strings dialog is correct The default specifies touch tone ATDT dialing but you may need to use pulse ATDP dialing instead If all the above appear to be OK and the modem still won t connect try the following Try another communications package such as Windows Terminal or Hyperterminal and verify that it works If it doesn t check your hardware cables and modem Lower the modem s speed to 9600 and try again If this works try higher speeds until communications fail On 16 bit Windows installations Change the Modem Type to Generic Modem This modem type s initialization string does a simple hardware reset and nothing more Oc Repro Desk User Manual 4 On 16 bit Windows installations If the previous setting does not work change the Modem Type to Hayes Compatible 9600 This modem type s initialization does some minor initialization As with all modem types the speed indicated 9600 baud here does not actually impact the actual connect speed 5 Ifthe other communications package worked use the modem initialization strings from the other package for ApModem I can t log in 1 Review your login script Ensure that the proper user names and passwords are supplied Nothing other than the phone number names and password should have been modified The script file does cont
314. s for the whole pen set Pen 0 xi Pattems Width Shape Effect All Pens Edit Pattem Controls Scale Pen Widths Units 3 C Do not Scale C Inches ig Milimetres Centimetres m Global Pen widths Pixels Max Width 40 pels Min Width Opes Number of Pens 255 Cancel Apply Help On the All Pens tab you can define Scale pen width This option applies when changes are made to scale If you are preparing reductions or enlargements you have the option of having Oc Repro Desk automatically change the widths of the pens along with the length of the lines The default setting is to change the scale of pens when there are changes in scale to the drawing Set pen parameters 169 Global pen widths You can set the minimum and maximum pen widths which will be allowed in a drawing The default minimum pen width is 0 pixels and the default maximum is 40 pixels Pen width units You can choose to display pen widths in inches pixels millimeters and centimeters Number of pens Oc Repro Desk supports up to 255 pens and pen 0 You can reduce the number of pens in a pen set The default setting is 255 pens Edit pen pattern 170 Next to the 119 pre defined pen patterns that you can choose from Oc Repro Desk allows you to create your own custom set pattern which can be saved for future use Pen 0 x Pattems Width Shape Effect Al Pens Edit Pattem Controls Pattern
315. s whether the width is AO Al A2 A3 A4 500 mm or 700 mm The Oc Repro Desk system uses a memory table that contains all standard width standard length combinations to predict the length of the original The scanner also measures the real length of each original while it is transferred through the scanner Note f you are copying thick originals or originals in a carrier sheet it is recommended to use the output at the rear side of the scanner to ensure correct delivery Depending on the original you must define both the original size and the original length as specified below Standard original Original width Standard Original length Standard Standard width non standard length Original width Standard Original length Automatic Non standard width non standard length Option 1 Option 2 Original width Non standard Custom Original length Automatic or Custom Note For option 1 the original length is automatically set by the scanner Note Selecting non standard original width option 1 may cause some white space along your image To prevent this you can specify the exact width yourself option 2 Scan 397 v Defining the original width and length 1 Open the Special original card in the Copy section Copies 0 Ready to copy Machine Program Finishing Image Special original Copy Copy size
316. se the Configuration Manager window Configuration 63 What the settings mean Listed below is a brief description of the settings displayed in the Configuration Manager window File Processing Controls how each supported file type ASCII AutoCAD CalComp HP GL PostScript and VIC is processed in the Repro Desk program Default Directories Controls the default storage location for drawing files as well as program related files such as labels pen sets scans and VIC files General Controls standard program settings such as the measurement units and maximum paper size Job Controls default settings for job files and work orders job tickets Accounting Controls the default system used for logging accounting information Pen Controls the default settings for any newly created pens Print Controls default print settings for a specified printer such as banner page collation delivery folding roll selection stamping and stapling Queue Controls the default settings for queue administration and reporting Scan Controls scan resolution viewing and template settings Security Displays the CD keys and print secure codes used for installing the Repro Desk program and printing to one of the supported printers Image Viewer Controls the properties of the Viewer window such as background color Communications Controls the communication methods used for transferring jobs between the Repro Desk
317. sent to the automatic print queue If this queue is opened on Repro Desk Server the job will automatically be printed on the connected printer using the default printer dependent settings as specified for the automatic print queue Modem connection Repro Desk Remote stations that are connected by a modem can also use an automatic print queue Repro Desk Server can be configured in such a way that all incoming jobs of a certain Repro Desk Remote station are automatically put in a specified automatic print queue see Users on page 433 Note Using a modem connection only one automatic print queue at a time can be configured to receive all incoming jobs from a specified Repro Desk Remote station Changing to another automatic print queue can only be done at Repro Desk Server v Automatic printing from Repro Desk Remote via modem connection 1 Open the job you want to print o ISO A0 841x 1189mm Bond ra Unproce sed 100 0 IS0A0 841x1189mm Bond No 202 Job window 330 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 2 Ifrequired you can change the file settings in the job window see Imaging properties on page 151 3 Click the Send Job button Ea 203 Send Job button The Send Job To dialog box appears Send Job To C Queue Path Tio aueue z Browse Communications Method rep ApModem gt New C Drive Drive Letter Er OK Cancel 204 Send job to Mod
318. sh to extract v How to specify the kind of accounting information you need 1 Select Defaults in the Configure menu Configure BE Hi La Defauts o fi ueue RE Eoling Guenve Advanced 5 Accounting Login 8 Lock System T Unlock System 232 Selecting Defaults in the Configure menu 2 The Configuration dialog box appears Directories PostScript AutoCAD Paper Sizes General Communications Job Default Settings I Viewer has black a T Allow Folding Column In background Job a T Use Large Font for Windows T Job Ticket Required Report Printing Banded Memory Size 4 Megabytes z r Global Units 2 cj C Metric T Accounting Standard GDBE Set GDBE Sheet NOTE You need to start a new job for certain options to take effect 233 Configuring Accounting 3 Check the Accounting check box in the General tab 4 Select one of the following options a Standard m ODBC Set m ODBC Sheet 5 Click Apply 6 Click OK 360 Oc Repro Desk User Manual ODBC Set and Sheet Accounting You can choose both ODBC Set and ODBC Sheet from the Configuration Manager The application acts like ODBC Sheet Accounting except that a set record with the job ticket information is written for each sheet record To choose both ODBC Sheet and Set Accounting From the Configure menu choose Advanced Defaults iy Gueue i Pali
319. shown v Process all drawing files in a job From the Process quick menu choose Process All Drawings The job processes To unprocess If you have received a native vector file as opposed to a VIC file you can unprocess the drawing to make changes to AutoCAD scale or set stepping in CalComp plot files Attention Unprocessing is only possible if the original drawing can be found on the system Y Unprocess all vector drawing files in a job 1 Go to the Process quick menu 2 Choose Unprocess All Drawing Files The job is unprocessed 128 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Unprocess a single drawing file Sometimes it is necessary to make adjustments to scale plot resolution or other drawing characteristics for only one drawing v Unprocess a single drawing file 1 Select the File you want to unprocess The selected drawing name turns blue 2 From the Process quick menu choose Unprocess Drawing File The selected drawing is unprocessed v Preprocess mode Preprocess mode means saving a job with VIC files as well as the native file formats This can be useful for jobs that will be printed again in the future because they will not have to be processed again Note The drawback to this feature is that it uses extra disk space to hold native drawings and VIC files v Set preprocess mode 1 Open the job with the required drawings 2 Go to the Options menu 3 Choose Preprocessing Mode The preprocess mo
320. sk Remote LAN to the TCP IP network you can also print directly to one of the installed printers specifying the printer dependent settings or using default print settings Broadcasted Print Queue The unattended Repro Desk Print Servers need a broadcasted print queue A broadcasted print queue is an automatic print queue that is broadcasted over the TCP IP network Incoming jobs are automatically printed on the specified printer Each Repro Desk station that is connected to the same TCP IP network will receive a message of the broadcasted print queue and automatically add the queue to its print menu When you select the queue in the print menu it will act the same way as a local attached printer The print window of the printer that is connected to the queue will appear and you can specify your printer dependent settings Multiple machine support 339 Control center Another way to look at multiple machine support is shown in the illustration below The customer prepares jobs on the Repro Desk Remote 2 The files are transferred to the Job Printer site via LAN FTP modem etc The Job Printer has a PC with Repro Desk Remote installed This PC asks at a hub Using a broadcasted queue the jobs can be sent from the hub to the printers For example Oc 9800 with PC running Repro Desk 9800 Server For example Oc 9600 with PC running Repro Desk 9600 Server HP GL 2 files can be can be sent to an inkjet printer Such as
321. ss drawings in Repro Desk then send them to a ProjectPoint site where they can be viewed by anyone with a password to the site You can send an entire job or a single drawing Send a job to a ProjectPoint site 1 Click the Send Job button The Send Job To dialog box appears 2 Select the ProjectPoint radio button 3 Select the project from the list or click Select to navigate to the desired site 4 Fill in the required fields in the work order See Fill out a work order on page 195 5 Click Submit The order receipt and Add to ProjectPoint wizard appear 6 Follow the steps in the wizard 7 Click Finish The job is sent to the ProjectPoint site 8 Click Print to print the order receipt or 9 Click Close to close it without printing Send a single drawing to a ProjectPoint site 1 In the job window right click the name of a drawing A menu appears 2 Click Send Single Drawing To A submenu appears 3 Click ProjectPoint The ProjectPoint wizard appears 4 Follow the steps in the wizard 5 Click Finish The selected drawing is sent Oc Repro Desk User Manual Fill out a work order An electronic work order is automatically attached to your Job when you send it This work order contains information to identify yourself and your company and detailed instructions for the job printer on how your job should be processed delivered and billed
322. system now compares the specified length with the length measured by the printer and automatically corrects the deviation Note To specify the extra overlap you want in the first fold of the folder and to determine the number of copies that can be placed on the output belt of the folder you simply enter a value in the Enter Value field in tenths of millimeters and number of copies respectively and click on the appropriate button Folder 1 Overlap or Folder Output Belt Capacity Oc Repro Desk User Manual Other adjustments From the Ofher tab you can adapt the light intensity of the print head change the sleepmode time out correct the 1 1 projection of the image onto the paper print the system settings make a test print or make a demo print v Adapt the light intensity of the print head 1 Make a basic test print by clicking on the Test Print Basic button 2 Determine which block of the print head related test pattern on the test print has the correct light intensity 3 Enter the number next to the correct block in the Enter Value Field and click on the Block Light Intensity button The light intensity of the print head is now adapted Specify the sleepmode time out The sleepmode is activated when the printer does not receive any print commands during the predefined time in seconds or does not detect any user interaction The value of 0 indicates that sleepmode is disabled v Specify the sleepmode time out 1 Enter the desired
323. t lt company gt Note The Diskette Customizer included with Repro Desk Server can also be used to configure the host name user login and password settings m Change to directory m FTP to queue If this box is checked ApFTP creates a numbered directory on the FTP server for each new transfer session If the FTP server is also the Print server or if the FTP server is visible as a mapped drive to the Print Server this option should be enabled and a Repro Desk queue should be created which uses the FTP root directory as the queue directory m Show extra status If this box is checked additional information is displayed while ApFTP is communicating with either a modem or a server If Log to File is checked this additional information is also written to the log file Log to file If this box is checked all message which display in the main ApFTP window are also saved to a file The file is located in the ApFTP program directory and is named apftp log a Use passive transfer Whether or not this option should be enabled depends upon the configuration of your internet firewall Consult your network system administrator for configuration instructions This item is available only if the Use Proxy Server box is checked a Use dialup networking This box should be checked if you will be using RAS to connect to a FTP Server This item is available only if RAS is installed on your system otherwise it is grayed out
324. t a Either Belt If two belts are installed you can select this option to use both belts If one belt is full the folder will switch automatically to the other belt 4 You can select one of the following options for the unfolded output m Upper Stacker The unfolded output will be delivered to the copy delivery tray or the optional high capacity stacker a Lower Long Tray The unfolded output will be delivered through the lower output in a container if it is configured Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 285 m Auto Normally the upper output is used Only if the copy is too long to be collected on the copy delivery tray or high capacity stacker longer than 1230 mm or 48 5 the lower output is used 5 Click Apply Banner page Oc 9700 9800 You can specify to print a banner page for the current job or for each set in the current job You can use any ASCII file or stamp LBL as banner page If you use a stamp file you can include variables like job name or date amp time see Electronic stamps on page 178 v Specifying banner page 1 Click the Banner Page tab at the top of the Configure Queue window 2 The following window will appear Finishing Properties x Rolls and Sets Collation Stamp Folder Stacker Delivery 1 MIY Enable Banner Pages 2 Start of Job gy C Start of Set g C End of Job m C End of Set m Banner Properties Paper Size S
325. t op Purpose tions Number of sheets on belt Reinforce A4 Off line folding Special media Sheet length compensation Print mode Set this to indicate the number of sheets that can be delivered to the belt after the belt sensor has been activated Set this to indicate whether re inforcement should be applied to A4 sheets Set this to indicate whether off line folding is allowed The folding entry will appear on the printer panel s off line settings menu Set this to indicate whether special materials can be con figured The Special input field in the printer panel s off line settings menu will disappear Set this to compensate for a cutting length deviation The amount will be added to the specified print length Together with the pdl printer description language type and original type the actual printing mode is determined by the printer 352 Special print options settings Printer timeout in Purpose formation Sleep mode tim eout Panel timeout The scanner will enter sleep mode after the specified time has expired The timer restarts upon any user activity Set the amount of time after which the settings will return to their default values The timer restarts upon any user activity 353 Printer timeout information settings Key Operator Settings Notes Choose a number between 5 and 100 Choose Yes or No and check the media information in the printer to see if
326. t the start end of the job or at the start end of a set 4 Select the paper size for the banner page You can select one of the available standard sizes or Same as first drawing the same size as the first drawing of the job or set 5 Ifrequired you can specify a trailing edge for the banner page 6 Use the W7 button to select the file you want to use as banner page You can select any ASCII ASC file or electronic stamp LBL file 7 Click Apply Printing 241 HPGL pass through 242 The HPGL pass through function offers a way to handle color output The performance is similar to the HPGLOut performance You can use HPGL pass through when the Oc Repro Desk color interpretation does not give you the required output on inkjet printers Oc Repro Desk skips the processing of HPGL or HPGL 2 files that are printed through HPGLOut when the following settings apply m The HPGL pass through setting is checked a The Color column in the Job view is set to Yes The original file is sent to the printer The printer does the color matching and file interpretation Therefore the correct output completely depends on the following m The printer driver that you use m The settings that you define in the printer driver Note When you print a job with the HPGL pass through function enabled the job is registered in the accounting log files The following versions of Oc Repro Desk support HPGL pass through m Oc R
327. t this option the first file of the job will be printed last Note The drawings in the window will show the PRINT order of the drawings depending on options that are selected 4 Click Apply Print on Oc 3165 295 Options Oc 3165 296 You can specify the following Oc 3165 options Image output options You can specify the following image output options m Send only monochrome raster The PostScript file will contain raster data without colors If this option is not selected the contents of the PostScript file depends on the contents of the source file vector data will remain vector data and raster data will remain raster data This option can be selected in combination with other options see below The following options only work when the source file contains vector data Draw all lines 1 pixel thick This option only works when the source file contains vector data m Draw all lines in monochrome no color Draw all lines solid no raster patterns Margin You can specify the margin width in either inches or if you enable Use Metric Units millimeters Staple If you have specified the number of sets in the Output menu each set will be stapled If you have specified to use the Copies field the whole job will be stapled once Print on both sides Duplex printing If you select this option the Oc 3165 will print on both sides of the paper You can choose between Long side the output will be printe
328. tarting up the Oc 9700 9800 print manager 274 Printing on the Oc 9700 9800 printer 276 Rolls and Sets Oc 9700 9800 278 Collation Oc 9700 9800 279 Printer stamp Oc 9700 9800 280 Folder Oc 9700 9800 281 Stacker Oc 9700 9800 283 Delivery Oc 9700 9800 285 Banner page Oc 9700 9800 286 Chapter 18 Print on Oc 3165 Oc 3165 PostScript printer 290 Output Oc 3165 292 Resolution Oc 3165 294 Collation Oc 3165 295 Options Oc 3165 296 Banner page Oc 3165 298 Chapter 19 Unattended printing Introduction 300 About print settings 301 Direct printing 304 Automatic printing 305 Native printing 306 To prepare direct automatic and native printing 307 To create a polling queue 312 Enable Disable printing at Repro Desk Server 315 Send to a polling queue 318 Configure printer for broadcasted print queue 321 Queue administration for broadcasted print queue 323 Queue administration for automatic print queue 326 Banner page for broadcasted print queue 327 Automatic printing from Repro Desk Remote 328 Using direct printing 333 Enable Disable direct printing at Repro Desk Server 333 Direct printing from Repro Desk Remote 335 Chapter 20 Multiple machine support Introduction 338 Control center 340 Prepare multiple machine support 341 Configure printer for broadcasted print queue 344 Queue administration for broadcasted print queue 346 Banner page for broadcasted print queue 349 10 Oc
329. te sequence 126 T TAPI line 454 Thick originals 397 405 TIFF 131 TIFF conversion 72 TIFF drawing properties 131 Tiff sub format 392 TIMEOUT command 460 Title bar 79 83 Tool tips 23 Transformations 481 Troubleshooting ApModem 465 AutoCAD 122 Viewer 150 Type of image brightness 389 Type of media for accounting 358 U Undo redo pen pattern changes 170 Units 68 Unprocess A single drawing file 129 All drawing files 105 All vector drawing files in job 128 Single drawing file 129 Unprocess drawing files 128 Unprocessing 128 Unzip into Queue 211 Unzip into queue 211 use alternate fills instead of winding fills 173 checksum 126 Fit Page button 137 zoom select 137 Use Accounting login 364 Use Dialup Networking 474 475 Use passive transfer 474 Use Proxy Server 475 user defined size 154 defined units 154 interface 79 paper size 153 User Documentation installation 31 41 55 User Login 474 V Vector files 112 Vector formats 113 VIC file 18 19 71 View Toolbar 79 83 Work order 228 View a report 372 View current status 258 Viewer 134 Has black background 68 Menu bar 149 Index Toolbar 135 W WAITFOR Command 460 width 9700 scanner defining the original 398 9800 scanner defining the original 406 Windows printer 220 color 85 format 85 Windows report printing Font 68 Work order Colors 417 Completing 195 Defaults 50 Fields 415 Fonts 417 Preview changes 417 Restore default settings 418
330. ted area in the frame will be enlarged View drawings 137 View fold The tool View fold shows you how the paper will be folded by showing the part of the drawing that will be on the top of the folded package in reverse video Attention Folding is only possible if the printer is equipped with a folding unit sl Applying the View Fold option Click the View Fold button The part of the drawing that will be on top of the folded package flashes in reverse video Move drawing O1 BR ND 138 The tool Move Drawing allows you to position manually the drawing on the paper Attention Changes made with this feature will effect the drawing or the printed drawing layout 5 Moving a drawing Click the Move Drawing button Move the mouse pointer inside the drawing Click and hold the left mouse button Drag the drawing to the required position Release the left mouse button Oc Repro Desk User Manual Border removal With the Border Removal option you can remove border trim marks electronically from a drawing If no border size is specified in the Imaging Properties window 0 0 mm the size will be set to 2 5 mm If already a border size is specified in the Imaging Properties window this size will be used see Border removal on page 156 Attention Changes made with this feature will effect the drawing Removing a border Click the Border Removal button To undo border remova
331. the brightness When copying extremely light or dark originals or originals with unequal background density the result may not meet your requirements for example too much background In such cases you can manually adjust the brightness see figure 256 v Manually adjust the exposure setting 1 Go to the Original section 2 Open the Image card 388 Oc Repro Desk User Manual FR ND Select Exposure function Ligttr Fuposire Use the arrow buttons to set the exposure as desired m The Up and Down arrow buttons can be used to gradually increase or decrease the exposure setting m The Left or Right arrow buttons can be used to go to the highest or lowest available exposure level at once m If you want to go from any negative value to the highest possible positive value or vice versa you have to press the appropriate Left or Right button twice Make other settings as required Feed the original Original type The Oc 9600 allows you to adjust the exposure setting according to the type of image on the original There are five original types available Adjust the brightness according the type of image Go to the Original section Open the Image card Select Original type function Select the appropriate image type a By default Lines text is selected with Background compensation enabled This is the most suitable setting for originals that contain characters and line art m Select Photo when the original
332. the check boxes 20 Click the Next gt button The Select Program Folder dialog box appears InstallShield Wizard Eg Select Program Folder Select the location where setup is to create new shortcuts Setup will add program shortcuts to the Program Folder listed below You may type a new folder name or select one from the Existing Folders list Click Next to continue Program Folder Startup Windows NT 4 0 Option Pack Installshield lt Back Next gt l Cancel 30 Select Program Folder Installation 57 58 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Accept the defaults or choose another location Click the Next gt button When the copy process completes you will be prompted to configure ApFTP Click the Yes button A dialog box appears allowing you to configure FTPs Configure ApFtp Communications CNPSever AT Use Dialup Networking 7 Host Name M Connection Name User Login a farorymous Internet Login Password Internet Password Change to Directory F Disconnect When Done M FTP to Queue I Show Extra Status T Logto fie Use Proxy Server M Use Passive Transfer Proxy Host Proxy Port Cancel k 31 Configure ApFTP communications Enter the appropriate information See ApFTP Remote Client on page 469 for a more detailed look at how to best configure ApFTP When finished click the OK button The Installation C
333. the line Windows 95 NT configuration 454 The following dialog appears when you configure ApModem for 32 bit Windows platforms Configure ApModem Communications x m Connect Using TAPI Line Sportster 28800 Internal M m Xfer Protocol ZMODEM C YMODEM C ZMODEM2 m Logging F Log to file F Show Extra Status Other M Redial on error F Monitor Modem Carrier Signal V Kept Connection When Done OK Cancel 334 Configure ApModem for 32 bit Window platforms TAPI line Choose from the available installed modems For information on installing modems under Windows 95 NT please refer to your operating system documentation Oc Repro Desk User Manual Configure line This button brings up the configuration properties for the TAPI line you have selected The contents of this dialog will vary depending upon the capabilities of your device An example configuration dialog is shown below Standard 28800 bps Modem Properties 12 x General Connection Options B Standard 28800 bps Modem Port COM1 70 Speak ume Low jJ High r Maximum speed 57600 hd Jo GA connect atthis speed Cancel 335 Configuration properties for the TAPI line For information on configuring your paticular modem please refer to manufacturer instructions Xfer protocol You have your choice of three transfer protocols m Zmodem default
334. timization File size 390 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 3 Using the function buttons choose the Optimization settings as described below Choose File size to make the file size smaller Some loss of image quality may occur Choose Scan quality to make image quality better The file size may grow Scan resolution Scanning at 200 dpi is quicker but not recommended for grayscale images Grayscale images should be scanned at 400 dpi Grayscale images scanned at 200 dpi will produce a copy which is of inferior quality to the original Note f you scan a drawing at 200 dpi and you use the scanner operating panel option Scan with Copy the copy is printed with 400 dpi after all v Set scan resolution 1 Go to the File section 2 Open the Image card eady to copy Original 200 dpi 300 dpi 400 dpi Scan quality sla aps i File size 259 Selecting scan resolution 3 Using the function buttons choose the resolution m 200 dpi m 300 dpi m 400 dpi Scan 391 File type 392 This option defineds the type of raster data Set the scan to file type 1 Goto the File section 2 Open the Destination card Ready to copy Custom Original Organization On with checkplot f 5 On F i Cals Tiff off PA File mode Destination File type Tiff subformat 260 File type settings Compression 3 Using the function buttons choose m
335. tination Change Path File Template FILE ttt ljo Next File iC Scans Wob2 FILEQ000 77 254 Scan into a saved job that only contains print files dialog box Oc Repro Desk User Manual If the saved job contains print files and scan files the following dialog box appears TT x Job Name lobe Destination E SCANS Job2 Change Path File Template FILES zji Next File CASCANS ob2 FILE 0000 7 255 Scan into a saved job that contains print files and scan files dialog box 4 Click OK The scan job is saved The Scan button in the toolbar changes to a Stop Scan button 5 Scan the original on the Oc 9600 scanner The scanned original appears as a file in the job window Scan 387 Scanner settings on the Oc 9600 If you are using an Oc TDS9600 scanner a number of scanner options will influence the result of the scanned image Brightness The automatic background compensation on by default will provide a good quality copy from a large variety of originals It ensures the production of background free copies of most line drawings v Set the automatic background compensation 1 Go to the Original section 2 Open the Image card 3 Set the Background compensation function to On Ready to copy SP Original i Lighter Seanner Grays amp lines Sheet Original type Background Re SSSR compensation H 256 Exposure settings Lines text i Off i Darker Manually adjust
336. tion System assigned auto increment Date and time of action Unique identification of the job to gether with DateTime field Set with Accounting Login dialog Identification of the account number Set with Accounting Login dialog Identification of the user number Set with Accounting Login dialog Identification of the machine Sorting 0 sort by page 1 sort by set Total number of originals in the job for example entries in the printer s memory each entry is one page Total number of folded output pages Total number of punched output pag es Total number of output pages with a printer stamp Total number of edited output pages Total number of enlarged zoom gt 100 output pages Total number of reduced zoom lt 100 output pages Total number of output pages on plain paper Total number of plain paper media clicks Total number of output pages on poly ester Total number of polyester media clicks Total number of output pages on transparent media Total number of transparent media clicks Scan resolution in dpi Scan file format 0 TIFF 1 CALS Scan width in pixels Scan length in pixels Oc Repro Desk User Manual Source Autogenerated Autogenerated Accounting di alog box Accounting di alog box Accounting di alog box Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Autogenerated Aut
337. tion of the job ticket 0 PC 1 Macintosh The Drymount Specs portion of the job ticket The Drymount Trim portion of the job ticket O no1 yes The Other Edging portion of the job tick et O no1 yes The Laminate Specs portion of the job ticket The Special Instructions3 portion of the job ticket O no01 yes 0 GBC 1 Screw Post 2 Staple 3 Other The Other Grid portion of the job ticket The Cover Color portion of the job ticket The Special Instructions4 portion of the job ticket Oc Repro Desk User Manual Source Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket Job ticket ODBC Set Accounting Field Key Jobld DateTime Type Accountld Userld NumberOfSheets NumberOfSets UserName AccountNumber Company Billing Delivery SplitDelivery Project PONumber SpecialInstruction Linear FeetBond LinearFeetVellum LinearFeetMylar SqFeetBond SqFeetVellum SqFeetMylar LinearMetersBond LinearMeters Vellum LinearMetersMylar SqMetersBond SqMeters Vellum SqMetersMylar Accounting Description System assigned auto increment Unique identification of job together with DateTime Date and Time of action Type of job 0 plot 1 copy 2 scan 3 drive 4
338. to Zoom In the How to Zoom entry box you can select your plot not zoomed your plot zoomed with the percentage or your drawing zoomed to fit on the selected paper size 158 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Orientation You can set the orientation of the paper and the way the drawing is printed on the paper in the Orientation tab You can see the effect of your selected options in the figure on the tab Imaging Properties 75 Imaging Properties Orientation You can select the following options Portrait Landscape or Free Fit m Mirror a Rotate 180 m Negative Free Fit If you select this option you can apply the rotation and mirroring features on the drawing without affecting the paper orientation This allows you for example to orientate the drawing different than the underlying paper Imaging properties 159 Folder 160 If the job is going to be printed on an Oc printer that is equipped with a folder you can specify Folder settings You can save the Folder settings in a Configuration file and recall them whenever needed When creating the job you can see in the viewer what part of the drawing will be on top after folding see View fold on page 138 Imaging Properties 76 Imaging Properties Folder Attention Make sure that the option Auto Paper Rotate in the Options menu of the menu bar is NOT selected Oc Repro Desk User Manual Folder Options The folder of the Oc
339. to a polling queue on page 318 Introduction 300 You can use Oc Repro Desk to automate print jobs and to print without user intervention Users of Repro Desk Remote can print on all printers that are attached to the Repro Desk Server without user intervention at the server side There are three methods of unattended printing Direct printing The users of Repro Desk Remote can define all print settings such as which roll of paper for each print job The print jobs are printed automatically Note Direct printing does not apply to the Oc 9400 printer Automatic printing The central repro center operator defines a number of queues with pre set parameters similar to print configurations For example a queue with folding a queue with no folding etc When the remote customer sends a job to be printed the default printer dependent settings of the selected print queue will be used for all print jobs The print jobs are printed automatically Native Printing Native drawings can be printed without the need for Repro Desk Remote and without specifying any print settings Using a LAN connection the drawing can simply be copied into a polling queue on Repro Desk Server The drawing will automatically be printed using the print settings of the selected polling queue That is the central repro center operator defines a number of queues which contain all the parameters There is no need to open ReproDesk Remote the user simpl
340. to use all the buttons This depends on the mode you are in Oc Repro Desk User Manual Information bar The Information bar is on the left side of the Main window see next figure When a file is selected in a job the information displayed is related to the selected file Paper Size 1189 x 841 mm Drawing Size 1153 x 817 mm Resolution 400 dpi File Name C DRAWINGS 00136 hp2 Pen Set c ocerd98 standard pen File Size 85807 bytes File Date 06 24 98 12 47 47 HPGL 2 Oc Repro Desk E a R LA 48 Closed Information barOpen Information bar When you move your mouse over the Information bar it highlights When you click the Information bar it opens If a drawing is selected this bar provides information on the drawing settings The software interface 81 Pen overview If you are viewing a drawing Oc Repro Desk shows the used pens below the Information bar Selecting one of these pens opens the Pen settings window see Pen settings on page 164 If the drawing uses more Pens than fit on the current screen you can hold down the left mouse button and move to the top or bottom to browse through the whole list Repro Desk amp lt S Send Queue AA EN TEE HR e ee 2 5 3 2 4 6 8 Bo 24 pe pe Bo 62 p4 pe ps 40 2 4 45 LE Air mn 036240 Q35 Daoao 72 49 Used pens in the left border of the window Window How the mai
341. to use this function v Add files from ProjectPoint sites 1 With the job window active click the Add Files quick menu A submenu appears 2 Click Add Files from ProjectPoint 3 The ProjectPoint login appears User name Password fo Site https www projectpaint com x I Remember this password coed _ 4 Type your Username and Password if necessary and choose a site from the list 5 Click OK on ro es P Handling jobs 95 6 The Open dialog box displays ProjectPoint sites to which you have access Site address https Awwproiectpaint com buzzsaw x Lookin eux SEE Business Develo Gy Customer Care amp Marketing Buzz babies Engineering Operations Buzzsaw All Facilities Project Info Buzzsaw Phoenix Finance Project Managem Buzzsaw Projects InfoPage Roadmap Commerce T Sales Fiename Files of type fal Files x Cancel T Lock file for editing Help Navigate to the desired files and click OK The files are added to the top of your job Insert a drawing into a job 96 a BR ND You can insert a drawing into a certain position in a job rather than adding it to the bottom of the job Inserting a new file in a job Select the drawing that is below the point where you want to insert a drawing The selected drawing is highlighted From the Add Files quick menu choose Insert Drawing The Insert Drawing Fi
342. ttom of the Query window display information about the selected query Existing Queries Edit Import Export Delete sr Er PE Pe Database E pm55 1999 mdb Show Fields Key Jobld Accountld Criteria i 242 Query dialog box Note The Query feature is available only when ODBC Set or ODBC Sheet accounting is selected Accounting 365 v Generate a new query 1 Click the arrow next to the Log button The Log quick menu appears 2 From the Log quick menu choose Query The Query window appears Existing Queries Edit Import Export paea E pee T Delete Database C pm 5 1 999 mdb Show Fields Ker Jobld Accountld Criteria Close 3 Click New The Select Database window appears Select the database for this query O This Month Specify Database ENpm 5 1999 mdb amp con _ we 4 Select This Month s Database or 5 Click Specify Database 6 Use the Browse button to navigate to the mdb file you wish to use 366 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 7 Click Next The Select Fields window appears Select Fields 8 From the Available Fields list select fields to use in the query 9 Use the transfer arrows to add them to the Selected Fields list 10 Click Next The Sorting window appears 11 Select a field by which to sort the results 12 Use lt None selected gt to skip this function 13 Click Ne
343. ueue 209 Receive new jobs in a queue 209 Work with queues 210 Print from a queue 212 Organize jobs in the queue 212 Chapter 14 Printing Introduction 216 Print from a queue 218 Print on a Windows printer 220 Scaling 220 Color inkjet printers 221 Print preview 222 Print a job on a windows printer 226 View and print work orders 228 HP GL 2 HP RTL output 233 Output HP GL 2 HP RTL 235 Resolution HP GL 2 HP RTL 237 Collation HP GL 2 HP RTL 238 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Options HP GL 2 HP RTL 239 Banner page HP GL 2 HP RTL 241 HPGL pass through 242 Chapter 15 Print on an Oc 9400 Oc 9400 printer CALS TIFF file 246 Output Oc 9400 248 Resolution Oc 9400 250 Collation Oc 9400 251 Options Oc 9400 251 Banner page Oc 9400 253 Chapter 16 Print on an Oc 9600 Oc 9600 printer 256 Start up the Oc 9600 print manager 256 Make settings in the print manager 258 Adapt the leading edge position of the roll drawers 259 Modify the roll drawer width positions 260 Adapt the leading edge position of the sheet feeders 261 Modify the sheet feeder width positions 261 Modify the static deviation 262 Other adjustments 263 Key operator settings 263 Print on the Oc 9600 printer 264 Rolls and Sets Oc 9600 266 Collation Oc 9600 267 Folder Oc 9600 268 Delivery Oc 9600 270 Banner page Oc 9600 271 Chapter 17 Print on Oc 9700 or Oc 9800 Oc 9700 9800 printer 274 S
344. ueue File Q z Cancel 208 Directory that contains a queue 4 Select the Q file Q9600 Q 5 Click Open The Queue window appears 2 C UNCONVNNG QI600NQI600 Q Oce 9600 Priority 5 ISO OFF Banner OFF Broadcast Piim E3 ob Name Company Created DateDue Last Printed Sets Shee 209 Queue window 334 Oc Repro Desk User Manual 6 If required you can minimize the Queue window by clicking the button in the upper right corner of the window or by selecting Minimize in the window menu v Disabling direct printing 1 Close the queue window of the broadcasted print queue by clicking on the X sign at the upper right corner of the window or by selecting Close in the window menu Direct printing from Repro Desk Remote When a broadcasted print queue is opened on Repro Desk Server the name of the server followed by the name of the queue appears in the print menu of each Repro Desk Remote connected to the same TCP IP network The users of Repro Desk Remote can select this queue in the print menu to print a job directly on the configured printer v Direct Printing from Repro Desk Remote 1 Open a job window containing the job you want to print amp Jobt job OI x St rene gl rena Sze lee Paper Sn a ei de Fold 100 0 ISOAQ 841 1189mm Bond No 100 0 ISO AQ 841 1189mm Bond No 210 Job Window 2 Ifrequired you can change the file settings in the Job window se
345. viewed Define Stamps and Overlays 185 Y Position a stamp or overlay in the viewer Open the drawing and the added stamp or overlay in the viewer as described above 00135 hp2 amp EE Conte BE 600 620 ill 780 Confidential 79 Position a stamp in the viewer 2 Click on the button in the toolbar of the viewer 3 Click on the stamp you want to move and hold the mouse button while moving the stamp or overlay You can directly see the result in the View window 186 Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk User Manual Chapter 12 Send jobs This chapter describes how to send jobs via modem queue or on diskette and how to prepare a work order job ticket including notes for the printer office 187 Send jobs When you are ready to have your final drawings printed on a high end printer there are several ways of sending out your work Whichever way you choose to send your job Oc Repro Desk automatically attaches the correct pen set and the corresponding work order Send a job to a network queue 188 You can send your job directly to a network queue for attended or unattended printing Send a job to a network queue Click the Send Job button RD Send Job The Send Job To window displays Send Job To Fo let Ll ProjectFolders Folders and Projects F Select mC Queue Z Eat tmo Wnere
346. window You can now scan more originals or save and close the job Scan into a new job Click the Scan button in the toolbar When no job or queue is active a new job window with a new job name appears In front of the new job window the following dialog box appears Scan into Job C SCANS Job1 Job1 job Job Name fob Destination Ic SCANS Job1 Change Path File Template FI LEHHHH v I Next File CASCANS Jobt FILE 0000 77 250 Scan into a new job dialog box If required define the job name destination and file template Click OK Oc Repro Desk User Manual The scan job is saved The Scan button in the toolbar changes to a Stop Scan button Scan the original on the Oc 9600 scanner The scanned original appears as a file in the job window Scan into an existing not saved job Make sure the existing not saved job is active Click the Scan button in the toolbar The following dialog box appears Repro Desk 4 xj 9 You have a job open Do you want to continue scanning files into this job 251 Scan into a not saved job dialog box Click Yes The active job is renamed The renamed job window contains the files of the existing not saved job if any In front of the renamed job window the following dialog box appears Scan into Job C SCANS Job2 Job2 job Job Name Destination CASCANS Wob2 Change Path File Template FILE ste yi lo Next F
347. wings 72 Job files 71 Label files 71 Pen files 71 Scans 72 VIC files 71 Delete Drawing from hard disk 99 Drawing from job 99 Job from disk 99 Delete a job from queue 213 Delete an accounting query 371 Delivery 483 Delivery tab 285 DIAL 459 Dial Prefix 452 Direct printing 304 Enable 315 Directories tab 71 121 Configuration 71 Disconnect 473 Disconnect When Done 475 Diskette customizer 26 36 49 461 474 477 Display Log 472 Documentation installation 31 41 55 Double left mouse click 84 Drawing Crop 139 Size 106 147 154 Drawing resolution 126 Drymount 198 Duplicate job references 211 E Edging 197 Edit 457 Pen 141 Pen pattern 170 Strings 452 Effect Pens 168 Electronic media format 197 Electronic stamp 178 E Mail Notification 324 E mail Queue error 325 E mail New jobs in queue 324 E mail Address 195 196 197 198 Enable direct printing 315 Enable native printing 316 End of message 126 Enlarge detail 140 Enlargement 106 Enter text window 179 Index Exit 472 Exit ApModem 450 Export WMF file 149 Export a query 370 Export accounting information 362 363 Exposure Scanner 394 402 Type of image 389 Exposure 9700 scanner Adjusting according to image type 395 Manual 395 External reference path 121 F F5 function key 202 F7 function key 99 Facilities Management 17 20 FAQ ApModem 465 Fax number 196 File field job 105 File size optimization 390 9700 scanner 396 Filing strip 9700 scanner
348. xt Accounting 367 368 The Criteria window appears 14 Select fields for the report 15 If you select a field you must select an operator and a value to go with it 16 Use lt None Selected gt to skip this function Note The Greater than operator pulls data greater than or equal to the selected value For dates the operators check only the month not the time 17 Click Next The Save window appears Vv 18 Type a name for the query 19 Click Finish 20 A preview of the query results appears 21 Click Close Oc Repro Desk User Manual 1 10 Modify a query From the Query window click Edit Existing Queries Bun New Import Export Delete Database Eos 999 mdb Show Fields Kes Jobld Accountld Criteria ee The Select Database window displays the database name for the selected query Click Next The Select Fields window displays the fields used in the selected query Modify the fields as needed Click Next The Sorting window displays the sort option used in the selected query Modify the sort option as needed Click Next The Criteria window displays operations and values for the selected query Modify operations and values as needed Click Next The Save window appears Type a name for the modified query Click Finish The modified query s name appears in the Existing Queries list in the Query window Accounting 369 h
349. y Directoy is annee use LATEST NIM r Set Count Number of Sets b m 163 3165 or PostScript Output window 5 Specify the required settings in the PostScript Out window For more information see sections below 6 Click OK Print on Oc 3165 291 Output Oc 3165 You can select the printer you want to send the output to or you can specify a directory or queue to save the output as PostScript file If you have selected a printer you can also specify the number of copies v Specifying output settings for the Oc 3165 printer 1 If not already selected click the Output tab at the top of the PostScript Out window 2 The following window will appear PostScript Out x Output Resolution Collation Options Banner Page File To 52 Windows Printer POSTSCRIPT 4 T gt Pot 7 erh a Aal C Directory En 7 ol aieeao iem Directory Direc tomis a Gueue use LATEST NUM r Set Count Number of Sets A rn 164 PostScript Out window Output 3 Ifthe Oc 3165 is installed as remote printer select Windows Printer and choose the Oc 3165 from the list of available Windows printers If the Oc 3165 is installed as local printer select Port and specify the according port number 4 Specify the number of copies m Number of Sets You can specify the number of sets yourself Each set will contain one copy
350. y Oc 9600 on page 270 Banner page Oc 9600 on page 271 255 Oc 9600 printer The Oc 9600 printer is connected to a Server PC using Repro Desk as a controller Note To establish communications with the Oc 9600 printer you must start up the Oc Print Manager on the Server PC first Start up the Oc 9600 print manager 256 Print manager must be started up before you can print on the Oc 9600 printer During printing Print manager displays a list of the drawings in the print job It displays the document name the current status and whether the drawing is being sent is being rasterized or has been printed It shows which roll the drawing has been printed on the width and length of the drawing the number of copies that have been printed and the time at which a drawing was printed After printing it displays how many sheets have been printed of each of the loaded rolls and the length in feet that has been used on the roll This enables you to monitor the roll status directly from the application Start up the Oc 9600 Print Manager 1 Start the Print Manager in the Program folder you specified during installation fon Programs gt f ReproDesk gt APHost A Dare 3 Diskette Customizer E 1F 0 Eh Settings 2 Read Me End lt gt ReproDesk Bun BW Uninstall 5 o D 4 oO o 2 Oc Repro Desk User Manual The following window will appear
351. y 184 Add drawings from ProjectPoint 95 Add files from a text file 97 Adding Jobs from ProjectPoint sites 210 Adding new files to a job 95 Advanced tab 120 Align title block 142 155 Alignment Default 70 Drawing 108 Alignment tab 155 All pens 169 ApFTP Create diskette 477 customizing files for installation 49 Disconnect when done 475 Index Open 471 ApFtp 469 ApHost Installation 420 Start 422 ApModem 447 Comm port 452 Command line options 464 Communications 450 Connect 451 Disconnect 451 Display log 450 Modem type 452 Remote Client 447 Retry request 450 Script 456 Script file 458 Send job 448 Send many 450 Send one 450 Settings 451 Speed 452 Windows 3 x configuration 451 Windows 95 NT configuration 454 Arrows 171 ASCII parameters 484 Authorization code 28 Auto detect paper size 85 Auto paper rotate 85 Auto Scan Mode 207 AutoCAD Configure interpreter 124 Configure processing 123 DWG properties 116 How to process files 123 Internal interpreter 123 Interpreter installation 31 41 55 R14 batch plot utility 119 R14 batch plotting executable 123 R14 batch plotting utility 123 Scale problems 122 Automatic Background compensation 388 Automatic printing 305 Autopaper detect 485 489 Autorotate 485 489 507 Background compensation 388 Banner page 241 Banner page tab 286 Baseline rotation 179 Billing 358 Billing address 196 Blue print 389 Border removal 71 109 139 156 Brightness Scanner 388 Type of
352. y copy from a large variety of originals The automatic exposure setting which is switched on by default ensures the production of background free copies of most line drawings see figure 271 Copies Rte MIE G Machine f Program Finishing Copy Image i Cut amp paste Special Blueprint original Dark Copy Photo material Normal Copy Original H Automatic HS Original size type H exposure optimization width 271 Automatic exposure setting v Setting the automatic exposure 1 Open the Special original card in the Copy section If the function Automatic exposure is shown as in figure 271 above then the automatic exposure has been activated already 2 If Automatic exposure is deactivated press the function button Automatic exposure When scanning extremely light or dark originals or originals with unequal background density such as paste ups the result may not meet your requirements for example too much background In such cases you can manually adjust the exposure 402 Oc Repro Desk User Manual v Manually adjusting the exposure setting 1 Press the lighter or darker button on the scanner operating panel to set the exposure as desired Lighter Darker 272 Lighter Darker buttons on the Oc 980
353. y drops a file into the queue Oc Repro Desk User Manual About print settings Printing with Oc Repro Desk involves two different kinds of print settings Printer independent settings These are job settings They are usually set by the remote client Printer dependent settings These settings apply to the entire job They are usually set by the repro center operator Depending on the print method these settings can be specified manually on Oc Repro Desk Remote or Oc Repro Desk Server or they can be assigned automatically Printer independent settings Printer independent settings are usually specified in the Job window by users of Oc Repro Desk Remote Different settings can be specified for each drawing in a job see Job settings on page 103 For detailed printer settings the Imaging Properties window can be used see Imaging properties on page 151 En 234 x 166 mm A ISO AD 1189 x 841 ni A FA 00136 hp2 Unprocessed 100 0 conn maana Cee anny AltsEnter fe E Opera dwg 1 Unprocessec 100 0 150 40 1189 x 841 r Bc TH Copy All AlteUp 4h Copy Down Alt Down CS Bond C3 Vellum Film Transparent C Bond 1109 LAS Trans 110g Film 4 5mil Bond EG Bond 110g 169 Specify printer independent settings in the Job window Unattended printing 301 302 Printer dependent settings Printer dependent settings are usually specified in the F
354. ys accounting information for printing services provided to each project View a report Click the arrow next to the Log button The Log Quick menu appears g Log Export GHEY Weekly Plot Report Plots By Company 1 2 2000 log Plots By Project 243 Log menu Reports options Select Reports The Reports submenu appears 3 Select the desired report from the Reports submenu Oc Repro Desk User Manual Understanding logs The tables below describe information contained in logs Note Jobs that are paused or interrupted on the printer are only partially counted in the logs Standard Accounting i Field Description Project The product portion of the job ticket Company The company portion of the job ticket Date The date and time that the job was print ed Date Due The date due portion of the job ticket Sets The number of sets printed Sheets The number of sheets per set Square Feet Square Feet Rounded Square Meters Square Meters Round The exact print area of the set in square feet The rounded print area of the set in square feet The exact print area of the set in meters The rounded print area of the set in ed meters Media The type of media or if it hasn t been printed Comment This is the comment field from the Queue User Name The username portion of the job ticket PO Number The purchase order number portion of the job ticket Delivery The Delive
355. yshading Oc Repro Desk can set pen weights width patterns shapes effects and colors This allows you to customize the appearance of your customer s drawings Oc Repro Desk can create save and store an infinite number of pen sets When a job is opened Oc Repro Desk will apply a pen set called STANDARD PEN This pen set is used for regular use You can view the pen settings using the Pen set icon on the button bar Pen Set The Pen settings window appears standard pen Effect 0 25 mm Solid Black Transparent jf rgb 0 0 0 WB Solid Black Transparent ij rgb 255 0 0 WB Solid Black Transparent M rgb 255 255 0 WB Solid Black Transparent B rgb 0 255 0 WB Solid Black Transparent M rgb 0 255 255 WB Solid Black Transparent I rgb 0 0 255 WB Solid Black Transparent B rgb 255 0 255 WB Solid Black Transparent rgb 255 255 2 WB Solid Black Transparent B rgb 128 128 12 WB Solid Black Transparent i rgb 128 0 0 WB Solid Black Transparent B rgb 128 128 0 WB Solid Black Transparent i rgb 0 128 0 WB Solid Black Transparent ij rgb 0 128 128 WB Solid Black Transparent jj rgb 0 0 128 WB Solid Black Transparent ij rgb 128 0 128 WB Solid Black Transparent rgb 192 192 1 WB Solid Black Transparent jf rgb 76 0 0 WB Solid Black Transparent ij rgb 76 38 38 WB Solid Black Transparent rgb 38 0 0 The STANDARD PEN is installed at the time of installation of Oc Repro Desk Pen settings need to be customiz
356. z 268 Adjusting the original guide to add or remove a filing strip along the left hand side 2 Make all required settings 3 Insert the original face down right aligned along with the original guide on the scanner feed table You can also remove the filing strip along the right hand side left hand side in the feed direction face down by selecting a specific roll If the paper width of the original is larger than the paper width of the selected roll the remaining paper part on the right hand side will not be scanned see figure 269 al Face up Face down Right hand side left hand side in 40 mm feed direction 269 Example of removing the right hand side of an original 400 Oc Repro Desk User Manual v Scanning with removed filing strip along the right hand side left hand side in the feed direction face down Select one of the roll selection buttons on the operating panel Select the 100 button Make sure the Auto zoom and Auto roll buttons are not selected Make other settings as required Feed the original a BR ND It is also possible to adjust the length of the leading edge to eliminate a filing strip The leading edge can be shortened up to 100 millimetres 3 93 inch v Scanning with removed filing strip along the leading edge 1 Open the Copy size card in the Copy section 2 Press the function button Remove stri
357. ze Oc Repro Desk will warn you and suggest an estimated scale The estimated scale is based on comparing the size of the digital drawing against the size of the paper However there is no substitute to knowing the actual scale of a drawing and ideally scale should be set by the author of the drawing Setting an AutoCAD scale 1 Set paper size to the size requested by the customers Set scale to Full 100 Process the drawing Note Oc Repro Desk will process the drawing and alert you that the drawing has the wrong size for the selected paper size It will also suggest an estimated AutoCAD scale Nevertheless it will often estimate on the low size so try the next higher standard AutoCAD scale If the drawing has still the wrong size find out if the customer is plotting by extents limits display or view Most customers will plot by extents As a last solution set the AutoCAD scale to fit to page and view the drawing s title block Often the scale of the drawing will be contained in the title block Oc Repro Desk User Manual Configure AutoCAD processing The internal interpreter supports AutoCAD R2 5 to AutoCAD R2000 files and will normally be used for all AutoCAD drawings It is however possible to use the AutoCAD Release 14 batch plot utility instead if you have AutoCAD R14 installed How to process AutoCAD files General Communications Job Default Settings Directories PostScript AutoCAD Paper Sizes

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Vidéo-visites - Maisons de Victor Hugo  DTMRX2 - Videotec  製品安全データシート  Tecumseh AJA5518EXD Drawing Data    Início Rápido do GNOME  Manual de instrucciones de la ventana Supervisión  Vigo VG01030BN Installation Guide  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file